Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
FINAL REPORT
ON
20 YEAR PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR DEVELOPMENT
OF SUSTAINABLE TOURISM IN
PUNJAB
FEBRUARY 2003
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective Plan
for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism in
Punjab
August 2002
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective Plan
for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism in
Punjab
February 2003
1450//A/February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective
Plan for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism
in
Punjab
This document has been prepared for the titled project or named part thereof and should not be relied upon or used for any
other project without an independent check being carried out as to its suitability and prior written authority of Dalal Mott
MacDonald being obtained. Dalal Mott MacDonald accepts no responsibility or liability for the consequence of this
document being used for a purpose other than the purposes for which it was commissioned. Any person using or relying on
the document for such other purpose agrees, and will by such use or reliance be taken to confirm his agreement to
indemnify Dalal Mott MacDonald for all loss or damage resulting therefrom.
responsibility or liability for this document to any party other than the person by whom it was commissioned.
Punjab
List of Contents
Page
Executive Summary
S-1
INTRODUCTION
1-1
1.1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-8
1-9
1-12
1-13
1.2
Study Objective
1-13
1.3
1-13
1.4
1-15
1.5
Report Format
1-17
1.6
1-18
2-1
2.1
Introduction
2-1
2.2
State Profile
2.2.1 Position of State in India
2.2.2 Year of Establishment
2.2.3 Geographical Coverage
2.2.4 Administrative Set Up
2.2.5 Climate
2.2.6 Demographic Profile
2.2.7 Economy
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-3
2.3
2-4
i
1450//A/ February 2003i of x
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.4
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-5
2.5
2-6
2.6
2-7
2-7
2.7
2-8
2-8
2-9
2.8
2-10
2.9
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-14
2-14
2.10
Travel circuits
2-15
2.10.1 Amritsar Ram Tirath - Sarai Amanat Khan -Wagha Border Amritsar 2-15
2.10.2 Amritsar - Dera Baba Nanak -Qadian-Kala naur-Gurdaspur- Pathankot. 2-16
2.10.3 Amritsar-Tarn Taran-Hari-Ke-Pattan - Goindwal Sahib - Sultanpur Lodhi
Kapurthala( Kanjli lake) Jalandhar
2-17
2.10.4 Amritsar - Baba Bakala Kartarpur - Jalandhar.
2-17
2.10.5 Chandigarh, Ropar (Rup Nagar), Anandpur Sahib, Bhakra - Nangal, Ropar,
Chandigarh.
2-18
2.10.6 Ludhiana - Moga - Ferozepur - Bhatinda - Malout - Muktsar-Faridkot
2-19
2.10.7 Patiala-Nabha-Malerkotla - Ludhiana - Fatehgarh Sahib - Chandigarh.
2-19
2.10.8 Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh.
2-20
2.11
2-21
2-21
2-21
Punjab
2-22
2-22
2-23
2-23
2-24
2-24
2-24
2-24
2.12
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-26
2-26
2-26
2.13
2-26
2-26
2-26
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-27
2-28
2-28
2-28
2-29
2-29
2.14
2-30
2-30
2-30
2-30
2-25
3-1
3.1
Introduction
3-1
3.2
3-1
3.3
Sample Size
3-3
3.4
Survey Findings
3-3
3.5
3-4
iii
Punjab
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
3.5.6
3.5.7
3.5.8
3.5.9
3.5.10
3.5.11
3.5.12
3.5.13
3.5.14
3.5.15
3.5.16
3.5.17
Demographic Profile
Port of Entry and Country of Origin
Purpose of Visit
Travel Pattern
Tour Arrangements and Mode of Transport
Frequency of Visit
Source of Information
Average Length of Stay
Average Spending
Spending Pattern
Type of Accommodation
Level of Satisfaction
Overall Experience
Major items of interest
Problems faced during stay
Suggestions for improvement of tourist destination
Main areas of concern
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-7
3-7
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-9
3-10
3.6
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-12
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-15
3-16
3-16
3.7
3-16
3-16
3-17
3-17
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-18
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-20
Punjab
3.7.6
3.7.7
3-20
3-20
3.8
3-21
3.9
3-21
3.10
3-22
3.11
3-22
3-22
3-23
3.12
3-23
3.13
3-23
3.14
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-27
3.15
Major issues
3.15.1 Policy Related
3.15.2 Infrastructure Related
3.15.3 Organisational Issues
3.15.4 Environmental
3.15.5 Marketing and Promotion
3.15.6 Identification of bottlenecks
3-27
3-27
3-28
3-28
3-28
3-28
3-28
3.16
Suggestions / Recommendations
3-29
4-1
4.1
Introduction
4-1
4.2
4-1
4.3
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-8
4-9
4.4
4-9
4-9
v
Punjab
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.5
5
Project Prioritisation
Project Prioritisation Model
4-10
4-13
4-15
PERSPECTIVE PLAN
5-1
5.1
Introduction
5-1
5.2
5-1
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5.3
5-8
5.4
Competition Analysis
5.4.1 Tourist Needs Analysis
5.4.2 Competing States
5.4.3 SWOT Analysis Position of Punjab
(i)
Strengths
(ii) Weaknesses
(iii) Opportunities
(iv) Threats
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-11
5-11
5-12
5.5
Market Analysis
5.5.1 Tourist Trends and behaviour
(i)
Spending Levels of Tourists in Punjab
(ii) Occupancy and Tariff Trends
5.5.2 Market Potential
5.5.3 Market Segments and Possible Target Markets
5.5.4 Market Segments
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-13
5-13
5-14
5-14
5.6
Perspective Plan
5.6.1 Methodology
(i)
Collection of Data
(ii) Accommodation requirement
(iii) Tourist need analysis and project ideas
(iv) Development of Destinations
5.6.2 Tourism Contribution to GDP
5.6.3 Destination development
5.6.4 Feasibility/Sustainability Study
vi
5-15
5-15
5-15
5-16
5-16
5-17
5-17
5-18
5-19
Punjab
5.6.5
5.6.6
5.6.7
(i)
(ii)
Strategy/ Marketing
Assumptions
Targets
Tourism product mix
Investments
5-20
5-20
5-20
5-20
5-20
5.7
Summary of 20 years Perspective plan for sustainable development of tourism in
Punjab 5-23
5.7.1 Scope
5.7.2 Investments
5.7.3 Employment Opportunities
5.7.4 Key Characteristics
5.7.5 Tourist Circuits
6
5-23
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-24
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
6-1
6.1
Introduction
6-1
6.2
6-4
6-5
6-8
6-8
6-8
6-9
6-9
6.3
Marketing Strategy
6.3.1 Marketing and Publicity
6.3.2 Defining marketing objectives
6-9
6-9
6-9
6.4
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-12
6.5
6-12
6.6
Development Strategy
6.6.1 Destination Development Strategies
(i)
Religious Tourism
(ii) Leisure Tourism
(iii) Culture and Heritage Tourism
(iv) Business Tourism
(v) Nature Tourism
(vi) Rural Tourism
(vii) Highway Tourism
6-13
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-17
6-17
vii
1450//A/ February 2003vii of x
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
6-12
6-12
Punjab
6.7
Financing
6.7.1 Funding sources for projects
(i)
Commercial Banks
(ii) TFCI
(iii) International funding agencies
6-17
6-19
6-19
6-19
6-19
6.8
6-20
6.9
6-21
6.10
Implementation
6.10.1 Implementation Strategy
6-22
6-22
6.11
Infrastructure Development
6-23
6.12
6-23
6.13
Action programs
6-24
6.14
Recommendations
6-25
Figures
Figure 1.1: Share of T&T economy and T&T industry (as % of GDP)
1-1
Figure 1.2: Projected growth of T&T economy and T&T industry as % of GDP
1-1
Figure 1.3: Projected share of Employment
1-2
Figure 1.4: Trend in international tourist arrivals in India
1-3
Figure 1.5: Share of different regions in International tourist arrivals
1-4
Figure 1.6: Trend in foreign exchange earnings
1-5
Figure 1.7: Trends in domestic tourism
1-5
Figure 1.8: Break up of 9th plan allocation
1-9
Figure 1.9: Major Tourist Circuits in India
1-10
Figure1.10: Methodology Adopted for the Study
1-16
Figure 2.1: District Map of Punjab
2-2
Figure 2.2: Year Wise GDP and Per Capita Income
2-3
Figure 2.3: Places of Religious Interest in Punjab
2-12
Figure 2.4: Wetlands in Punjab
2-14
Figure 2.5: Gardens in Punjab
2-15
Figure 2.6: Amritsar Ram Tirath - Sarai Amanat Khan -Wagha Border
2-16
Figure 2.7: Amritsar - Dera Baba Nanak -Qadian-Kala naur-Gurdaspur2-16
Figure 2.8: Amritsar-Tarn Taran-Hari-Ke-Pattan - Goindwal Sahib - Sultanpur Lodhi - Kapurthala
(Kanjli lake)
2-17
Figure 2.9: Amritsar - Baba Bakala Kartarpur
2-18
Figure 2.10: Chandigarh, Ropar (Rup Nagar), Anandpur Sahib, Bhakra - Nangal, Ropar,
2-18
Figure 2.11: Ludhiana - Moga - Ferozepur - Bhatinda - Malout - Muktsar-Faridkot
2-19
Figure 2.12: Patiala-Nabha-Malerkotla - Ludhiana - Fatehgarh Sahib - Chandigarh
2-20
Figure 2.13: Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh
2-20
Figure 3.1: Different Zones in Punjab
3-1
viii
1450//A/ February 2003viii of x
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-7
3-8
3-8
3-10
3-11
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
5-13
5-14
5-18
5-19
6-3
6-7
6-8
Tables
Table 1.1: Growth in international tourist arrivals
Table 1.2: The percentage share in total arrivals from different regions
Table 1.3: Growth in foreign exchange earnings
Table 1.4: Domestic arrivals - Estimates
Table 1.5: Ninth plan outlay (1997-2002)
Table 1.6: Top 10 States: Foreign Tourist Arrivals (2001)
Table 1.7: Top 10 States: Domestic Tourist Arrivals (2001)
Table 1.8: SWOT analysis
Table 2.1: Annual Plan outlays for the state
Table 2.2: Sector-wise Plan outlays
Table 2.3: Investment during 1999-2000 in Punjab
Table 2.4: State Tourism Sector Outlays and Expenditure during the 9th & 10th Five Year Plan
Table 2.5: Central Financial Assistance under the 5-year Plans
Table 2.6: Central Assistance Sanctioned and Released during 1998-99
Table 2.7: Central Assistance Sanctioned and Released during 1999-2000
Table 2.8: Tourist Arrivals Punjab
Table 2.9: Famous Gurudwaras in Punjab
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-9
1-12
1-12
1-13
2-7
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-10
2-11
ix
1450//A/ February 2003ix of x
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
x
1450//A/ February 2003x of x
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
2-21
3-2
3-3
3-22
4-3
4-3
4-6
4-8
4-10
4-11
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
5-14
5-15
5-21
5-21
6-2
6-5
6-11
6-24
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective
Plan for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism
in
Date
Originator
Checker
Approver
Description
This document has been prepared for the titled project or named part thereof and should not be relied upon or used for any
other project without an independent check being carried out as to its suitability and prior written authority of Mott
MacDonald being obtained. Mott MacDonald accepts no responsibility or liability for the consequence of this document
being used for a purpose other than the purposes for which it was commissioned. Any person using or relying on the
document for such other purpose agrees, and will by such use or reliance be taken to confirm his agreement to indemnify
Punjab
E.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
E.1
INTRODUCTION
The Ministry of Tourism, Government of India entrusted Dalal Consultants and Engineers Limited
(DCEL), New Delhi to carry out a study and prepare a 20 years perspective tourism plan for the state
of Punjab.
E.1.1
The Ministry has provided guidelines to be followed for preparation of perspective plan. The 20 years
perspective plan should focus on sustainable tourism giving year wise phasing of investment. The plan
should indicate short term and long term plans, targets and ground realities reviewing the status of
existing development / investment plans of schemes for the development of tourism in the region. The
plan should also indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies clearly indicating the
time frame for each activity.
The plan should undertake product conceptualisation cum feasibility exercise inter alia for identified
projects covering aspects like location evaluation, schematic product planning and conceptualisation
including quantification of individual project parameters, assessment of overall investments levels and
project viability cum feasibility exercise etc and prepare an action plan for implementation of
identified potential development scheme/projects/products and for development of infrastructure in
conformity with the policy objectives and guidelines provided by the concerned state / central agencies
/departments and the requirements of national development and funding agencies.
E.1.2
A two-pronged methodology was adopted to carry out the study. This included
Conducting field exercises, including site visits to select tourism destinations including
potential destinations, and
Interaction with all possible stakeholders to assess the present tourism scenario,
infrastructure available and shortages therein, potential tourism destinations, likely tourists
inflows, requisite infrastructure, investment requirements, prioritising the same and
presenting the whole into a comprehensive perspective plan for development of sustainable
tourism in the state over the next 20 years
E.1.3
Punjab
studies will need to be carried out by the state tourism department in association with the
Town planning department, environment department and other relevant Govt. Departments.
3. Every effort has been made to meet the guidelines provided by the Ministry for preparation
of perspective plan. Separate master plans (destination specific) will need to be prepared by
the state governments for various identified tourist destinations in the report.
E.1.4
Report Format
Profiles of projects
E.2
Destination profiles have been prepared for most of the existing and potential tourist destinations and
these profiles capture the status of these destinations in terms of infrastructure availability and other
parameters. (see Annexure III).
An assessment of the tourist infrastructure availability and basic infrastructure availability has also
been provided in Chapter III Field Survey findings.
E.2.1
Though Punjab as a state has been considered largely as a transit point by the domestic and foreign
tourists visiting Jammu & Kashmir and Himachal Pradesh, there is much more to it. Punjab is known
as the land of great gurus, has a great heritage of famous religious shrines, palaces, ancient monuments
and historical embodiments, wetlands and much more to attract all categories of tourists. Punjab is
also famous for its handicrafts, woodcrafts and intricately designed in rich traditional patterns and
motifs and needlework products, which are much sought after by the domestic as well as foreign
tourist.
E.2.2
Though no authentic data is available as regards the share of Tourism industry in the state GDP, the
services sector which includes Tourism and Hotels industry, contributes about 33% of the total state
GDP. However, the net share of tourism in the state GDP is estimated at 1.63% only, at present.
S-2 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
E.2.3
To promote its tourism potential, Punjab State Tourism Department had formulated a Tourism Policy
in 1999. The states tourism policy has a coherent feature The policy is rooted on one hand in
convergence of socio-economic benefits, eco-friendliness and employment generation, while on the
other hand, the policy has to fulfil the growing demand for tourism products in the state brought about
by the rapid industrial development.
The main objective of the tourism policy is:
To identify and develop tourist destinations giving special focus to pilgrimage & religious
tourism.
To improve, diversify and expand marketing of the tourism products of the state.
Strengthen tourism infrastructure in the state and create new infrastructure wherever
necessary.
The tourism policy also envisages promotion of rural tourism and lays emphasis on defining the role
of the government mainly as a facilitator and the private sector as the main operators who would be
given all possible incentives and encouragement to invest in various projects and encouragement to
invest in various projects and operate them also so as to promote sustainable development of tourism
sector, besides ensuring participation of all stakeholders in the society including the travel trade and
tourism industry.
E.2.4
The Planning Commission has approved an outlay of Rs.14300 Crore for the States 9th Five Year Plan
(19997-2002). However, there is no separate head to indicate any plan allocation for Tourism sector.
The same is included under the sub-head General Economic Services. The overall development
programme for the State of Punjab for the year 1999-2000 involved a total investment of Rs.8247.74
Crores.
Though Punjab has given the status of Industry to Tourism, the 9th Five Year Plan (1997-2002) for
Punjab provided a very small outlay of Rs.250 lakhs for this sector which constituted a mere 0.02% of
the total plan outlay for five years.
An outlay of Rs. 90.00 lakhs was proposed in the Annual Plan 1999-2000 in order to provide wayside
amenities to tourists.
E.2.5
The sanctioned financial assistance (plan outlay) for 2001-02 for Punjab by the Central Government
Department of Tourism was Rs. 61.01 Lakhs
E.2.6
The domestic Tourist arrivals to Punjab increased from 3.28 Lakhs in 1995 to 3.85 Lakhs in 2000 i.e.
at ACGR of 3.2%. The inflow of foreign tourists has reduced over the years.
Available information about tourist arrivals indicates that the largest number of tourists arrived in the
winter months i.e. November, December and January. The lean months are May, June and July. A
large number of NRIs visiting Punjab often stay with their relatives. The numbers of such visitors is
not reflected in the official data, which is compiled from data obtained from hotel establishments in
S-3 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
the state. Similarly, no details of tourists arrivals data are being compiled for the state, with regards to
country wise, purpose of visit wise or specific attractions wise number of tourists visiting Punjab state.
E.2.7
No Wheel Chair or other special arrangements for the visit and movement of the disabled have been
noticed at the tourist sites.
E.3
DCEL undertook primary field visits of the existing & potential destinations in Punjab. 90% of the
tourist attractions were visited during the field survey. During the field visits, the study team interacted
with domestic & foreign tourists, tour operators, State Govt. officials, various associations & institutions
of the state including, hotel owners & property developers, tourism experts and community heads. The
details of the respondents contacted as part of this study are given in Annexure 3.1. The detailed profiles
of the destinations visited by the DCEL team is enclosed as Annexure III (Volume II) to this report.
S-4 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
E.3.1
Survey Findings
DCEL undertook a survey of domestic & foreign tourists and obtained their opinion on various issues.
The survey team interviewed 53 domestic tourists and 25 foreign tourists. During the field visits, it
was noticed that the visitors to a destination were of two distinct groups Tourists and Day Visitors.
To analyse the profile of the tourists visiting Punjab, the tourists were segmented into two sections
Domestic & Foreign tourists. The survey findings are presented in Table E.1.
Table E.1: Survey findings
Information
Demographic Profile
Port of Entry
Purpose of Visit
Travel Pattern
Tour Arrangements
and Mode of Transport
Frequency of Visit
Source of Information
Average Length of
Stay
Average Spending
Spending Pattern
Level of Satisfaction
Overall Experience
Major items of interest
E.3.2
Foreign Tourists
52% in the age group of 35 to 54
68% male
92% Delhi
Leisure (48%) followed closely by cultureheritage and monuments
60% travelling alone
96% not on package tour
68% of the tourists travelled by rail and 32%
by road
92% on first visit
72% from government tourism offices
3 days
US $ 84 per day
51 %on accommodation
72% prefer to stay in star category hotels
Domestic Tourists
43% in the age group of 25-34
-Leisure and religious purposes, 36%
each
68% with family
88% not on package tour
57% travelled by train
47% on their repeat visits
71% from their friends and relatives
3 days
Rs.840 per day
33% on accommodation followed by
transportation (31%)
38% prefer to stay in government
approved & budget
Airport, road transport, railway,
sanitation, safety of tourist,
communication and banking facilities
received the highest ranking at 4
The lowest ranks were awarded to
availability of domestic airlines, and
guide services
66%satisfactory; 86% would visit again
Gurudwaras
The suggestions received from the tourists for further improving the tourist destinations are as follows:
Availability of foreign language tourist guides and better public and civic facilities.
Better and cheaper accommodation and local conveyance. Pre-paid auto and taxis at the
destinations mostly frequented by the tourists.
Improvement of the hotel services which have to become more tourist friendly.
S-5 of S-21
Punjab
Cleanliness at tourist spots and attention to the needs of old and disabled people.
More publicity through media about the destinations and attractive Package tours
E.3.3
The survey team interacted with three categories of tour operators/ Travel agents i.e. those working at
the Regional, Interstate and the International level. Most of the regional and interstate tour operators/
travel agents travel/ tour operators are concentrated in Chandigarh and Amritsar. The International
tour operators are mostly located in Chandigarh, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Amritsar. The Regional and
Interstate Tour Operators/ Travel Agents are undertaking very limited activities within the state. Their
range of services primarily includes Air/ Railway Ticket booking, provision of transport facilities and
Hotel Booking. There are very few Tour Operators offering package tour services within the state.
Presently, some international tour operators are organising tours in Punjab. However, mostly they are
offering services like hotel booking, package tours, transport facility, tour guides, event management, etc
E.3.4
Some of the tour operators showed their interest to have linkages with the tourism department of
Punjab. They are interested to work as approved tour operators. The international tour operators
suggest that the cultural identity of Punjab needs to be publicised through various means to attract the
tourists. Basic tourism related and wayside amenities need to be upgraded. The interactions revealed
that the tourists face problems due to the lack of proper and trained guides. Proper information about
the places is not available to the tourists.
The main objectives of the state government should be to identify and develop tourist destinations
giving special focus to pilgrimage and religious tourism. The State Tourism Department is also trying
to improve, diversify and expand marketing of the tourism products of the state and strengthen tourism
infrastructure in the state and create new infrastructure wherever necessary. The government also
envisages promotion of rural and highway tourism, laying emphasis on defining the role of the
government and private sector in the development of tourism sector, besides ensuring participation of
all stakeholders in the society including the travel trade and tourism industry.
E.3.5
Some big tourism related infrastructure projects are in pipeline, which will definitely give a big push
to the states tourism industry. Proposed ropeway between Anandpur Sahib and Naina Devi will be a
major attraction, which can boost the present tourist inflow manifolds. Science City at Jalandhar,
governments focus on Harike Pattan, Khalsa Centenary Complex at Anandpur Sahib are some of the
other major initiatives which will carry the state tourism a long way.
E.3.6
Although there are tourist information centres at the major destinations and tourist attractions, in the
form of PTDC information offices, these are not well equipped to handle the needs of the tourists.
There is a greater need to revamp and systematise these centres for providing useful and specific
tourist information with regard to tourist places of attraction, accommodation facilities, journey
booking facilities, tour guides and updating of the available documents etc. There is also a need to
S-6 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
open up more information centres at the strategic locations like Main Bus stand, Railway Station,
Airport, mostly frequented tourist spots, major state entry points etc.
Regarding tourist accommodation, though there are enough facilities to accommodate the current
tourist flow, quality and budget accommodation facilities are required in more numbers. Looking at
the future and a continuous increase in the tourist inflow into the state, the requirement of such
infrastructure has been presented in the project identification chapter of this report. There is also
requirement of five star category hotels in the long run.
The facilities for civic amenities and public facilities like Toilets, Drinking water, Rest rooms etc are
to be improved manifolds in almost all the tourist destinations. The facilities for elderly persons,
children, physically handicapped or sick persons are also to set up in all the places. A hassle-free
arrangement for availing the benefit of local transportation is also required.
E.4
The evaluation of the various destinations provided an overall framework of the type of projects that
could be implemented and gave insights into the phasing of the projects. The first seven destinations
which came high on the prioritisation include: Amritsar, Patiala, Anandpur Sahib, Jalandhar, Bathinda,
Gurdaspur and Ludhiana.
Based on the above assumptions, we recommend that the destinations be prioritised for tourism
development in the following manner.
E.4.1
Destinations / tourist places securing a score of 3 or more shall be taken up for tourism
development in the short term, i.e. within the next 5 years.
Destinations / tourist places securing a score between 2 and 3 or shall be taken up for tourism
development in the middle term, i.e. within the next 5 to 10 years.
Destinations / tourist places securing a score of below 2 shall be taken up for tourism
development in the long term, i.e. within the next 10 to 20 years.
Project ideas / concept (destination wise)
An important component in plan formulation is understanding the types of tourism and tourism
products that can be developed in the state. The concepts have evolved based on tourism potential of
the destination / region, the personal visits of the DCEL team to various places of tourist interest and
the gaps observed thereof, the requirements arising from these gaps, interactions with local people and
S-7 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
experts, hotel owners and entrepreneurs, etc. The basic idea is to enhance the visitors experience to
the place. The project concepts have been described theme wise, which has been broadly classed as:
Religious Tourism
Leisure Tourism
Adventure Tourism
Highway tourism
Nature Tourism
Educational Tourism
E.4.2
The project ideas that were evolved were mainly based on tourism potential of the destination / region,
the personal visits of the DCEL team to various places of tourist interest, the gaps observed thereof,
the requirements arising from these gaps, interactions with local people and experts, hotel owners and
entrepreneurs, etc.
The projects are classified into three basic heads such as:
Tourism Projects
E.4.3
Project Prioritisation
The identified project ideas were placed before the officials of Govt. of Punjab in the form of a
structured presentation, whereby they also provided their valuable inputs. Thereafter, DCEL undertook
an exercise to prioritise the various project ideas by ranking them, based on our personal observations
and inputs received from the Govt. of Punjab officials. The rankings were assigned to various
parameters on a scale of 1 to 5, where 1 was lowest and 5 was highest. The evaluation parameters are
listed as under
Environmental Sustainability
Socio-Economic Development
Based on the parameters mentioned above, the potential project ideas identified by the DCEL team were
ranked and are presented in Table 4.5. Priority for a project primarily depends on the ranking of the
tourist destination along with the ranking of the specific tourism project itself. Therefore, if a destination
is being developed on a priority, then projects have to be simultaneously set up at the place.
E.4.4
The study team developed a model for prioritisation of tourism projects, which is in conjunction with
prioritisation of destinations. The premise is that a tourist destination will be developed first, followed
by the specific tourism projects in that destination. Using this premise the team developed a matrix to
S-8 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
short list and prioritise specific tourism projects in the destinations visited by the DCEL team. This
matrix and the model are explained and illustrated in Table E.2.
Table E.2: Project Prioritisation Model
Destinations
High ranking
(score more than 3.5)
ST
MT
Projects
Medium ranking (score
between 2.5 to 3.5)
ST
MT
As shown in the above table, the priority for a project primarily depends on the ranking of the tourist
destination along with the ranking of the specific tourism project itself. Therefore, if a destination is
being developed on a priority, then projects have to be simultaneously set up at the place.
The summary table of prioritised projects is illustrated Table E.3.
Table E.3: Timeframe for Projects Development
Ludhiana Zone
Amritsar Zone
Patiala Zone
Zones
Number of Projects
In the next 5 years
(Short term)
Between 5 to 10 years
(Medium term)
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
3
4
3
1
6
3
1
1
2
4
1
4
1
1
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
8
1
2
S-9 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
Between 10 to 20 years
(Long term)
1
1
2
2
1
8
1
Punjab
General
Projects
Bathinda
Zone
Zones
Nawanshar
Moga
Firizpur
Muktsar
Adventure
Culture
Culture & heritage
Heritage
Infrastructure
Highway Patrol
Patiala palace on wheels
Signages
Wayside amenities /Sinages
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
G Total
Number of Projects
In the next 5 years
(Short term)
Between 5 to 10 years
(Medium term)
Between 10 to 20 years
(Long term)
1
2
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
25
1
2
1
1
53
38
The key financial indicators for the suggested projects are given in Table E.4.
Table E.4: Key Financial Indicators for Suggested Projects
Project
Commercial Projects
5 Star Hotel
Amusement Park
Beach Cottage with Restaurant
Budget Accommodation
Golf Resorts
Heritage Guest House/Lodge
Heritage Train
Lake Complex
Live Theatre
Meena Bazaar
Nature Tourism
Palace on Wheel
Parking cum Shopping Complex
Sada Pind
Sound and Light Shows
Water Sports Complex
Yoga and Meditation Centre
Capacity
100 Rooms
10 Huts
25-30 Rooms
18 Hole
40 Rooms
11680
Tourist/Annum
Stall-15
Theater-100
Seater
15 Shops
49640 Tourist
/Annum
30 Shops
Parking-200
Vehicles
50 person/ day
445500
Passengers /
Annum
100 Tourist
Yoga-120/day
Ayurvedic
Centre-30/day
Project
Cost (Rs
Lakhs)
Employment
Potential(In
Numbers)
IRR
(In %)
Average
Cash
BEP(In
%)
DSCR
(in 4th
Year)
ROI
(in 4th
Year)
550.39
301.36
68.23
77.01
926.76
252.24
340.31
50
26
19
25
28
23
29
16.5
32
16.08
25.6
17.82
17.81
18.43
24
20.41
39
33
17
33
35
2.48
2.02
2.41
2.46
2.94
2.74
2.12
62.14
50.02
43.29
66.35
56.17
52.93
54.17
47.23
89.68
11
12
19.4
14.5
25
18
2.87
2.23
78.00
59.77
40.00
24.20
2047.20
11
10
58
17.29
20.30
17.81
28
34
33
2.40
3.34
2.74
71.20
91.47
56.44
85.07
19.1
18
2.57
71.17
38.00
898.00
7
20
16.5
14.52
24
29
2.48
1.83
67.95
45.33
7.21
30.00
14.00
11.47
16
8
7
9
19.69
24.16
15.9
22.6
65
28
34
45
2.41
3.06
2.63
3.06
64.40
80.79
71.20
84.26
21.22
7.91
61.25
2
9
S-10 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
Project
Capacity
Tourist Information
Centres(KIOSKS) 7 Places
Upgradation of PTDC Complexes
(17 Numbers)
Wayside Amenities/Sinage(30
Numbers)
E.5
Project
Cost (Rs
Lakhs)
Employment
Potential(In
Numbers)
14.60
28
IRR
(In %)
Average
Cash
BEP(In
%)
DSCR
(in 4th
Year)
ROI
(in 4th
Year)
404.57
94.70
60
PERSPECTIVE PLAN
The Perspective Tourism Plan of Punjab needs to be both optimistic and realistic. The plan should be
visionary and ambitious and at the same time it should remain within the policy framework of the
state. The perspective plan shall encompass:
Most of the projects are not eligible for loans from the banks or the State Financial Agencies.
It will be necessary to make suitable changes in the lending criteria for viable projects in the
listed activities in order that their financial requirements are met. Suitable schemes will be
designed to market tourism products, and particularly wide publicity will be secured with
respect to various facilities being offered by the travel agents, tour operators etc.
E.5.1
Areas of Concern
Some of the major areas of concern, hindering the tourism development in the State include:
Poor marketing
E.5.2
In view of the changing market trends and the importance of the Tourism Sector, the role of the State
should be as follows:
The Department of Tourism should finalise the Tourism policy of the state.
The Government should make commercial services available entirely through private sector
or in association with it.
A Single window clearance system should be instituted for speedy clearance of various
permissions, approvals required under different laws and rules.
Intensive efforts should be undertaken to attract investors from outside the State as well as
from other countries including Non-resident Indians (especially Punjabis) to invest in
tourism sector on large scale.
S-11 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
E.5.3
Theme wise tourism products should be developed and promoted. The themes that should be focused
in Punjab include:
E.5.4
Religious Tourism
Leisure Tourism
Culture & Heritage Tourism
Business Tourism
Highway Tourism
Tourism based on Traditional Art, Craft and Cultural Activities
Rural Tourism
Nature Tourism
SWOT Analysis Position of Punjab
Strengths
Number of important pilgrimage centres
Active government support
Good core infrastructure
Number of historic heritage sites
Large number of NRIs visits every year.
Rich in art and culture and unique handicrafts
High standard of living
High spending tendency.
Typical dance / music form of the state
International icons like Gurdas Maan and Daler
Mehandi have made significant impact of them in
India and abroad
Entrepreneurial / hardworking nature of the locals
Opportunities
Rich in Culture & Heritage
Excellent general infrastructure.
Tremendous scope for tourism development
Proximity to national capital
Strategic geographical location
Potential for development of Niche Products
Potential for attracting large number of outbound
tourists and non-resident Indians
Possibilities of joint efforts with neighbouring States
Border tourism USP
Tourism accorded industry status
Private Entrepreneurs interested in the tourism sector
Weaknesses
State owned facilities not maintained properly
Lack of publicity
Lack of effective tourism policie
Inadequate Tourism Infrastructure
Ineffective Marketing
Inadequate tourist information centers / kiosks
Inadequate knowledge about opportunities
amongst tourists & tour operators
Low provision for tourism in the state budget
Tourism in the State has been affected by a long
militancy period and current disturbances along
the international border.
Threats
Competition from other neighbouring States
focusing aggressively on tourism (Himachal
Pradesh, Rajasthan)
Security restrictions - Border state
S-12 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
E.5.5
Market Analysis
The domestic tourist arrival to the state has not significantly increased over the years. During
the last five years it has grown at CAGR of around 3%. As the tourists from within the State
form a major share of total tourist arrivals in Punjab, retaining these tourist as well as attracting
tourists from other States will play a pivotal role in development of tourism in Punjab.
Non Resident Indians (NRIs) are an important tourist segment. Estimates of the tourist inflow
(based on which projections have been done) to the State have been worked out based on the
available hotels in the state and their occupancy rates (as found out during the market survey).
The future growth of tourist arrivals in Punjab have been worked out based on the destination
wise increase in tourist arrivals keeping in view the proposed infrastructure development
projects in and around these destinations, State Government priorities for each destination and
the proposed investments in tourism related projects as specified in this Perspective Plan.
The projected tourist inflow (domestic and foreign) to Punjab during the next 20 years is based on the
current tourist arrivals as worked out from hotel rooms and their occupancy rates. The overall compound
annual growth in tourist arrival to Punjab during the year 2001 to 2021 is 4.6%. The destination wise
projected tourist arrivals and the CAGR for the Tourist Arrivals in Punjab is given in Table E.5.
Table E.5: Destination Wise Projected Tourist Arrivals
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
E.5.6
Destination
Gurudaspur
Amritsar
Kapurthala
Jalandhar
Hoshiarpur
Nawanshahar
Rupnagar
Fatehgarh Sahib
Ludhiana
Moga
Firozpur
Muktsar
Faridkot
Bathinda
Sangrur
Patiala
Total
Year 2001
58479
261765
17913
81946
9107
7903
18214
11515
200561
6586
4742
5795
4425
12328
1204
8692
711175
CAGR
6.65%
3.75%
5.44%
4.11%
5.35%
3.2%
5.29%
6.34%
4.68%
3.19%
3.19%
3.19%
3.37%
6.65%
3.19%
6.65%
4.6%
Perspective Plan
Punjab
All the above tourism projects are revenue generating and cater to different market segments.
E.5.6.3 Development of Destinations
Private sector investment in tourism is only possible at popular destinations where the minimum
number of tourists per year is large enough to make the proposed project viable.
Carrying capacity is a point beyond which any further development would result in negative growth of
tourist arrivals. This implies that any further development beyond the carrying capacity of a
destination depletes the natural resources and the potential for tourism at that place resulting into it
being less attractive for tourists.
At such a point, where a destination reaches its carrying capacity, there should be another similar
primary destination ready to substitute the destination in its maturity phase, so that the tourists are
retained in Punjab and not move to other states. The destination development and investment planning
thereof is discussed below.
E.5.6.4 Tourism Contribution to GDP
Presently the contribution of tourism to the state GDP is in the range of around 1.63%.
Based on basic premise of possibility of exploiting tourism potential of the State, this Perspective Plan
aims to enhance tourism contribution to State GDP from the present level of 1.63% to 5.21% in
the next 20 years
Details of the contribution of tourism to the state GDP spread over a 20 year perspective is given as
Table 5.1 (volume-1)
E.5.6.5 Feasibility/Sustainability Study
The projects identified at each destination during the survey, and after discussions with experts and
government authorities, were assessed for their sustainability on Technical, Financial, Environmental
S-14 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
and Social aspects. Private sector investment projects have been included in the Perspective Plan.
Projects that are not financially viable but are essential for tourism development like providing of
basic and tourism infrastructure are proposed for funding through budget outlays.
E.5.6.6 Investments
The perspective plan envisages a total investment of around Rs. 281 Cr in next 20 years for the sustainable
development of tourism in Punjab. This investment can be segregated depending upon the source of
funding. The three sources of investment and their total investment is given below in Table E.6.
Table E.6: Investment Sources & distribution
Source
Public
Sector
Private
Sector
Public +
Private
Total
Projects Type
Investment
2002-2022
Rs Lakh
%
Share
4836.46
17.19
23284.85
82.76
15.00
0.05
28136.31
100%
The year wise investment plan for all the above heads is given in Appendix 5, Table 5.3. A summary
of investments in next 20 years is given in the Table E.7.
Table E.7: Summary of Investments for 20 Years
S. No
Description
Short Term
Mid Term
Long Term
(2002-03 to 2006-07
(2007-08 to 2011-12)
(2012-13to2022-23
Total
% Share
Total
% Share
% Share
(Rs in Lakh)
(Rs in Lakh)
(Rs in Lakh)
Total
Investment
Investment
Investment
1
Accommodation
811.42
53.39
3966.06
59.65
15719.44
78.71
Tourism Projects
273.98
18.03
2099.05
31.57
3684
18.45
Tourism Infrastructure
259.6
17.08
294.4
4.43
61.25
0.31
Promotion
67.25
4.42
47.70
0.72
97.32
0.49
33.63
2.21
31.80
0.48
97.32
0.49
40.35
2.65
47.70
0.72
116.79
0.58
33.63
2.21
158.99
2.39
194.65
0.97
1519.85
100.00
6645.69
100.00
19970.77
100.00
Human Resource
Management
Tourism
Management/
Administration
Others
(Incentives/Subsidies)
Total
S-15 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
E.6
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist
destination. Based on findings of the survey and focus group discussion among key stakeholders of the
tourism sector, the following have been identified as key factors around which the development
strategy has been formulated:
High Profile
High Quality
Customer Focus
Phasing of Development
Customer focus
In order to sustain the competitive pressures, it would be essential to provide Value for
Money to tourists through enhanced quality levels and appropriate pricing strategy.
For successful implementation of plans / programmes suggested in the Perspective Plan, there is a
need to create proper institutional set up to:
Facilitate co-ordination between State Government / Tourism & other related departments and other
Stakeholders of tourism sector
The other area of concern for the development of this sector especially in Punjab is the dearth of good
professionals. It is absolutely necessary to carve out human resources development plan for this sector.
The overall strategy should focus on:
Funding Strategy
The various stakeholders directly or indirectly associated with the tourism promotion in the state can
be grouped essentially into following categories:
Punjab
E.6.1
The tasks of communicating this plan should be primarily with Punjab Tourism Development
Corporation (PTDC) Formation of Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC)
under PTDC would ensure co-ordinated efforts towards attainment of unified goal of Integrated
Tourism Development in the state. Table 6.2 (volume 1) describes the extent of involvement of
important stakeholders in the process of Integrated Tourism Development.
The communication process with various government bodies is shown in Figure 6.2 (volume-1)
Tourism Development Co-Ordinations Committee (TDCC) will be responsible for the implementation
of the perspective plan. The other important cells that need to be developed are:
Environment Cell
E.6.2
Marketing Strategy
Marketing and Publicity will play a pivotal role in successful implementation of the Perspective
Tourism Development Plan. The marketing effort for tourism projects should be addressed to both
tourists and investors of tourism projects.
The marketing objectives would broadly involve the following elements for formulating the marketing
strategy:
1. Destination Prioritisation
Opening/revamping Liaison Offices in other important cities and in the Indian embassies in
selected countries
S-17 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
Publish a multimedia CD-ROM containing audio, video and text based information on all the
tourist spots in Punjab and launching an Internet edition of the contents that go into the CDROM.
Media Publicity
E.6.3
Apart from the strategies outlined in the earlier paragraphs, a special marketing effort also has to be
made to attract and convince the private entrepreneurs and funding agencies. Marketing department of
PTDC/DOT should target private entrepreneurs, funding agencies like TFCI, World Bank, ADB, etc
for investments in different types of projects in Punjab.
Some of the steps or strategies which can be taken up for promoting tourism in Punjab and attract
investment in the sector can be as follows:
Development Strategy
Restoration and
tourism attractions
Raising
Punjabs
profile
and
showcasing the state as a global
destination
preservation
of
S-18 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
of
Punjab
E.6.5
The State does not have much to offer so far as natural resources are concerned. Hence, some
manmade features/attractions need to be created in the state to attract tourists. The state has excellent
road network (both National and State Highway). Emphasis should be, hence, laid on highway tourism
by creating projects lined on the highways. Destinations need to be developed focussed on Religions,
Leisure, Culture and Heritage, Natural and Rural Tourism.
E.6.6
Financing
Largely, the source for direct revenue generating project will be private sector investment, but in
newly developing areas the PTDC/DOT would be the pioneer developer until the private sector gains
confidence to make investments.
For entrepreneurs willing to invest in direct revenue generating projects like accommodation facility,
etc., will have access to finance from various domestic funding agencies and international funding
institutions such as Commercial banks, ICICI, IDBI, TFCI, World Bank, ADB, UNDP, etc.
E.6.7
The various funding sources available for the development of tourism projects are:
Commercial Banks
TFCI
E.6.8
The Perspective Plan envisages a critical catalytic role of Tourism Corporation of Punjab in the overall
development of tourism sector in the State. The two areas which clearly need strengthening and
realignment are:
Organisation Focus
Marketing
The shift in the functional orientation of the organisation will bring about significant changes in some
of the functional areas like Marketing & Market Research, Public Relations, Publicity and Information
Systems. PTDC will have to commence building expertise, both the software and the hardware, to
effectively perform these functions. The Marketing Research role of the Corporation is very critical,
since it would be the basis for formulating policies and giving strategic direction to the future growth
of the sector. The following key marketing functions need to be strengthened at PTDC :
S-19 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Product development
Punjab
Information services
Consumer services
Advertising
Apart from marketing & research, other areas which PTDC needs to strengthen capabilities are:
Environmental Management
Project Structuring
Project Evaluation
Infrastructure Evaluation
E.6.9
Keeping in view the approach of market-led development, the State Government / agencies involved
in tourism activities need to take following actions for human resources development in this sector:
Encourage and support creation of training facilities in the private sector by private
agencies/individuals.
Following specialised courses needs to be introduced at Industrial Training Institutes:
Courses meant for guides, caterer and other supervisory and non-supervisory staff
Various steps needed for the human resource development for the tourism sector are
presented in the chapter 6 in detail.
Installing efficient project management system to monitor and evaluate the progress
Involving local participation in the development process would ensure long term success of
the proposed tourism project.
Key agencies that would have major role in development of tourism in Punjab has been enlisted
below:
District Collectors
Forest Department
PIDB
The guidelines for ensuring successful tourism development are given below:
Prioritize the implementation of the project components such that they result in a visible and
positive impact on the respective regions within the shortest possible time frame.
Ensure that the proposed development takes place within the specified time frame.
S-20 of S-21
Punjab
Clearly define and demarcate the areas of responsibility for various implementing agencies.
Minimise conflicts, if any, between the development work already initiated by various state
government agencies and the projects proposed in the Perspective Development Plan.
Develop suitable planning and co-ordination mechanisms to ensure smooth execution of the
development process.
Preparation of the action program that specifies the development projects for first five years
E.6.12 Recommendations
Major plans, action and strategies proposed so far can be compiled and summarised as the following
recommendations:
Tourism Department should act as a nodal agency for co-ordinating with various other State
and Central departments.
Creation of a nodal agency for development of Tourism in the State under PTDC, viz.
Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC)
A single window clearance of tourism projects with a transparent process should be evolved.
The tourism heads at the district level should be at helm of affairs in their location. The role
of the District Collector in Tourism needs to be re-examined.
More budgetary support to the department should be provided by the state government
Additional assistance from Central Government should be sought for developing mega
tourism projects envisaged for the state
The role of private entrepreneurs in Tourism promotion should be recognised and a PublicPrivate Tourism model be evolved.
The Government should focus its efforts in promotion of the State abroad and in other States
and act as a facilitator by limiting itself to providing infrastructure support.
The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist
destination. A mix of appropriate tools along with focussed approaches, taking into consideration
various factors affecting this industry would definitely go a long way in making Punjab a sought after
global tourist destinations in the coming years.
S-21 of S-21
/1450/A/16 August 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/
Punjab
INTRODUCTION
1.1
1.1.1
In 2001, Travel &Tourism (T&T) in India was expected to generate Rs 1564 bn of economic activity
(total demand) making India the 22nd largest tourism market in the world.
Figure 1.1: Share of T&T economy and T&T industry (as % of GDP)
10.70%
12%
10%
8%
6%
5.30%
4.20%
4%
2.50%
2%
0%
Eco no my
Industry
% in Wo rld
The T&T economy in India accounts for 5.3% of the GDP as against 10.7% of GDP worldwide. The
T&T industry in India contributes 2.5% of GDP as compared to a world average of 4.2%.
Figure 1.2: Projected growth of T&T economy and T&T industry as % of GDP
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
9%
9.10%
9%
9%
9%
9%
Eco no my
Industry
Eco no my
Industry
The T&T economy is projected to grow at 9.1% annually and the T&T industry is projected to grow at
10% annually through 2011.
(T&T industry produces products and services for visitor consumption while T&T economy produces
products and services for visitor consumption as well as products and services for industry demand)
(Source: World Travel and Trade Council)
1-1 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(i)
Employment Generation
Figure 1.3: Projected share of Employment
8%
7.00%
7%
6.00%
6%
5%
3.70%
4%
2.90%
3%
2%
1%
0%
T&T Eco no my
T&T Industry
Indias travel and trade economy accounts for 25 million jobs or 6% of all employment. The
Department of Tourism estimates of travel and trade industry jobs are 4.2 million or 2.9% of all
employment. The share of T&T economy is projected to rise to 7% and the share of T&T industry is
projected to rise to 3.7% through 2011.
The employment in T&T economy is projected to grow at 3.6% annually and the employment in the
T&T industry is projected to grow at 2.8% annually through 2001-11.
(ii)
Capital Investment
Capital investment in India on travel and tourism infrastructure, equipment, plant and facilities were
estimated to be US$ 7328.9 million in 1999 and are projected to grow at 7.6% annually till 2011.
(iii)
Government Expenditure
The spending by government agencies to provide goods and services to visitors or travel companies
was estimated to be US$ 599.6 million in 1999 and projected to grow at 4.9% annually through 2011.
(iv)
The total number of international arrivals (world) reached a record 699 million, an estimated growth of
7.4% in 2000 according to results received by WTO (World Tourism Organization) . International
tourist arrivals to India in 2000 were estimated at 2.62 million, a growth of 5.73% over the previous
year. India was estimated to have a share of 0.38% in world tourism traffic in 2000.
WTO has classified the world into 6 regions viz. Africa, Americas, East Asia / Pacific, Europe, Middle
East and South Asia. Europe and Americas are the main tourist receiving regions. Europe accounted
for 58% of the world tourism traffic and Americas accounted for 18% of world tourism traffic in 2000.
South Asia has a market share of 0.9% in the world tourism traffic. India is the leading destination in
1-2 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
the South Asia region with a share of 41.2% of tourist arrivals to South Asia in 2000. (The South Asia
region comprises India, Iran, Pakistan, Maldives, Nepal, Sri Lanka).
(v)
World wide, International tourism receipts amounted to US$ 475.8 billion ($ 680 per person), an
estimated growth of 4.5% in 2000 according to WTO. International tourism receipts in India was
estimated to be US$ 3.3 billion ($ 1250 per person) in 2000, a growth of 9.5% over the previous year.
India was estimated to have a share of 0.69% in international tourism receipts in 2000.
The United States is the leader with an estimated US$ 85.2 billion in international tourism receipts in
2000. South Asia is estimated to have a share of 1.1% in international tourism receipts of which 65.8%
is accounted for by India.
(vi)
6000
5500
5030
5832
5540
6069
5424
5000
4000
3000
2374
2288
2482
2359
2641
2537
2000
1000
0
1996
1997
1998
Estimate 1
1999
2000
2001
Estimate 2
Estimate (Nos.)
Growth (%)
Estimate (Nos.)
Growth (%)
(1)
(2)
1996
2287860
5030342
1997
2374094
3.77%
5500419
9.34%
1998
2358629
-0.65%
5539704
0.71%
1999
2481928
5.23%
5832105
5.28%
2000
2649378
6.70%
5893542
1.05%
2001
2537282
-4.2%
5423667
-7.97%
Source: 'Tourist Arrivals in India' , Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India
Annual report, Department of tourism, Govt. of India
Note: Estimate (1) refers to data on foreign tourist arrivals compiled from disembarkation cards at port of entry
Estimate (2) refers to data collected from various accommodation establishments by State Govt / UT administration
1-3 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Table 1.2: The percentage share in total arrivals from different regions
Regions
In Percentages
2000
16.3
0.9
33.1
1.9
3.6
3.6
25.4
5.6
5.6
2.6
1.4
North America
Central and South America
Western Europe
Eastern Europe
Africa
West Asia
South Asia
South East Asia
East Asia
Australasia
Others
Source: Department of Tourism, Government of India
2001
16.5
0.9
32.3
1.5
3.6
3.8
26.5
5.5
5.1
2.6
1.7
A number of factors such as tourism brand image, global economic situation, political stability,
tourism facilities contribute to the flow of foreign tourist arrivals to the country. Although, there are
seasonal variations, the peak months are November to February while the lean months are May- June
when the climate is hot.
Figure 1.5: Share of different regions in International tourist arrivals
Year 2000
Western Europe
33.1%
South Asia
25.4%
North America
16.3%
Australasia
2.6%
East Asia
5.6%
Year 2001
West Asia
3.6%
Sout h East Asia
5.6%
Others
1.4%
Africa
3.6%
East ern Europe
1.9%
Nort h America
16.5%
South Asia
26.5%
Western Europe
32.3%
Central & South America
0.9%
Others
1.7%
Aust ralasia
2.6%
East Asia
5.1%
1-4 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
West Asia
3.8%
Africa
3.6%
Eastern Europe
1.5%
Punjab
(vii)
15000
13042
10000
9920
10726
14420
14238
11951
5000
0
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
Rs crores
Forex earnings
Growth
Rs crores
(%)
1996
9919.96
1997
10725.64
8.12%
1998
11950.78
11.42%
1999
13041.81
9.13%
2000
14238.00
9.17%
2001
14344.00
0.7%
2002
14419.82
0.5%
Note: Based on RBI figures
Source: Annual Report, Department of Tourism
Tourist arrivals in India', Department of tourism
(viii)
Growth
(%)
2.01%
2.04%
2.07%
5.28%
-4.0%
-2.5%
Domestic tourism has grown substantially during the last few years due to the increase in income
levels and emergence of a dynamic middle class.
Figure 1.7: Trends in domestic tourism
250
220
191
200
150
140 140
160 160
168 168
1997
1998
234
176
100
50
0
1996
Estimate 1
1999
Estimate 2
1-5 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
2000
2001
Punjab
(ix)
Growth (%)
14.10%
5.20%
4.69%
NA
NA
The latest National Tourism Policy was announced in 2002. The key objectives are:
Improving Indias existing tourism products and expanding these to meet new market
requirements
The policy recognised the importance of tourism industry by inclusion of tourism in the
concurrent list of the Constitution of India.
Additional air capacity especially from main tourism originating destinations like North
America, Western Europe and South East Asia during the peak travel month (October to
March).
Improve the standard of facilities and services at the international and major domestic
airports by privatisation / leasing of airport.
Creation of special tourism police force for development at major tourism destinations. This
will provide security to travellers
1-6 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
The new tourism policy includes provisions of development of products that are related to
the special interests of the target markets. The product development should be from the
following sectors
o
Cultural tourism
Develop and position the Cochin and Andaman & Nicobar Islands as international cruise
destinations.
Village tourism
The wildlife sanctuaries and national park needs to be integrated as an integral part of
the Indian tourism products.
Adventure tourism
India has unique events, fairs and festivals. In this context this sector should be promoted
as a unique product.
Road- the road network is very vital for tourism, for almost 70 % of passengers travel in
India is by road. Most tourist circuits too, are entirely dependent on roads. The current
government plan for the road system in the country, covering both interstate highways and
improvements of rural roads directly support tourism development.
Railways- the Indian railway system can be an enormous asset in the development of the
tourism and hospitality industry in the country. The following measures are a part of the
policy
o
Introduction of special tourist train with a preset itinerary and with private sector
participation,
The Indian railways have a plan for establishing 100 hotels (budget class) at railway
stations serving specific tourist centres. The private sector should be invited to invest in
these hotels
The Indian railways owns a number of heritage structures which can be a tourist
attractions.
Developing hill railways like in Darjeeling, Nilgiri, Matheran, Kangra, and Shimla
The stream traction should be continued in order to retain the skills to operate this
technology
1-7 of 18
Punjab
Waterway-India has 7000 kms coastline which is yet to be tapped for the development of
tourism. The cruises can be promoted in these coastlines. River cruises can be developed for
the north - eastern states (Brahmaputra and Ganges) and Kerala. The cruises can be used as
means of transport as well as unique tourism products.
Effective Marketing India will have to shift its current traditional marketing approach to
more aggressive and competitive style. In this context India will have to use an array of
marketing tools and strategies.
Creating an India Tourism Brand Position-In international market, India requires a position
statement that captures the essence of its tourism product to convey an image of the
product to the potential consumer and which will become the India Brand. For the
development of a powerful image and brand position of India in the international and
domestic markets, a suitable agency needs to constantly do the promotional activity.
Market Research- An extensive program of market research of primary data is essential. The
result of market research will help to guide the formulation and implementation of overall
marketing strategy, and its indicators would be used to measure the success of strategies.
Digital Technology for Marketing-The impact of internet and other interactive multi-media
platforms are far reaching. Indian tourism can utilise both the Internet and the other
emerging interactive technologies and can capitalise on these new channels.
The budget for tourism has been hovering around 0.15 0.20 % of the total central plan outlay.
There has been a gradual increase in Central Plan outlay for tourism over the plan periods from Rs
1.58 crores in the second plan to Rs 272 crore in the eighth plan. As against the eighth plan outlay of
Rs 272 crore (1991-92 prices), the expenditure during the period has been Rs 490.42 crores.
The approved allocation for tourism for the ninth plan period (1997-2002) was Rs 485.75 crores.
1-8 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Infrastructure Development
21.6%
Organisation
1.0%
0.4%
Research and Computerisation
Incentives
Manpower Development
0.6%
3.1%
12.4%
Paryatan Bhavan
6.2%
India is accessible from all four directions north, east, south and west. Each of the four gateways has
its own history.
1-9 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Northern Circuit: Delhi , the capital city, is steeped in history. It combines the grandeur of Mughal
architecture of Old Delhi with the formal splendour of New Delhi, built in the early 20th century.
Along with Jaipur and Agra, Delhi forms the Golden Triangle. Agra is home to the Taj Mahal, a
world famous monument while Jaipur offers the visitor a chance to experience royalty at its luxury
hotels which were palaces of the local rulers.
Western Circuit: Mumbai is the commercial capital of the country. It is also a major international
airport and harbour. The British influence is evident from the architecture of the Gateway of India,
Bombay high court, Old Secretariat, University buildings and Victoria Terminus. Pune, the capital of
the Marathas during the reign of the warrior king Shivaji, is 163 kms from Mumbai. Aurangabad, the
main stopover before visiting the world heritage sites, Ajanta and Ellora is 400 kms from Mumbai.
1-10 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
The sculptures of Hindu, Budhist and Jain faiths found in the 34 caves at Ellora date back to over a
1000 years while the ones at Ajanta date back to the fifth century.
Southern Circuit: The southern gateway to the country, Chennai, is the symbol of Dravidian culture. It
is the starting point to the temple towns of Mahabalipuram , Kanchipuram, Chidambaram, Tanjore,
Tiruchirapalli, and Madurai. The French style of coastal town of Pondicherry lies to the south of
Chennai. Kerala, with its beautiful coconut beaches lies on the western coast. Kanyakumari, a popular
pilgrimage town is the southern tip of country, where one can watch the sun set and moon rise at the
same time.
Eastern Circuit: Kolkata, listed among the worlds largest cities, came into being as a British trading
post and later capital of British empire in India during the 17th century. The Indian museum, the
Victoria memorial, the botanical gardens and Dakshineshwars kali temple are famous landmarks in
the city.
Northwards of Kolkata, is the hill station of Darjeeling, which offers spectacular views of
Kanchenjunga peak (8586 metres). The state of Orissa, on the eastern coast has a rich heritage of
classical dance, music, silverware, handicrafts and sculpture and its own Golden Triangle comprising
the three temple towns of Bhubaneswar, Puri and Konarak. Puri is counted among the four holiest
cities in India and famous for the 12th century Jagannath temple. Konarak features in the circuit for its
Sun temple, an architectural masterpiece.
Preferred Destinations in India
The most popular destinations in India for foreign tourists have been the golden triangle of DelhiJaipur-Agra, Goa, Rajasthan, and very recently, Kerala. The National Geographic has rated Kerala
among the 50 must see destinations of a lifetime.
As per the survey conducted by the Ministry of Tourism, the most visited destinations in India by
foreign tourists include:
Delhi
Mumbai, Maharashtra
Agra, U.P
Chennai, Tamil Nadu
Kolkata, West Bengal
Jaipur, Rajasthan
Varanasi, U.P
Bangalore, Karnataka
Panjim, Goa
Udaipur, Rajasthan
Pune, Maharashtra
Mysore, Karnataka
Ajmer, Rajasthan
Goa
Secunderabad, A.P
Cochin, Kerala
Shimla, Himachal Pradesh
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
The top 10 states in India which account for more than 90% of the foreign tourist arrivals are given in
Table 1.6.
1-11 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
State
Maharashtra
Delhi
UP
TN
Rajasthan
West Bengal
Goa
Kerala
Karnataka
HP
Total
Source: Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India
The top 10 states which account for around 90% of the domestic tourist arrivals is given in Table 1.7
Table 1.7: Top 10 States: Domestic Tourist Arrivals (2001)
Sl.no
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
State
UP
AP
TN
Karnataka
Uttranchal
Maharashtra
Gujrat
Rajasthan
Bihar
HP
TOTAL
Source: Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India
(xii)
Bali Declaration
India is signatory to the Bali declaration on barrier free tourism for people with disabilities. The
declaration urges governments to develop action programs to promote barrier free tourism for people
with disabilities, older persons and families with young children. The declaration also requests the
governments to respect the rights of disabled persons to have equal access to tourist facilities,
programs and services and strengthen craft production, entrepreneurial and marketing skills among
them.
1-12 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(xiii)
STRENGTHS
Rich culture and heritage
Variety of landscapes, lifestyles and
cuisines
Rich tradition in handicrafts
Colourful fairs and festivals
1.2
OPPORTUNITIES
Global trend towards exotic destinations
like India
Tourism potential unexploited
WEAKNESSES
Poor accessibility to many tourist
destinations due to basic Infrastructure
bottlenecks
Lack of tourist infrastructure & basic
amenities at many tourist destinations
Lack of information about tourist
destinations
Unfavourable brand image as a tourist
friendly destination.
Lack of promotion activities
THREATS
Aggressive marketing and promotion by
competing destinations in Asia like
Malaysia
Study Objective
The Ministry has provided guidelines to be followed for preparation of perspective plan which are
listed as follows:
A perspective plan with a time frame of 20 years needs to be developed for developing
sustainable tourism giving year wise phasing of investment having regard to the resources
available.
The plan should indicate short term and long term plans, targets and ground realities
The plan should indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies clearly
indicating the time frame for each activity.
The plan should be able to assess the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to
existing traffic levels and inventory of :
o
Natural resources
The plan should review the status of existing development / investment plans of schemes
for the development of tourism in the region
1-13 of 18
Punjab
The plan should list and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centres and
categorise them on the basis of inventory of attractions, infrastructure availability, degree of
popularity, volume of traffic flow etc
The plan should analyse and categorise existing / potential destinations and centres , as a
stand alone destination, part of a circuit and /or as major attractions for special interest
groups etc
The plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations / centres in
terms of quality of roads / transportation facilities, civic amenities, enroute transit facilities,
boarding and lodging facilities etc
The plan should be able to broadly assess traffic flow to identified destinations and centres
for assessment of infrastructure requirements taking into account past growth trends,
suggested linkages and integration, future expected developments including likely
investments by the state and investment climate / incentive for private sector etc
The plan should attempt and arrive at an indicative cost configuration of likely investment on
infrastructure development under different heads and to prioritize investment needs by
drawing up a phased investment plan covering the next 20 years
The plan should identify the existing as well as new tourism projects for expansion /
augmentation, upgradation of facilities and services, destinations and centres, which have
potential for development
The plan should undertake product conceptualization cum feasibility exercise inter alia for
identified projects covering aspects like locational evaluation, schematic product planning
and conceptualization including quantification of individual project parameters, assessment
of overall investments levels and of project viability cum feasibility exercise etc.
The plan should prepare an action plan for implementation of identified potential
development scheme/projects/products and for development of infrastructure in conformity
with the policy objectives and guidelines provided by the concerned state / central agencies /
departments and the requirements of national development and funding agencies. The overall
development plan to also take into account WTOs Bali declaration on tourism development.
The plan should include project wise potential for employment generation; a reasonable
percentage of potential employment is to be reserved for women.
The plan should indicate the actual and projected number of domestic and foreign tourist
arrivals for each proposed tourist place.
Prioritise the scheme on the basis of employment potential of the project and tourist arrivals
at the proposed place.
Since the perspective plan would be used for external assistance, it would be desirable to
suggest state tourism projects to foreign funding agencies for financial assistance; each
project has to be properly scrutinized and finalized accordingly
1-14 of 18
Punjab
1.4
Other sources of funding such as loans from the Financial Institutions, the Tourism Finance
Corporation of India (TFCI) etc needs to be explored. Besides, proper incentives need to be
suggested for private sector participation
Further the available institutional machinery in the state to oversee / coordinate the
development of tourism infrastructure has to be specifically suggested
Facilities for performance by local artists; cultural troupes should be built into the
perspective plan
Cultural complexes can be suggested with the financial help from the State Department of
Culture and later made economically viable on the pattern of Dilli Haat
Handicraft shops should be suggested at various tourist place; these could be run by women
Perspective plan should include potential for developing health resorts at / near the tourist
places. Yoga classes, nature cure facilities, ayurvedic system of medicines should be
available at these places to attract tourists.
Consultant preparing the perspective plan should be asked to give an executive summary of
the plan along with the report
The perspective plan should incorporate attractive packages / schemes to attract private
sector investment
It is necessary that the environmental issues are dealt with sufficient details and
environmental impact assessment studies made in respect of all new projects
The perspective plans should include carrying capacity studies, instruments of spatial and
land use planning, instruments of architectural controls for restoration of old properties and
construction of new ones in old towns and cities, strategy for local community participation
and protection of cultural identity, awareness programmes for local participation and local
commitment to the project.
Measures necessary for mitigating the adverse environmental impacts and rehabilitation of
the tourist places already environmentally damaged should be incorporated in the perspective
plans
The perspective plan should include strategy for privatization of tourism related properties
owned by the state and the State tourism Corporations
As indicated in our proposal, a two pronged methodology is being adopted to carry out the study. This
includes:
1. Collection of information from the relevant secondary sources
2. Conducting field exercises, including site visits to select tourism destinations including
potential destinations, and
1-15 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3. Interaction with all possible stakeholders to assess the present tourism scenario, infrastructure
available and shortages therein , potential tourism destinations, likely tourists inflows, requisite
infrastructure, investment requirements, prioritising the same and presenting the whole into a
comprehensive perspective plan for development of sustainable tourism in the state over the
next 20 years.
Details of the methodology envisaged for the study is depicted below:
Figure1.10: Methodology Adopted for the Study
Team mobilization, orientation with regard to study objectives and scope of work
Interaction with State tourism dept. and tour operators to identify current tourist
destinations and locations with cluster of tourist destinations
Primary data collection, Personal visits to tourist locations and interaction with
tourists, tour operators, tourism related associations, entrepreneurs and govt. depts
related to basic infrastructure to assess the current status / infrastructure
bottlenecks and identify gaps
Collation of the secondary and primary data collected, data analysis and
interpretation
Identifcation of potential tourism projects, shortlisting and carrying out prima facie
feasibility studies
1-16 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
1.5
Report Format
INTRODUCTION
An overview of the tourism scenario in India as well the objectives and scope of the study and the
methodology adopted to carry out the study is presented.
Chapter 2
The state tourism policy, state plan outlays on tourism, trend in tourist arrivals, travel circuits and
destinations / attractions , status of tourism infrastructure and basic infrastructure in the state,
environmental aspects and status of institutional framework are discussed in this chapter.
Chapter 3
The chapter presents the findings of the sample field survey of domestic and foreign tourists, tour
operators and travel agents and interactions with relevant associations and institutions. A first hand
assessment of the tourism infrastructure and basic infrastructure at the destinations visited during the
survey is presented.
Chapter 4
The tourism destinations in the state have been prioritized according to a set of parameters. At each
destination, projects have been identified and prioritized according to a set of parameters. The viability
of shortlisted projects has also been discussed in this chapter.
Chapter 5
PERSPECTIVE PLAN
A perspective plan for tourism development in the state has been presented based on the State tourism
policy, a review of the market trends and potential and examination of relevant issues.
Chapter 6
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
Promotional issues, financing issues, human resource development issues as well as identification of
agencies to implement the plan are discussed in this chapter
The annexures (Volume 2) contain
Punjab
Profiles of projects
1.6
There is limited published data available on the industry. Information about tourist arrivals
and infrastructure availability at many destinations provided in the report are largely based
on the limited available data and discussion with the various respondent groups at these
locations.
Research studies to estimate the carrying capacity of the environment have rarely been
carried out. Norms on the extent of development that can be allowed at various tourist
destinations have yet to be developed by the state / local administration. Detailed destination
specific studies will need to be carried out by the state tourism department in association
with the Town planning department, environment department and other relevant govt.
departments.
Every effort has been made to meet the guidelines provided by the Ministry for preparation
of perspective plan. Separate master plans (destination specific) will need to be prepared by
the state governments for various identified tourist destinations in the report.
1-18 of 18
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.1
Introduction
This chapter assesses the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to the tourism policy, plan
outlays for tourism, trend in tourist arrivals, travel circuits and destinations, status of tourist
infrastructure as well as basic infrastructure, status of the environment and institutional framework.
Destination profiles have been prepared for most of the tourist destinations. These profiles capture the
status of these destinations in terms of infrastructure availability and other parameters. (see Annexure
III Volume II).
An assessment of the tourist infrastructure availability and basic infrastructure availability has also
been provided in Chapter 3 Field Survey findings.
2.2
State Profile
2.2.1
Punjab is the 16th largest state in India in terms of area and 15th in terms of population. The word
Punjab is a compound of two Persian Words, Panj (five) and aab (water) signifying the land of five
waters or rivers, namely Ravi, Sutlej, Chenab, Jhelum and Beas. However, owing to the territorial
divisions, following the partition of the country in 1947, only two of the five rivers referred to above
(the Sutlej and the Beas) now lie within the boundaries of India in Punjab. Nevertheless, the land in
the state is very fertile and hence over the last five decades, the state has earned the epithet Granary of
India, due to the enterprising spirit and untiring toil of its people.
2.2.2
Year of Establishment
Punjab has a recorded history beginning from the annexation of Punjab and Sindh to the Persian
Empire by Darius (c. 518 B.C). Many Muslim emperors ruled over Punjab before the Mughals entered
the political scene in 1526. The Mughal rule lasted for more than 200 years. Later, British rule took
over Punjab after a period of vigorous struggle by the Sikhs against the foreign domination. When
India finally attained Independence in 1947, Punjab was split into two parts, the larger portion
becoming a part of Pakistan. The present provincial boundaries of the state were drawn in 1970.
A map of the state is shown below:
2-1 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.2.3
Geographical Coverage
Punjab is situated in the north-western corner of the country and has an area of 50362 sq. km. It is
bounded on the north by the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir, on the east by Himachal Pradesh and
the Union territory of Chandigarh, on the south by Haryana and Rajasthan, and on the west by
Pakistan. The city of Chandigarh is the joint administrative capital of Punjab and Haryana.
2.2.4
Administrative Set Up
Punjab has been divided into 4 divisions and 17 districts. The detail of the administrative set up of Punjab is
presented as Appendix 2.1. Some basic facts about the state are presented as Appendix 2.2. & 2.3.
2.2.5
Climate
The climate in Punjab ranges from bracing cold in winter to scorching heat in summer with winter and
summer monsoons. The spring comes with Basant Panchami, a festival in early February. The short
spring gives way to a long summer, with fresh foliage. By mid July, the summer monsoon comes and
within a few days, the heavy downpour turns the land into a vast swamp. By the time the monsoon is
over, it is cool again. During summer, the temperature ranges from 21.4oC to 41.2oC. Winters are cool
and the temperature may vary from 30.7 C - 1 C. The annual average rainfall in the state is 900 mm
(July September).
2.2.6
Demographic Profile
Punjab is the 15th most populous state in the country (24.28 million) which is 2.37% of the total
population of the country. The population density is 482 per sq km. & the Literacy rate is 70 %. The
2-2 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
population of Punjab consists mainly of Punjabis, Jats and Rajputs. Punjabi and Hindi are the main
language of the masses and Punjabi is the official state language, written in Gurmukhi script. The
majority (60%) of the population follow Sikhism. The largest minority is Hindus followed by
Muslims, Buddhists, Christians and Jains. Scheduled castes of both the Hindu and Sikh religion
constitute about one fourth of Punjabs population.
2.2.7
Economy
Punjab is primarily an agrarian state and 70% people are engaged in agriculture. Agriculture is the main
stay of Punjab's economy and Punjab is known as the Granary of India The State contributes 80 percent
of wheat and 43 percent of rice to the State exchequer Against an all India average of 51 percent, Punjab
has 85 per cent of its area under cultivation. The fertiliser consumption in Punjab is the highest in India.
The efforts of the state government to provide irrigation, cheap power and agriculture inputs at subsidised
rates have acted as a catalyst for agricultural production. Major Crops in the State are: Rice, Wheat, Maize,
Bajra, Sugarcane, Gram, Rapeseed and Mustard, Sunflower, Groundnut and Cotton.
Punjab's contribution to the industrial development of the country is mainly through its 2.01 lakh smallscale units and 638 large and medium scale units. These units produce bicycle parts, sewing machines,
hand tools, machine tools, auto parts, light engineering goods and electronic items, sports goods, a large
variety of woollens, hosiery, knitwear, textiles, sugar, surgical and leather goods. Attracted by the
improved investment climate in the state, a number of foreign investors have come forward to set up
industries, or to collaborate with the existing units. Some major public sector undertakings have also set
up their projects in Punjab. While agriculture contributes about 42 % to State GDP, industrys share is
about 25%. The balance about 33% is contributed by services sector. This includes 15% as the
contribution by trade and Hospitality Sectors (Hotels and Restaurants).
The GDP at constants price increased from Rs. 30250 crores in 1993-94 to Rs. 39704 crores at an anuual
compound growth rate of 4.6%. The per capita income at constant price increased from Rs. 12714 in
1993-94 to Rs. 14678 in 1999-2000 i.e. at annual compound growth rate of 2.4%. The year wise GDP
and per capita income are given in Figure 2.2
Figure 2.2: Year Wise GDP and Per Capita Income
60000
20000
45000
15000
30000
10000
15000
5000
0
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
1999-00
2000-01*
Year
GDP
P er Capita Inco me
2-3 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
2001-02*
Punjab
Tourism industry has increasingly been seen as an industry whose growth has multiplier effect in the
state economy as a whole. This is primarily due to the following factors:
2.3
While India has rich diversity to offer to the visiting tourists, some of the Indian States encompass all
the richness, which the country possesses. Punjab is one such unique state. Though Punjab as a state
has been considered largely as a transit point by the domestic and foreign tourists visiting Jammu &
Kashmir and Himachal Pradesh, there is much more to it. Punjab definitely offers a variety of tourist
attractions. [Punjab is known as the land of great gurus, has a great heritage of famous religious
shrines, palaces, ancient monuments and historical embodiments, wetlands and much more to attract
all category of tourists]. Besides, the intense sports and fun loving people of Punjab are known for
their sense of humour and hospitality. Punjab is also endowed with music and melody, gaiety &
colours, history & legend. Punjab is also famous for its handicrafts, woodcrafts and intricately
designed in rich traditional patterns and motifs and needlework products which are much sought after
by the domestic as well as foreign tourist.
2.4
Though no authentic data is available as regards the share of Tourism industry in the state GDP, the
services sector which includes Tourism and Hotels industry, contributes about 33% of the total state
GDP. However, the net share of tourism in the state GDP is estimated at 1.63% during 2001-2002.
2.4.1
Employment Generation
As regards the employment generated by the Tourism industry including the Hotels and Restaurants,
the available information indicates that there were 7727 Hotels and Restaurants in the state in 2000,
employing over 15,600 persons in the private owned enterprises and regular establishments in the
state. These figures, however, do not represent the latest positions and hence the numbers of Hotels
and Restaurants as well as the persons employed there is expected to be much higher.
Further, according to a study undertaken by the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) for India,
while Rs. 10 lakh spent on agriculture create 45 jobs and on manufacturing 13 jobs, the same amount
spent on the hotel and tourism industry generates 47.5 jobs. The visit of one foreign tourist provides
employment to one person, while 17 domestic tourists generate one job in the country.
The WTTC India Initiative forecasts that if, by the year 2010, Indian Travel and Tourism were to
generate the same level of employment as the European Union, then, a further 25 million jobs would
be instantly created. Presently, Tourism is Indias third largest foreign exchange earning industry2-4 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
next to readymade garments and gems and jewellery. The total foreign exchange earnings from
tourism during the year 2001 are estimated at Rs. 14,006 crores.
2.4.2
Multiplier Effect
As indicated above, tourism industry has a multiplier effect on the economy as a whole. Visitors to an
area purchase goods and services. This spending injects new rupees into the local economy. A
percentage of each new rupee is spent in the community by the recipient and this is spent and re-spent,
creating a 'multiplier effect'.
When more tourist rupees enter a local economy and a larger percentage is retained locally, the
economic benefit is greater. So, the more a community is self-sufficient (i.e. the resources used by the
visitor are produced wholly or substantially by the local community) the greater the multiplier effect.
It has been found that all direct revenues generated in the economy due to tourism have also indirect
revenue earnings. A multiplier effect has to be considered for estimation of the total revenues
generated from tourism. Further the multiplier effect has also to be considered for estimation of the
employment generated (i.e both direct and indirect) due to tourism. As per the estimates of the tourism
experts the multiplier effect for tourism is around 2.5 times i.e each rupees spent on tourism results in
an expenditure of around 2.5 times in the economy.
2.4.3
Though tourism is basically a service industry, its growth and promotion are interdependent both
directly and indirectly on many other sectors of the economy. These generally will include all the
broad features of the state profile discussed earlier. The more important components however are
perceived to be as under:
(i)
Directly Related
Infrastructure.
Transport Sector
Tele Communications.
(ii)
Indirectly Related
If properly developed and supported by requisite infrastructure, Punjab has considerable potential to
be promoted as an important tourist attraction, and a destination point rather than a transit point to both
2-5 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
the domestic and foreign tourists visiting northern region of India. As already indicated, due to the
multiplier effect, Tourism industry has therefore, the potential to make significant contribution to the
state GDP, by generating additional employment and providing a boost to the industry sector,
particularly the small scale industrial units engaged in production of traditional handicraft and wood
work items and the services sector industry.
2.5
To promote its tourism potential, Punjab State Tourism Department had formulated a Tourism Policy
(draft) in 2003. The states tourism policy has a coherent feature ,viz, the policy is rooted on one hand
in convergence of socio-economic benefits, eco-friendliness and employment generation, while on the
other hand, the policy has to fulfil the growing demand for tourism products in the state brought about
by the rapid industrial development.
The main objectives of the Tourism Policy of Punjab are:
To promote tourism in the state of Punjab in such a way that it will contribute to the
development of employment, economic growth and more importantly bring the tourist close
to the cultural heritage of Punjab
To position every city as a Tourist centre different from another, like Patiala for culture and
heritage, Anandpur Sahib and Amritsar as religious centres.
To promote private sector participation with the help of government to develop necessary
infrastructure in the state that will help the state to promote tourism.
To position Punjab in the tourist map of India with demand created by travel & trade market
in Punjab and by tapping the untapped potential of various heritage monuments in Punjab.
To prepare & implement master plans for integrated development and marketing of various
areas of Punjab.
To provide quality service to all domestic and international consumers and stake holders.
To diversify and expand the marketing of tourism products in the state and preserving the
cultural monuments from any kind of decay.
The tourism policy also envisages promotion of rural , eco, adventure , sports ,youth ,heritage and
pilgrimage tourism and lays emphasis on defining the role of the government mainly as a facilitator
and the private sector as the main operators who would be given all possible incentives and
encouragement to invest in various projects and operate them so as to promote sustainable
development of tourism sector, besides ensuring participation of all stakeholders in the society
including the Travel, Trade and Tourism industry. The draft Tourism Policy 2003 of Punjab is given
in Appendix 2.4
2-6 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.6
The Planning Commission has approved an outlay of Rs.14300 crore for the States 9th Five Year Plan
(1997-2002). The Annual Plan outlays for the state are as under:
Table 2.1: Annual Plan outlays for the state
(Rs. crores)
Year
1997-1998 (Actual Expenditure)
1998-1999 (Actual Expenditure)
1999-2000 (Actual Expenditure)
2000-2001 (Approved Outlay)
2001-2002 (Proposed Outlay)
Total Approved Outlay (1997-2002)
Source : Statistical Abstract of Punjab - 2000
2.6.1
Outlays
2011.86
2005.37
1753.17
2420.00
3350.00
14300.00
Sector-Wise Outlays
The above outlay is distributed among various sectors as provided by the Planning Commission. The last
three years 1999-2000, 2000-01 and 2001-02 Sector-wise Plan outlays are shown in Table 2.2.
Table 2.2: Sector-wise Plan outlays
(Rs. Crores)
Major Head of Development
1999-2000
(Actual Expenditure)
81.67
65.48
11.69
130.48
628.42
14.72
102.21
0.72
65.28
630.03
22.47
1753.17
Outlay
2000-2001
(Approved Outlay)
171.86
124.10
60.11
297.75
629.82
11.96
194.68
1.68
49.44
850.65
27.95
2420.00
2001-2002
(Proposed Outlay)
183.09
170.00
59.89
331.00
542.85
11.24
214.99
1.62
65.16
975.86
794.30
3350.00
Strategy for the Annual Plans is determined as per the guidelines provided by the Planning
Commission.
It will be noted that there is no separate head to indicate any plan allocation for Tourism sector. The
same is included under the sub-head General Economic Services.
However, the overall development programme for the State of Punjab for the year 1999-2000 involved
a total investment of Rs.8247.74 crores as shown in Table 2.3.
2-7 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.7
2.7.1
2680.00
1496.77
741.51
311.17
600.97
1417.32
1000.00
8247.74
Though Punjab has given the status of Industry to Tourism, the 9th Five Year Plan (1997-2002) for
Punjab provided a very small outlay of Rs.250 lakhs for this sector which constituted a mere 0.02% of
the total plan outlay for five years. The available data for actual expenditure for the first two years of
the plan and outlay for the remaining plan years is given in Table 2.4.
Table 2.4: State Tourism Sector Outlays and Expenditure during the 9th & 10th Five
Year Plan
(Rs. Lakhs)
Plan period
#Outlays / *Expenditure
% of Total Outlay/Expenditure
th
1997 2002 (9 Plan)
250.00#
0.02
1997 1998
30.94*
0.02
1998 1999
190.18*
0.09
1999 2000
90.00*
2000 2001
85.00#
0.04
2001 2002
88.00#
0.03
2002 - 2007 (10th Plan)
356.00#
2002 2003
75.00*
Source : Statistical Abstract of Punjab 2000 and Department of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab
Tourism has been given the status of industry to facilitate its development in the State. A policy in this
regard is being finalised. An outlay of Rs. 90.00 lakhs was proposed in the Annual Plan 1999-2000 in
order to provide wayside amenities to tourists. As per the latest details of outlays, the construction of a
three star hotel at Anandpur Sahib has begun in collaboration with ITDC. A Tourist Reception Center
has been set up at Anandpur Sahib in view of the tri-centenary of the birth of the Khalsa. However,
keeping in view the policy of privatisation and the state role now perceived as that of a facilitator,
some of the existing tourist complexes are being given on lease to private entrepreneurs.
2-8 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
The approved outlay for the 10th plan is Rs 356.00 lakhs. Of this total outlay,Rs 300.00 lakhs has been
earmarked for setting up of tourism complexes / wayside amenities / joint ventures with ITDC & other
tourism promotion activities,Rs 50.00 lakhs for promotion and publicity, Rs 1.00 lakh for formulation
of tourist trade acts and Rs 5.00 lakhs for setting up of tourist reception centre at Anandpur Sahib.
2.7.2
The central government provides financial assistance to the state governments on a regular basis for
the improvement of tourism infrastructure in the respective states. This assistance is generally
provided on the basis of specific project proposals received and their priorities and merits. The
amounts sanctioned to Punjab and actually released during the 7th Plan, 8th plan and five of the 9th plan
are given in Table 2.5
Table 2.5: Central Financial Assistance under the 5-year Plans
(Rs. lakhs)
Plan Period
Plan outlays -Sanctioned
No. of projects Sanctioned
7th Plan
178.62
12
th
8 Plan
647.53
38
9th Plan
1997-1998
52.87
6
1998-1999
241.29
7
1999-2000
175.00
8
2000-2001
203.50
6
2001-2002
61.01
NA
2002-2003
Source: 1. Tourist Statistics, Ministry of Tourism & Culture, GOI - 2000
2. Project Directory, Ministry of Tourism, GOI - 2000
Amount -Released
110.83
278.89
15.72
220.15
57.50
59.08
NA
The specific project for which central assistance was sanctioned during the years1998-99 and 19992000 were as under:
Table 2.6: Central Assistance Sanctioned and Released during 1998-99
(Rs. lakhs)
Name of Project
Amount
Sanctioned
Released
Construction of Tourist Reception centre at Anandpur Sahib
97.64
78.00
Illumination of Gurudwara at Keshgarh Sahib
25.00
12.50
Illumination of Gurudwara at Qila Anandgarh Sahib
25.00
12.50
Illumination of Gurudwara at Teg Bahadur Sahib
15.00
7.50
Illumination of Gurudwara Mai Jitoi
15.00
7.50
SEL Show at Gurudwara Anandpur Sahib
61.50
30.83
Baba Farid Mela
3.00
1.50
Total
242.14
150.33
Sources: Tourist Statistics 2000 Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, Department of Tourism, Punjab
2-9 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Amount
Sanctioned
Released
Yatri Niwas at Mohali
60.00
18.00
Upgradation of Tourist Complex at Kiratpur Sahib
40.00
12.00
Tourist complex at Ferozpur
50.00
00.01
Festivals (5)
25.00
12.50
Total
175.00
42.51
Sources: Tourist Statistic 2000 Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, Department of Tourism, Punjab
2.8
The flow of both domestic and foreign tourists to Punjab is given in Table-2.7. The inflow of domestic
tourists to Punjab was at an annual compound growth rate of 3% for the period 1995 to 2000. The
inflow of foreign tourists has reduced over the years.
Table 2.8: Tourist Arrivals Punjab
(in Numbers)
Year
Domestic
Foreign
1995
328652
5415
1996
365638
12196
1997
380263
12684
1998
384066
12690
1999
232424
6387
2000
385682
3854
2001
474305
3258
Source :Tourist Statistics 2001 Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India
Total
334067
377834
392947
396756
238811
389536
477563
Punjab accounted for 0.18% of domestic arrivals and ranked 21st among All India domestic tourist
arrivals in the year 2000. Similarly, Punjab accounted for 0.06% of foreign tourist arrivals and ranked
23rd among All India foreign tourist arrivals in the year 2000. However, the above may not be
presenting the true status of tourist arrivals in the state as the above figures are based on very limited
data sources.
Available information about tourist arrivals indicates that the largest number of tourists arrived in the
winter months i.e. November, December and January. The lean months are May, June and July. A
large number of NRIs visiting Punjab often stay with their relatives but they do visit several religious
and historical places and also spend considerable amount of money during these visits and in shopping
for gifts to be taken back. The numbers of such visitors is not reflected in the official data, which is
compiled from data obtained from hotel establishments in the state. Similarly, no details of tourists
arrivals data are being compiled for the state, with regards to country wise, purpose of visit wise or
specific attractions wise number of tourists visiting Punjab state.
2.9
As indicated earlier, Punjab has to offer a large variety of tourist attractions to meet different category
of tourists. The different types of tourist attractions spread all over the State can be grouped as under:
2-10 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.9.1
Religious
Punjab is a paradise for religious tourists as it has innumerable important places of religions interest
for tourists of all important religions in the country. These can be grouped as under:
(i)
Gurudwaras
The state has a number of Gurudwaras, the more important ones and their locations are given in Table 2.9.
Table 2.9: Famous Gurudwaras in Punjab
Location
Amritsar
Gurdaspur
Taran Taran
Bhatinda
Ludhiana
Jagraon
Rupnagar Anandpur Sahib
Kiratpur Sahib
Fatehgarh Sahib
Patiala
(ii)
Name of Gurudwara
Golden Temple, Akal Takht.
Gurudwara Derababa Nanak.
Town and Gurudwara Founded by Guru Arjun Dev in 1590.
Talwandi Sabo Linked to Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Charan Kanwal Linked to Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Manji Sahib
Nanaksar Sahib
Anandpur Sahib (Founded by 9th Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. First five Sikhs
baptised here by Guru Gobind Singh Ji at Takht Keshgarh Sahib).
Keshgarh Sahib, Dam Dama Sahib.
Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib and Gurudwara Jyoti Swarup.
Gurudwara Dukhniwaran Sahib.
Temples
(iii)
RamTirth, Amritsar,
Jain Temple, Zira, Ferozpur
Bhagwati, Bathinda,
Kali Devi Temple, Patiala
Panch Mandir, Kapurthala.,
Shiv Mandir and Sodal Mandir, Jalandhar
Durgiana Mandir, Amritsar
Mosque and Mausoleums
2-11 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(iv)
Jalianwala Bagh;
Radhaswami Dera, Beas;
Hussainwala;
Swetamber Jain Temple, Zira Ferozpur;
Figure 2.3: Places of Religious Interest in Punjab
Akbari
Masjid
Radhaswami
Dera
Qudain
Zama
Masjid
Ram Tirth
Durgian Mandir
Jalianwala bagh
Chilla Baba
Sheikh Farid
Panch
Mandir
Imam Masjid
Swetamber Jain
Temple
Hussainwala
Jain Temple
Mughal
Sarai
Chilla Baba
Sheikh Farid
Rauza Sharif
Idgah
Bhagwati
2-12 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
King Zaman of
Afghanistan
Cenotaph
Punjab
2.9.2
The chequered history of Punjab has left behind a large number of historical buildings, heritage and
archaeological sites which can be grouped as under:
(i)
Palaces
Patiala,
Nabha,
Sangrur,
Amritsar,
Kapurthala
(ii)
Museums
(iii)
Archaeological Sites
(iv)
2.9.3
Wetlands are landmasses where water and soil coexist and create specific conditions suitable for
growth and establishment of hydrophytic vegetation. Punjab is endowed with many wetlands,
including one of international importance. These are:
(i)
Hari-ke-pattan
Hari-ke-Pattan, located mid way between Ferozpur and Amritsar at the confluence of river Sutlej and
Beas, is a wild life sanctuary of international fame and recognized as one of the six wetlands in India
2-13 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
of international importance under Ramsar Convention. A 41 Sq. kms wetland area is being developed
under a Project Report prepared by Wetlands International New Delhi.
(ii)
Located 8 kms from Kapurthala, Kanjli is a wetland of national importance spread over 100 hectares.
It has immense ecological significance and supports a large variety of aquatic flora and fauna.
(iii)
Ropar Wetland
Located in Rupnagar District, it has also been declared as wetland project of National importance in
1991. Spread over an area of 1365 hectares, it is considered an important ecological source.
Figure 2.4: Wetlands in Punjab
Kanjli
Wetland
Harike
Pattan
Ropar
Wetland
2.9.4
Punjab is also endowed with several beautiful gardens of historical importance which can attract
tourists who are lovers of nature. The more important gardens are located as under:
Punjab
Rambagh
Garden
Shalimar
Garden
Bansar
Garden
Baradari
Garden
Aam Khas Bagh
2.10
Travel circuits
Though Punjab has a variety of tourist attractions which can suit different category of tourists, Punjab
offers the following circuits which offer a combination of various attractions. These are as under:
2.10.1
Ram Tirath takes us back to the times of Ramayana, at Sarai Amanat Khan, one comes down to a
highway inn of the Mughul times; at Wagha Border, one suddenly lands into the present. The pageant
of the beating of the retreat and the change of guard within handshaking distance of the Indian and
Pakistani forces here makes the most charming of the spectacles as a daily evening drill.
2-15 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Figure 2.6: Amritsar Ram Tirath - Sarai Amanat Khan -Wagha Border
2.10.2
At Dera Baba Nanak, the first Prophet of Sikhism, Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent the last days of his
life. At the historic Gurudwara built in his memory, holy robes that were presented to him at Mecca
are still preserved. Qadian is the home of the founder of the Ahmedyia Sect of the Muslims. At
Kalanaur,Akbar-the-great was coronated.
Pathankot is India's link city to the State of Jammu and
Kashmir and the best tourist destinations of Himachal Pradesh.
Figure 2.7: Amritsar - Dera Baba Nanak -Qadian-Kala naur-Gurdaspur-
2-16 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.10.3
A majestic gurudwara with a golden dome and a large holy pool having healing powers is built at Tarn
Taran in the memory of 5th Prophet of Sikhism, Sri Guru Arjan Dev ji.Hari-Ke-Pattan is a wild life
sanctuary of international fame. Goindwal Sahib was the seat of Sikhism during the lifetime of the
3rd Prophet of Sikhism Sri Guru Amar Dass ji. It has a deep well with 84 steps. The faithful say that if
you recite Jap Ji Sahib, a composition of the first Prophet of Sikhism at each step after a bath you
cross the cycle of 84,000 lives and attain moksh. At Sultanpur Lodhi, Sri Guru Nanak Dev ji spent 12
years in the service of Nawab Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was from here in 1500 A.D. that he had begun his
first holy travel towards the east and the south to preach the Word of God. Kapurthala is renowned for
beautiful palaces and buildings. Kanjli Lake receives several species of migratory birds and is a
fulfilling picnic spot.
Figure 2.8: Amritsar-Tarn Taran-Hari-Ke-Pattan - Goindwal Sahib - Sultanpur Lodhi Kapurthala( Kanjli lake)
2.10.4
At Baba Bakala, the 9th Prophet of Sikhism Sri Guru Teg Bahadur Ji had revealed himself to Makhan
Shah Lobana. Kartarpur was founded by the 5th Prophet of Sikhism. The authenticated, hand-written
copy of Sri Guru Granth Sahib compiled and edited by him and having his seal is located here. It is
also famous for the manufacture of world quality furniture. Jalandhar is the oldest city of Punjab.
Today, it is internationally famous for the manufacture of sports goods.
2-17 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.10.5
Ropar is famous for its archaeological finds. The valley of river Sutlej, from Kiratpur Sahib to
Anandpur Sahib was the seat of Sikhism for almost 80 years and is full of historical gurudwaras,
Takhat Sri Keshgarh Sahib is the most important because, on the day of Baisakhi in 1699, the 10th
Prophet of Sikhism had consummated the Sikh into the Khalsa -saint soldier. Within Ropar town,
there is a wetland created by river Sutlej . The valley is also full of historical landmarks. At Bhakra,
we have the world's highest straight gravity dam.
Figure 2.10: Chandigarh, Ropar (Rup Nagar), Anandpur Sahib, Bhakra - Nangal, Ropar,
2-18 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.10.6
Ludhiana is Punjab's home of industry and the famous Punjab Agriculture University. At Moga, the
multinational Nestle Company manufactures a large variety of food specialties. The border town of
Ferozepur is known for its memorials to the freedom fighters of India. At a nearby town on FerozepurMoga road called Zira is a beautiful Jain Shwetambar Temple with ancient icons and wall paintings.
Bathinda has an 1800 years old fort and a multinational firm Pepsi has set up plants here to
manufacture Agro products. Malout is an old mandi town, where produce from surrounding areas is
brought for sale. Muktsar is connected with the victory of the Sikh forces commanded by the 10th
Prophet Sri Guru Gobind Singh over the Mughal forces of the Governor of Sirhind in 1705. Faridkot,
the capital of erstwhile Phulkian state, is famous for its fort and palace which have remarkable
paintings, mirror - work and frescoes designed all over their walls.
Figure 2.11: Ludhiana - Moga - Ferozepur - Bhatinda - Malout - Muktsar-Faridkot
2.10.7
Patiala is renowned for its palaces, museums, sports, cuisine and fashionware. Nabha a smaller State
became famous as the venue of the freedom struggle where Pandit Nehru had come to court arrest.
Horlicks, the British firm runs a flourishing tonic food plant here to enrich beverages. Malerkotla is
erstwhile a Muslim Pathan princely state now in Punjab. When the Governor of Sirhind had ordered
the entombment of the two younger holy sons of the 10th Sikh Prophet,Sri Guru Gobind Singh Ji, the
ancestor of the Nawab of Malerkotla had protested.
In recognition of this act, this state was not
affected during the holocaust of 1947. For embroidery, insignias and handiwork artifacts , Malerkotla
is famous in India.
2-19 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Fatehgarh Sahib and Sirhind nearby have several historical buildings, especially of the Muslim era.
Chandigarh is an ideal starting point for visiting Punjab.
Figure 2.12: Patiala-Nabha-Malerkotla - Ludhiana - Fatehgarh Sahib - Chandigarh
2.10.8
Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh.
The old town of Hoshiarpur is famous for its Vedic Research Institute, Bhrigusamhita system of
astrology, manufactures, especially, inlay work and lacquer finish furniture, musical instruments and
an archaeological museum.
Figure 2.13: Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh
2-20 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.11
2.11.1
Punjab state is very well connected by different modes of internal transport services. These include
railway network spread over 3726 km and road network of 45,263 kms (NH, SH & other roads). There
is a regular network of State transport buses operated by Punjab Roadways as well as PEPSU
Provincial Roadways. Besides, several routes are covered by private bus services and road transport
services of other neighbouring states. In the rural areas, besides tongas and bullock-cart, tractor trollies
also provide a useful source of transportation for the farmers and their families.
All large cities are well provided with intra-city bus services for local commuters. There are also large
numbers of taxis, autos and cycle rickshaws, etc.
The total numbers of transport vehicles of different categories registered in the state as on 31.3.1998
was 19.15 lakhs. The details of different classes of vehicles is given in Appendix 2.5.
2.11.2
There are number of hotels and guesthouses in almost all-major cities and tourist destinations which
provide accommodation to tourists at reasonable rates. Punjab can also boast of a large number of
restaurants and wayside Dhabas to serve the culinary tastes of the visitors.
As per Ministry of Tourism data, as on 31.3.2001 there were a total of 65 approved category hotels
having 1851 rooms in different categories in Punjab state. Of these the maximum number of Hotels
was in Jalandhar (23 with 682 rooms), followed by Ludhiana (18 with 583 rooms) and Amritsar (7
with 299 rooms). These include two 5 - star hotels (under construction) five 4 stars and nineteen 3 star
hotels
It is also observed that the Hotel accommodation in the state has considerably increased in the recent
past. It increased from 16 Hotels with 554 rooms in 1996 to 42 hotels with 1055 rooms in 2000, to 65
hotels with 1851 rooms as on 31.3.2001.
The Category-wise number of approved Hotels and Rooms in Punjab in the year 1996, 1999, 2000 and
2001 was as under:
Table 2.10: Category-wise Number of Approved Hotels and Rooms in Punjab
Star
No. of Hotels
Category
31.3.1996 31.3.1999 31.3.2000 31.3.2001
Heritage
Hotel
5 Star
Deluxe
5 Star
2
4 Star
1
1
3
5
3 Star
6
7
12
19
2 Star
9
16
25
33
1 Star
2
5
Total
16
24
42
65
Source : Tourist Statistics - 2000 Ministry of Tourism GOI
2-21 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
31.3.1996
--
No. of Rooms
31.3.1999 31.3.2000
-
31.3.2001
-
39
234
281
554
39
249
410
698
124
342
569
20
1055
308
191
578
720
54
1851
Punjab
2.11.3
Punjab State Tourism Development Corporation (PTDC) has also set up several tourist complexes
which provide quality accommodation to the tourists at affordable rates. PTDC complexes are
presently at the following locations:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Pathankot
Ropar
Nangal
Hoshiarpur
Neelon
Sirhind
Sirhind
Phagwara
Jalandhar
Kartarpur
Moga
Nidampur (Sangrur)
Shambu (Patiala)
Malout
Sanghol
Kapurthala
Amritsar
Wagha Border
2.11.4
Restaurants
Punjab is known for its hospitality and the enterprising people. Punjabis have set up a good number of
restaurants and eating houses all over the state. Major cities like state capital Chandigarh and
Amritsar, Jalandar, Pathankot, Patiala, Ludhiana, Moga, Anandpur Sahib are known to have a number
of hotels and Restaurants. Besides, to meet the needs of highway traffic, good numbers of Dhabas
2-22 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
have come up at every few kms. distance all along the national highways and state highways. These
dhabas serve vegetarian and non-vegetarian food and snacks to the people on a 24 hour routine basis.
According to a survey of Hotels and Restaurants, carried out about 10 years ago, there were over
16700 Hotels and Restaurants in the state. This number is expected to have increased manifold by
now.
2.11.5
Punjab state has some avenues of entertainment and recreation at various places both for the local
residents and tourists visiting these locations. To begin with, the state capital, Chandigarh itself has
many attractions which include the Rock Garden and the Sukhna Lake which attract large number of
people everyday. There is also a Golf Course nearby and the Cricket Stadium at Mohali which
2.11.6
While availability of basic infrastructure, adequate transport facilities providing requisite connectivity,
Tours and Travels Operators and Hotels and Restaurants have a direct relationship with the promotion
and growth of tourism industry, there are several other linkages which have an equally important
relationship and interdependence with the growth and promotion of tourism industry.
These would include traditional small scale industries which account for the traditional bulk of the
traditional handicrafts, needle work, motifs, wood crafts and leather items such as Punjabi ladies and
gents shoes (Juties), much sought after by the tourists as gifts and souvenirs. These items are produced
in many places in the state. The major important centers famous for such products are as under:
Patiala
Hoshiarpur
Jalandhar
Malerkotla
Phagwara
Amritsar
Punjab
Due to the great influence of traditional handicrafts, woodwork, needlework, mirror work and rich art
and culture in the state, all major cities have a number of convenient shopping centres providing a
wide choice of local gift items and souvenir for the visiting tourists. These include handicrafts, dress
materials with Phoolkari design, decorative articles made of wood, Punjabi footwear, Jewellery and
handloom articles for which Punjab is well-known.
State emporiums named Phoolkari have been set up in Punjab, and at many other places including
New Delhi, Chandigarh and many other cities.
2.11.7
Punjab Tourism Department has also brought out a number of tourism related documents including
SADA Punjab and Tourist Map of Punjab. Besides, other literature highlighting various historical
and religious sites, PTDC complexes at different locations as well as information about festivals and
fairs celebrated in the state are also available at the information centres. Details about Punjab Tourism
are also available at various websites (www.punjabgovt.nic.in, www.nic.in/ptdc).
At present there are seven tourist reception centres located at Anandpur Sahib, Wagha Border
(Amritsar), Opp. Railway station (Amritsar), Raja Sansi Airport (Amritsar), Nangal, New Delhi and
Chandigarh.
2.11.8
Intermediaries
The state has in all the major cities travel agents, tourist taxi operators, Advertising agencies, artist /
performers collies and even brokers / touts who solicit customers on behalf of various travel agents
and tour operators etc. The Travel Agents / Tour Operators contacted during the field surveys are
listed in Annexure I (Volume II).
2.11.9
Basic Amenities
Basic amenities like drinking water, toilets, snack bars are generally available at all the tourist sites.
These include the facilities created by private sector enterprises as well as PTDC run Tourist
Complexes at all major locations.
2.11.10 Facilities for Elders / Disabled and Families with Young Children
Though reasonable basic facilities required by the elderly, children and family groups are available at
most tourist sites, the same is not true about the facilities for disabled. No Wheel Chair or other special
arrangements for the visit and movement of the disabled have been noticed at the tourist sites.
2-24 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.12
The status with regard to availability of tourism related basic infrastructure is as under:
2.12.1
Airports
International 1 (Amritsar)
Airstrips - 3
2.12.2
Railways
All major cities and towns of Punjab (like Amritsar, Pathankot, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Patiala,
Bhatinda, Faridkot), are well connected with other parts of the country by railway network. The total
Railway track length in the state is around 3726 kms. The list of ongoing railway projects is presented
in Appendix 2.7.
2.12.3
Roads
The state has an excellent network of roads connecting all cities, towns and major villages. The intercity / inter-town as well as inter-state transport is taken care by both State Road Transport Services as
well as private point to point operators. The total length of roads in the state is 45,263 Kms which
consist of 1,729 Kms of National Highways and about 43,534 km of provincial roads. About 75% of
the total road length is surfaced.
2.12.4
Water
Punjab, as per its name has adequate water supply for its people and visiting Tourists. There are two
main rivers namely Ravi and Sutlej flowing through the state. Besides several smaller Canals and
Waterworks in the major cities provide adequate water to the state.
2.12.5
Electricity
The total Power generation capacity of the state as on May 2001 was 5745 MW which comprised
2855 MW of Hydel power, 2800 MW of thermal power and 90 MW of nuclear power.
2-25 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.12.6
Communication Facilities
As on 31st December 1999 the state had 1.17 million direct exchange lines. DOT and HFC Bezeq
provide the phone service in the state. Medicom and ESSAR are the cellular service providers and
Beltron, Punwire, Modipage, and Maxpage are the Radio Paging operators in the Punjab. As on
March, 31 2000, there were 3892 post offices in Punjab state.
2.12.7
Banking Facilities
Punjab has 2574 Bank Branches, comprising of nationalised banks as well as private sector
commercial banks spread all over the state.
2.12.8
Medical Facilities
There are 208 hospitals, having 25094 beds, 1470 dispensaries and 446 public health clinics in Punjab.
Besides, these are 529 Ayurvedic and Unani institutions and 106 Homeopathic institutions as well as
large number of private doctors and Nursing Homes spread all over the state.
2.12.9
Educational Facilities
There are 12618 primary schools, 2538 middle schools and 3305 higher secondary schools in the state.
In addition, there are 190 colleges for general education, 61 colleges for professional education and 3
universities / deemed universities.
2.13
2.13.1
Seasons
There are three well defined seasons in the Punjab. These are:
(i)
The temperature in the state begins to rise from February onwards. Though the real hot season starts in
mid-April, the rising temperature breaks the high pressure belt in the north-west of the Indian
peninsula. The atmospheric pressure over this region in February is about 987 millibars and the
minimum in early June is about 970 millibars.
(ii)
The agricultural year starts with this season. Monsoon winds reach the region normally in the first
week of July. The Bay of Bengal branch of the monsoon current is the main source of rainfall.
2-26 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(iii)
The fall in temperature is minimum in January, when the mean temperature falls to 12oC during
daytime and to 5oC during the night.
The transitional seasons are:
Pre-hot season (March to mid-April). It is a transitional period between the cold and hot
seasons. At times, there may be a shower or two accompanied by hail storms and squalls
which do a lot of damage to crops. The winds are warm and dry during the last days of
March; it is the time for harvest.
2.13.2
Temperature
The sub-tropical latitudinal and continental location of Punjab makes huge variation of temperature
each month. Though the minimum air temperature rarely drops below 0o C, ground frost is a common
phenomenon in mid -winter. The rise in temperature is gradual when the air has high moisture content
with the sky remaining overcast; the rise is however steep when the sky is clear and there is little
moisture content in the air.
The highest daytime temperature is recorded during the months of May and June. It is 40.4o C at
Patiala, 40.4o C at Amritsar and 41.2o C at Ludhiana. The daily maximum temperature in Ludhiana
remains above 41o C for 45 days in a year. The lowest maximum temperature is recorded during the
month of January, when the sunrays are more oblique as compared to the other months. The cold
winds check the rise of day temperature.
The minimum temperature is recorded between December and February. The lowest minimum
temperature recorded at Amritsar is 0.2o C and at Ludhiana 0.5oC. At Amritsar the minimum
temperature remains below 5oC for 55 days. The maximum number of days with the lowest night time
temperature is in the month of January. The highest minimum temperature is recorded in the month of
June. The average annual range of temperature all over the state is around 21oC. The mean monthly
range of temperature varies from 9oC in July to about 18oC in November.
2.13.3
Rainfall
The amount of rainfall in Punjab ranges between 250 mm and 1000 mm. The maximum rain falls near
the Shivalik Hills and the minimum towards the desert in the west. 70 to 80 percent of the total rainfall
is concentrated during the three months of south-west monsoon winds and the rest comes during the
winter months. There is wide difference in the amount of rainfall experienced in east and west Punjab.
Near the hills, rainfall is over 1000 mm. Gurdaspur, Hoshiarpur, Ropar districts and eastern parts of
Patiala receive an annual rainfall of more than 750 mm. The 500 mm rainfall line runs in a north-west
2-27 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
to south-east direction and cuts Punjab into almost two equal zones. The Fazilka tehsil in the extreme
west receives a rainfall of less than 250 mm.
The major part of annual rainfall is experienced during the monsoon period, when the monsoon
current in the Bay of Bengal enters from the south-east. The normal onset of the monsoon in Punjab is
in the first week of July.
During the winter season, weather in Punjab is normally cool and dry. This type of weather is
associated with the passage of western disturbances through the region.The importance of winter
rainfall in Punjab is immense primarily because of its time and effectiveness. In the area adjoining the
Shivalik Hills, winter crops is dependent upon this rainfall. The sub-Shivalik region receives more
than 100 mm of rainfall from December to March.
2.13.4
Land Use
Punjab is primarily an agrarian state and 70% people are engaged in agriculture. Against an all India
average of 51 percent, Punjab has 85 per cent of its area under cultivation. The fertiliser consumption
in Punjab is the highest in India. The efforts of the state government to provide irrigation, cheap power
and agriculture inputs at subsidised rates have acted as a catalyst for agricultural production.
The forest cover in the state is low. Out of the total geographical area of 50,362 sq. km, 2,901 sq. km
is recorded as forest in the state.
The state is traversed by a number of perennial rivers and a network of canals. The other major water
bodies in the state include barrages and the wetlands.
2.13.5
Bio- Diversity
The state is rich in the various species of flora and fauna. It has three major wetlands. Wetlands are
areas of marsh, fen, peat land or water, whether natural or artificial, permanent or temporary, with
water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salty, including areas of marine water, the depth of
which at low tide does not exceed six meters. Wetlands may be either natural or man made.
These wetlands are amongst the most productive ecosystems. They regulate the hydrological cycle and
maintain the water quality. They provide refuge to large number of endangered plants and animals.
They support diverse food chains and food webs and provide ground for migratory waterfowl. The
diverse flora and fauna at the wetlands of Punjab include:
(i)
Hari-ke-pattan Wetland:
Vulnerable and endangered species like Indian Skimmer, Yellow-eyed Pigeon, Sykess
Knight Jar, Rufus-vented Prinia, Scaup Duck, Falcated Teal, and White-headed Stiff tailed
Duck, Testudine Turtie and Smooth Indian Otter.
Punjab
Birds: Great Creasted Grebe, White Necked Stork, Adjutant Stork, Glossy Ibis, Pintail,
Common Teal, Gadwall, Common Pochard ,Scaup Duck, Falcated or Bronze Capped Teal,
Coot Eastern curlew, Indian Skimmer or Scisorbill, Brown Shrike.
Fishes: 16 taxa, the important being Labeo, Catla, Puntius, Cirrhina, Channa and Mystus.
Aquatic Invertebrates : Molluscs (39 taxa), Insects (32 taxa), Crustaceans (27 taxa),
Annelids (7 taxa), Nematodes (4 taxa), Rotifers (59 taxa), Protozoans (21 taxa).
Planta: 24 terrestrial and 14 aquatic taxa of which the major ones include Dalbergia,
prosopis, Albizzia, Ficus, Azolia, Hydrilla, Nelumbo, typha, phragmites etc.
(ii)
Kanjli Wetland:
Birds : Great Crested Grebe, Eastern Purple Heron, Brahminy or Ruddy Shelduck, Pintail,
Common Teal, Mallard, Gadwall, Wigeon, Blue Winged Teal or Garganey, Shoveller,
Redcrested Pochard, Common Pochard.
Fishes: (12 taxa) main are Labeo, Catla, Channa, Cyprinus, Mystus, Notopterus.
Invertebrates: molluscs (4 taxa), Insects (6 taxa), Nematodes (7 taxa) , Rotifers (13 taxa),
and Protozoans (5 taxa).
Plants: 22 taxa of trees and shurbs and 10 taxa of marshy and aquatic plants.
(iii)
Ropar Wetland:
Mammals: (9 taxa). Main are Wildboar, common Mongoose, Fruit Bat, Jungle Cat
Birds: (154 species). Main are Rudy Shedluck, Mallard, Pintail, Spotbill Duck, Gadwall,
Coot, Whiskered Tern, Peafowl, Green Bee-eater, Rofousbacked Shrike, Tailor bird, Weaver
bird.
Fishes : (35 species) main are Labeo rohita, Cirrhina mrigala, Cyprinus carpio, Mystus
cavasius, Notopterus notopterus, Puntis sophori, Channa punctatus, Ambasis ranga
Invertebrates: Insects (9 taxa), Crustaceans (9 taxa) , Rotifers (11 taxa), and Protozoans (10
taxa).
Plants : 29 species of trees, 13 shurbs and grasses and about 10 species of aquatic plants.
Important are Acacia arabica, Dalbergia sissoo, Delonix regia, Syzygium cumini, Zizyphus
mauritiana, Utricularia sp, Ipomoea aquatica, Cyprus sp.
2-29 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
2.14
2.14.1
There are a number of state and national level financial institutions which provide funds for a range of
tourism related and infrastructure projects. These include TFCI, State Finance Corporation and
Infrastructure Development Corporations.
(i)
TFCI was promoted by the IFCI Ltd., along with other all India Financial / Investment Institutions and
nationalised banks such as UTI, IDBI, ICICI, LIC, SBI etc. to cater to financial requirements of
tourism industry. TFCI provides financial assistance to enterprises, for setting up and / or development
of tourism related activities, facilities and services, which inter-alia include hotels, restaurants, holiday
resorts, amusements parks and complexes for entertainment, education and sports, safari parks, ropeways, cultural centres, convention halls, all forms of transport industry, air taxis, travel and tour
operating agencies, tourism emporia, sports facilities etc. TFCI provides all forms of financial
assistance for new, expansion, diversification / modernisation projects in tourism industry and / related
activities, facilities and services. TFCI also provides high quality research and consultancy services to
the tourism industry in general and to the investors in tourism industry in particular.
Facilities for financing tourism related projects are available through Tourism Finance Corporation of
India (TFCI), State Financial Corporation and / or State Infrastructure Development Corporation.
Besides there other Financial institutions at the state level and national level which provide funds for
infrastructure development to boost tourism development in the state.
The TFCI has financed a large number of projects in different states, including three projects in
Punjab. These are as under:
1. Hotel Mount View, Chandigarh
2. Hotel Shivalik View, Chandigarh
3. Hotel James, Chandigarh
2.14.2
The success of tourism industry depends as much on the availability of requisite infrastructure, as on
availability of trained manpower to work as guides, interpreters, tour operators and above all to serve
in Hotels and Restaurants, so as to ensure a comfortable and happy stay by the tourists. Hence trained
persons in tourism related subsectors are seen as a sinequa non for the tourism industry. One of the
main considerations in promotion of tourism is to draw advantage in terms of the employment
multiplier effect resulting in creation of additional employment opportunities. It is believed that an
investment of Rs. 10 Lakhs in tourism results in creation of 89 jobs compared to 45 in agriculture and
13 in manufacturing. Further, it is believed the visit of one foreign tourist provides employment to one
person. Similarly 17 domestic tourists generate one job in the country.
However, in the absence of adequate training facilities within the state the local youths may not be
able to benefit despite generation of additional job opportunities. Hence, the need for the state
government to consider setting up more institutes and Training Centers to prepare the young boys
and girls to be part of the manpower available for tourism sector.
2-30 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Though there are over 35 Hotel Management and Food Craft Institute in the country, adequate avenues
for human resource development for tourism industry viz Hotel Management Institute and Food Craft
Institutes are not available in Punjab. Therefore its youth have to find avenues of training outside
Punjabs neighbouring states of Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, U.P. Delhi and Chandigarh. The more
important institutes in Punjab and neighbouring state are mentioned below:
1. Institute of Hotel Management
Hardo Channi Road, Gurdaspur.
2. Dr. Ambedkar Institute of Hotel Management
Sector 42-D, Chandigarh.
3. Food Craft Institute
Sector 42-D, Chandigarh.
4. Food Craft Institute
Kufri, Shimla 171012.
5. Institute of Hotel Management
Kufri, Shimla 171012.
6. Food Craft Institute
Badkal Lake, Faridabad.
7. Institute of Hotel Management
Pusa Complex, New Delhi 110012
8. Institute of Hotel Management
Sikar Road, Jaipur 302016.
9. Food Craft Institute
Opp. Lady Sriram College ,
New Delhi 110024.
10. Institute of Hotel Management
Aliganj, Lucknow 226020.
11. Food Craft Institute
University Polytechnic Campus,
Aligarh 202002
2-31 of 31
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.1
Introduction
This chapter summarises the results of the primary survey of stakeholders Foreign tourists, Domestic
tourists, Tour operators and Travel agents, Industry associations, Tourism departments and other
concerned government departments and experts.
3.2
DCEL undertook primary field visits of the existing & potential destinations in Punjab. The study team
identified various destinations and attractions of tourism interest across the state. The next step included
visiting various destinations and attractions in the state. For the purpose of maximising our coverage the
state was divided into four different zones based on the geographical settings: Patiala Zone, Amritsar
Zone, Ludhiana Zone and Bathinda Zone. Figure 3.1 shows the different zones in Punjab.
Figure 3.1: Different Zones in Punjab
During the field visits, the study team interacted with domestic & foreign tourists, tour operators, State
Govt. officials, various associations & institutions of the state including, hotel owners & property
developers, tourism experts and community heads. The details of the respondents contacted as part of
this study are given in Annexure-I (Volume II)
The study team visited 12 tourist destinations & a number of tourist attractions in and around these
destinations. The idea was to obtain first hand knowledge about the various destinations & attractions.
The destinations and attractions visited during the survey are listed in Table 3.1. The detailed profiles
of the destinations visited by the DCEL team are enclosed as Annexure-III (Volume II) to this report.
3-1 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Table 3.1: Region wise and theme wise tourist destinations and places
PATIALA ZONE
Zones
District/ Destination
Patiala
Fatehgarh Sahib
Rupnagar
AMRITSAR ZONE
Amritsar
Gurdaspur
LUDHIANA ZONE
Kapurthala
Ludhiana
Tourist Place
Quila Mubarak
Shish Mahal Art Gallery
Bahadurgarh Quila
Baradari Garden
Kali Devi Temple
Gurudwara Dukh Niwaran
Mugal Sarai, Shambhu
Aam Khas Bagh
Sadna Quasai Mosque
Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib
Gurudwara Jyoti Sarup
Rauza Sharif
Ropar Wetland
Gurudwara Parivar Vichhora
Gurudwara Anandgarh Sahib
Anandgarh fort
Gurudwara Damdama Sahib
Nangal Dam
Golden Temple
Durgiana Mandir
Jallian Walla Bagh
Summer Palace
Baba Bakala
Ram Tirth
Taran Taran
Sarai Amanat Khan
Wagha Border
Hari Ke Pattan
Shahpur Kandi Fort
Coral Tourist Complex
Ranjit Sagar Dam
Gulmohar Tourist Bungalow
Takht-I-Akbari, Kalanaur
Anarkali Baradari, Batala
Shamsher Khan Tomb, Batala
Dera Baba Nanak
Vaishnav Monastry
Panch Mandir
Moorish Mosque
Shalimar Garden
Kanjali Wetland
Rural Museum
Ancient Site, Sunet
Gurudwara Nanaksar, Jagraon
Gurudwara Manji Sahib, Alamgir
Gurudwara Charan Kamal
Dera Bhani Sahib
Neelon Tourist Complex
3-2 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Theme
Heritage and Archaeological
Heritage and Archaeological
Heritage and Archaeological
Heritage and Archaeological
Religious
Religious
Heritage and Special Interest
Heritage and Archaeological
Archaeological
Religious
Religious
religious
Nature
Nature
Religious
Heritage and Religious
Religious
Educational
Religious
Religious
Heritage
Heritage and Archaeological
Religious
Religious
Religious
Heritage and Archaeological
Special Interest
Nature
Heritage and Archaeological
Leisure
Leisure
Leisure
Heritage and Archaeological
Heritage and Archaeological
Heritage and Archaeological
Religious
Religious
Religious
Heritage
Heritage and Nature
Nature
Nature and leisure
Archaeological
Religious
Religious
Religious
Religious
Leisure
Punjab
Zones
District/ Destination
Hoshiarpur
BATHINDA
ZONE
Jalandhar
Bathinda
Muktsar
Faridkot
Tourist Place
Bhrigusamhita Institute
Jaijon Doaba Village
Devi Talab
Desh Bhagat Hall
Catholic Cathedral
Sarai Noor Mahal
Bathinda Fort
Gurudwara Talwandi Sabo
Gurudwara Muktsar
Faridkot Fort
Raj Mahal
Mygodrishah Gurudwara
Theme
Special Interest
Heritage and Leisure
Religious
Historical
Religious
Heritage and Archaeological
Heritage and Archaeological
Religious
Religious
Heritage and Archaeological
Heritage and Archaeological
Religious
The travel and tourism industry in the state has the following stakeholders:
3.3
Tourists
Foreign tourists
Domestic tourists
Government departments like Forest department, PWD, Electricity board, Water supply and
sewerage department, Municipal corporations, Archaeological Survey of India etc
Sample Size
3.4
Survey Findings
DCEL undertook a survey of domestic & foreign tourists and obtained their opinion on various issues.
The survey team interviewed 53 domestic tourists and 25 foreign tourists. The assignment commenced
in the second week of April, by which, the tourist season was almost at its end. During the field visits,
it was noticed that the visitors to a destination were of two distinct groups Tourists and Day Visitors.
The tourists spent at least 24 hours at the destination, whereas the day tourists spent the day at the
3-3 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
tourist spots and returned to their respective places by nightfall. To analyse the profile of the tourists
visiting Punjab, the tourists have been segmented into two sections Domestic & Foreign tourists.
Various other stakeholders like hotels and restaurant associations, various government departments
were also visited to assess their role and the potential of tourism development in the state.
3.5
The survey was initiated in the second week of April, by when, the foreign tourists were hardly seen in
the state. 25 foreign tourists were contacted during the study period. The survey revealed that the
major port of entry of these foreign tourists was Delhi and their visit to Punjab was mainly for seeing
the cultural and heritage site of Punjab. Most of them were on their first visit to the State. The main
source of information for them was the Government Information Centres. Most of them were on their
own planned tour i.e. the foreign tourists on package tours were hardly encountered. The summarised
survey findings are given below:
3.5.1
Demographic Profile
A majority of the foreign tourists arriving in the state (52%) are in the age groups of 35 to 54 years out of
which 36% are between 35-44 years and 16% between 45-54 years. Tourists between the ages of 25-34
years comprise 28% of the total tourist population. The above findings are depicted in Figure 3.2. 68% of
the foreign tourists whom the survey team contacted as a part of this study were male respondents and
32% were female respondents. Around 70% of the foreign tourists were executives or professionals.
Figure 3.2: Demographic Profile
15-24 years
8%
55-64 years
12%
45-54 years
16%
25-34 years
28%
35-44 years
36%
3.5.2
The major port of entry of the foreign tourists was Delhi (Figure 3.3). The foreign tourists arrive in
Punjab from USA, Germany, France, Australia, Canada and UK. Tourists also arrive from Costarica,
New Zealand, Israel, Greece, and other Asian countries like Indonesia, Afghanistan, Pakistan and Japan.
3-4 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Delhi
92%
3.5.3
Purpose of Visit
Most of the foreign tourists were on their visit to Punjab mainly for leisure or for seeing the heritage
monuments and cultural aspects of the State (Figure 3.4).
Figure 3.4: Purpose of Visit Foreign Tourists
B usiness/
Co nference
8%
Leisure
48%
Culture/
Heritage/
M o numents
44%
3.5.4
Travel Pattern
About 60% of the surveyed tourists were travelling alone, 32% with their family and 8% in groups
(Figure 3.5).
Figure 3.5: Travel Pattern Foreign Tourists
In Group
8%
With Family
32%
Alone
60%
3-5 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.5.5
A majority (96%) of the foreign tourists opined did not have an option of a package tour and the mode
of transport which they use is a combination of Air, rail and roads. In addition to Punjab the tourists
also visited Delhi, Agra, and Himachal Pradesh. 68% of the tourists travelled by rail and 32% by road.
to travel to their destinations in Punjab
3.5.6
Frequency of Visit
About 92% of the foreign tourists were visiting the state for the first time and only 8% of the tourists
were on their repeat visit.
3.5.7
Source of Information
Government tourism offices are the main source of information for the foreign tourists visiting the
state. While 72% of the tourists gathered information from government tourist offices, 28% were
recommended by their friends, relatives and their acquaintances. Other sources of information like,
newspapers, journals, travel guides, etc. have almost negligible role in promoting the tourism among
the foreign tourists.
3.5.8
80% of the surveyed tourists stay at a destination for an average period of less than a week (Figure 3.6)
Figure 3.6: Average Length of Stay Foreign Tourists
1-2Week
8%
> 2 Week
12%
Less Then 1
Week
80%
3.5.9
Average Spending
On an average foreign tourists spend about US $ 84 per day, which is equivalent to Rs. 3948
(conversion rate of 1 US $ = Rs.47). Tourists spending an average of less than $50 a day are maximum
in number (44%). While 32% of the tourists reported spending between 51-100 $ a day, only 16%
reported spending $ 100-200. This indicates that most of the foreign tourists in Punjab are average
spenders (Figure 3.7)
3-6 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
$101 - $200
16%
> $201
8%
< $50
44%
$51 - $100
32%
3.5.10
Spending Pattern
Foreign tourists spend a major share of their daily expenses on accommodation (51%), followed by
food (26%) and transportation (21%). Shopping constitutes only 2% of the total daily expenditure
(Figure 3.8)
Figure 3.8: Spending Pattern Foreign Tourists
Transpo rtatio n
21%
Sho pping
2%
Fo o d
26%
3.5.11
Type of Accommodation
Most of the foreign tourists visiting Punjab prefer to stay in star (1, 2, 3) category hotels (72%). Low
budget foreign tourists (28%) prefer staying in the government approved and budget hotels.
3.5.12
Level of Satisfaction
As part of the study, the foreign tourists were also requested to perceptually rank the destination visited
by them on various parameters like accommodation, tourist attractions & sight seeing, connectivity by
air & rail, tourist safety, communication facilities, sanitation, health & banking facilities. The ranking
was done by the tourists on a scale of 1 to 5, wherein 1 was poor and 5 was excellent. The tourists ranked
facilities like accommodation, tourist attractions, sight seeing, road transport, railway, safety of tourists,
health, communication and banking facilities on an average scale. The tourists ranked the services like,
airports, sanitation and shopping facilities as below average. Availability of guides, domestic airline
3-7 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
services and facilities for elderly was ranked as poor by most of the foreign tourists. The survey findings
on the general level of satisfaction for basic services are shown in Figure 3.9
Figure 3.9: Level of Satisfaction Foreign Tourists
Railway
Co mmunicatio n Facilities
A cco mmo datio n
Safety o f To urist
Ro ad Transpo rt
Sight Seeing
To urist A ttractio n
Emergency Health Facilities
B anking Facilities
Sho pping Facilities
Cleanliness(Sanitatio n
A irpo rt
Facilities Fo r Elderly / Disabled
Do mestic A irlines
Guide Services
0
0- P o o r -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->> Excellent
3.5.13
Overall Experience
More than half (56%) of the foreign tourists were satisfied by the visit to Punjab. 16% of the tourists
contacted were not satisfied with their visit (Figure3.10)
According to the survey results, though most of the foreign tourists were satisfied with their visit to
Punjab, but more than half of the tourists did not show any interest in visiting the state again. 56% of
the foreign tourists opined that they would not like to visit Punjab again .
Figure 3.10: Overall Experience Foreign Tourists
OK
28%
Satisfactory
56%
Un- Satisfactory
16%
3-8 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.5.14
The attractions and major items of tourist interest, as indicated by the foreign tourist, are culture &
heritage, handicrafts, archaeological attractions, monuments and shopping of local stuffs.
3.5.15
As per survey findings, the problems that the foreign tourists encountered during their stay and travel
in the state include:
Food: The availability of choice foods was a major problem highlighted by the surveyed
foreign tourism. They opined that most of the time they had to search for the food/cuisine
matching their taste.
Transportation: The local transport or conveyance was a problem for the foreign tourists
mainly in the small towns, villages or places located far away from the main town or district
head quarters. They opined that transportation was not only costly but also inconvenient at
times.
Tourist information about the destinations and places of interest was reported to be
inadequate.
Emergency Health Care and instant medical facilities was another aspect that the tourists
were concerned about. Practically, such facilities are not available in most of the places of
tourist attraction.
Banking facilities: The insufficient number of ATM facilities and foreign exchange dealers
at the tourist destinations was another problem faced by the tourists. Payment by credit cards
was not acceptable at majority of shops, restaurants.
Safety and Security: Although the safety and security aspects is not a major problem in the
state, however a need for better security measures was felt necessary by the foreigners.
Harassment and cheating by the locals was raised by to most of the foreign tourists.
Pollution and cleanliness: The increased pollution level in the major towns and cities and
the need for cleanliness at many of the places of tourist interest was pointed out by many of
the foreigners.
Language barrier with locals and lack of trained guides was also perceived to be a problem
3.5.16
The suggestions received from the foreign tourists for improving the tourist destinations are
summarised as follows:
Setting up of more number of information outlets at destinations and at the entry points.
Transportation and accessibility to all the tourist destinations and places of interests should
be upgraded. Frequency of the transport to be improved.
Better public and civic facilities in the form of wayside amenities and proper signages.
3-9 of 29
Punjab
Better and cheaper accommodation and local conveyance. Pre-paid auto and taxis at the
destinations mostly frequented by the tourists.
Facility for smooth banking and acceptance of credit cards at major outlets of all towns and
cities.
Improvement of the hotel services which have to become more tourist friendly.
3.5.17
Some of the major areas of concern that can be analysed after interacting with the foreign tourists
visiting the State include:
Spoiling of image by the unauthorised and scrupulous agents and touts, who look at their
personal short term benefit rather than long term gain.
Lack of tourist related information at the various entry points (like airports, railway station,
bus stands etc.), (which act as the first point of impression) very often displeases and
confuses the foreign tourists.
3.6
Most of the domestic tourists arrive in Punjab from the neighbouring states namely Himachal Pradesh,
Haryana, Delhi and Uttar Pradesh. On festive occasions, the state also attracts domestic tourists from
far-off states. The summarised survey findings are given in following section. Most of the domestic
tourists travel to Punjab for visiting the numerous Gurudwars.
3.6.1
About 17% of the tourists are in the age group of 15-24 years, 43% are in the age group of 25-34, 30%
in the age group of 3544 years and 10% are in the age group of 4564 years. This is illustrated in the
Figure 3.11. Almost 80% of the tourists are male.
Figure 3.11: Demographic Profile Domestic Tourists
Cult ure/Religious
2%
No Reply
2%
Business/Conference
21%
Culture/ Herit age
/M onument s
4%
Religious
36%
Leisure
35%
The tourist profile in terms of their occupational background is as given in Figure 3.12.
3-10 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Executiv es
28%
Entrepreneurs
26%
3.6.2
Purpose of visit
Most of the domestic tourists were on their visit to the sate either for Leisure or religious purposes
(Figure 3.13)
Figure 3.13: Purpose of Visit Domestic Tourists
No Reply
Culture/Religious
Business/Conferenc
e
2%
2%
21%
Culture/Heritage
Religious
/Monuments
36%
4%
Leisure
35%
3.6.3
Travel Pattern
Figure 3.14 illustrates the travel pattern of the domestic tourists visiting the state. While 68% of the
tourists were found visiting the state along with their family, only 6% were found travelling in groups
other than their family. 26% of the total tourists travelled alone.
Figure 3.14: Travel Pattern Domestic Tourists
In Group
6%
Alone
26%
With Family
68%
3.6.4
Package Tour
Most (88%) of the tourists had planned their itineraries and made all the arrangements by themselves,
which included planning for the destinations and arranging for the accommodation & transportation, etc.
3-11 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Mode of Transportation
Travelling by train is the most preferred mode of transport of the tourists visiting Punjab followed by road
journeys. Only a handful of the domestic tourists travel to their destinations by air. The survey findings are
presented in Figure 3.15.
Figure 3.15: Mode of Transportation Domestic Tourists
Train/ Road
2%
No Reply
2%
Air
2%
Road
38%
Train
56%
3.6.6
66% of the interviewed tourists stated that they were in Punjab/destination for less than a week. While
22% of the tourists stayed for a period for 1-2 weeks, only 8% stayed for more than 2 weeks.
It was also found that there were a large number of day visitors present at a destination. These tourists
originate from within the state, from nearby places and from the neighbouring states & towns.
Figure 3.16: Average Length of Stay Domestic Tourists
> 2 weeks
8%
No reply
2%
1-2 weeks
25%
3.6.7
Frequency of Visits
More than half of the domestic tourists (55%) were on their first visit to Punjab. About 47% of the
tourists where on their repeat visits.
3-12 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.6.8
Source of information
The tourist destinations of Punjab are not widely publicised. A majority of the domestic tourists
obtained references from their friends and relatives (71%). This is an indication that there is a need for
a massive publicity drive. At present, publicity about the various places of tourist interest is spread by
word of mouth. Government Tourism Department and Travel Journals contribute 6% each to
disseminate information. Television and newspaper advertisements do not have any significant
contribution in providing information about the state (Figure 3.17).
Figure 3.17: Source of Information Domestic Tourists
Others
9%
No Reply
6%
Television
2%
Adv.(Travel Journal))
6%
Friends/Relative
71%
3.6.9
Average Spending
The survey findings showed that on an average, the domestic tourist visiting Punjab spend about
Rs.840 per day. The tourists spending between Rs. 500-1000 per day are maximum in number
accounting for about 38%. Tourists spending less than Rs. 500 per day account for around 28% of the
total tourists. Number of tourists whose daily spending is between Rs. 1000-2000 is around 30% of the
total tourist population (Figure 3.18). This indicates that the average domestic tourist is not a high-end
spender in Punjab
Figure 3.18: Average Spending Domestic Tourists
No Reply
4%
< Rs 500
28%
Rs.501 - Rs 1000
38%
3-13 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.6.10
Share of Expenses
According to the survey findings most of the domestic tourists spend a major part of their daily
expenses on accommodation (33%), followed by transportation (31%), and food (26%). Shopping
constitutes 8% of the daily expenses of a domestic tourist in Punjab (Figure 3.19)
Figure 3.19: Share of Expense Domestic Tourists
Shopping
8.09%
Entert ainment
1.30%
Accommodation
33.07%
Transportat ion
31.27%
Food
26.27%
3.6.11
Type of Accommodation
The domestic tourists visiting Punjab prefer to stay mainly in government approved & budget hotels
and 1,2,3 star category hotels. A significant number of the tourists in Punjab stay in Gurudwaras and
Lodges The four star hotels are least preferred by the domestic tourists visiting Punjab and none of the
surveyed tourist stayed in those hotels. The survey findings are presented in Figure 3.30.
Figure 3.20: Type of Accommodation Domestic Tourists
No Reply
9%
1 , 2 , 3 Star
Category
34%
Others
19%
Gov t. Approv ed
& Budget
38%
3.6.12
Level of Satisfaction
As part of the study, the domestic tourists were also requested to perceptually rank the destination
visited on various parameters like accommodation, tourist attractions & sight seeing, connectivity by
air & railways, tourist safety, communication facilities, sanitation, health & banking facilities. The
ranking was done on a scale of 1 to 5, wherein 1 was poor and 5 was excellent. Airport, road transport,
railway, sanitation, safety of tourists, communication and banking facilities received the highest
ranking at 4. The lowest ranks were awarded to availability of domestic airlines, and guide services.
The same is shown in Figure 3.31.
3-14 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Poor------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------>> Excellent
3.6.13
Overall experience
A majority (66%) of the domestic tourists, who were interviewed as part of this study, expressed that
their visit to Punjab was satisfactory. Though none of the tourists replied Unsatisfactory, 26% of the
tourists expressed that their experience was just an average (OK).
86% of the tourists showed their interest in visiting the tourist destinations again.
3.6.14
The problems that the domestic tourists had encountered during their stay and travel in the state
includes:
1. The local transport or the conveyance was a problem for the tourists mainly in the small towns,
villages or places located away from the main town or district head quarters. They were not
only costly but also inconvenient at times. The need for proper bus services was also felt.
2. Inadequate tourist information about the destinations and places of interest.
3. Lack of signages and language problem of the existing signages and mile stones (they are
only in Punjabi)
4. Poor hotel services.
5. Difficulty in getting cheaper and hygienic hotels.
6. Absence of trained guides
7. Inadequate number of good restaurants at most of the places and availability of good &
hygienic food
8. Lack of wayside amenities
3-15 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.6.15
The domestic tourists suggested the following for further improving the tourist destinations in Punjab:
Setting up of more number of information outlets at the destinations and the entry points
(Railway Stations/Bus Stands).
Frequency of transport facilities to the tourist destinations and places of interest needs to be
improved. Government transportation needs to be augmented.
Better public and civic facilities viz. wayside amenities, signages etc.
Availability of better and cheaper accommodation and local conveyance. Pre-paid auto and
taxis at the destinations mostly frequented by the tourists.
Improvement of the hotel services and the need to become more tourist friendly.
3.6.16
The concerns expressed by the foreign tourists and domestic tourists are more or less similar in nature:
Lack of tourist related information at the various entry points and destinations
3.7
Travel agents and tour operators can play a major role in promoting tourism in the state. The survey
team interacted with three categories of tour operators/ Travel agents i.e. those working at the
Regional, Interstate and the International level. The regional and interstate tour operators/travel agents
are mainly concentrated in the capital i.e. Chandigarh and Amritsar. The international tour operators
are mostry located in Chandigarh, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Amritsar.
3.7.1
Range of services
The Regional and Interstate Tour Operators/ Travel Agents are undertaking very limited activities
within the state. Their range of services primarily includes Air/ Railway Ticket booking, provision of
transport facilities and Hotel Booking. There are very few Tour Operators offering package tour
services within the state.
3-16 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Presently, some international tour operators are organising tours in Punjab. However, they are offering
several services like hotel booking, package tours, transport facility, tour guides, event management, etc
3.7.2
As per the interactions, most of the domestic tourists are from the state itself. However, Interstate tourists
utilising the services of the tour operators are mainly from Delhi, Haryana and Himachal Pradesh.
Majority of the foreign tourists are coming from USA, Germany, France, Australia, Canada and UK.
3.7.3
Interstate religious tours are being organised for places like Amritsar, Anandpur Sahib and Fatehgarh
Sahib from different states. Most of the destinations are visited as stand alone or a combination of
visits to other famous religious/other places.
As per the interaction with the international tour operators, the main attraction for the foreign tourists
in the state is the heritage & religious places and unique culture of the state. Most of these foreign
tours are focussed on visits to Amritsar. These tours are mainly organised by the tourists themselves.
3.7.4
The people from Pakistan, Afganistan, Bangladesh and Indonesia come to the state during the time of
Urs at Rauza Sharif in Fatehgarh Sahib. Golden Temple is also a major attraction for most of the
western tourists. A lot of NRIs from Canada and UK visit the state and go to the Gurudwaras.
The interactions revealed that the popular destinations amongst the tourists based on the purpose of
visit/ theme are:
PURPOSE/ THEME
DESTINATION
Pilgrimage
Heritage/ Forts/Palaces
Handicraft
Business
Nature
3-17 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.7.5
(i)
Hola Mohalla is celebrated in mid-March immediately after the festival of Holi.The 10th Prophet of
the Sikhs, Sri Guru Gobind Singh ji had started this fair in 1700-AD. To the traditional festival of the
colours, Holi, he added spiritual and martial dimensions. The fair begins a few days before Holi & is
marked by the congregation of Sikh from all over the State, who arrive on trucks and tractors. A large
number of 'Langars' (community kitchen) offer free food to the poor and the rich alike. The day after
Holi, called Hola, begins with the singing of the divine hymns in the early morning hours. With the
dawning of the day, the Nihangs, called the Guru's beloved force and colourful sects of the Sikhs,
come centre-stage. They still wear traditional robes and armour of blue and saffron colours and all
steel. They tie conical rising double turbans inter-laced with steel chakras (quoits) and steel rosaries, a
cutlass dangling at the waist and a sword. (Sometimes also a lance) clutched in the right hand. They
take out a procession riding their stallions. When they reach the bed of an old seasonal river Charan
Ganga, they perform feats of martial valour such as riding two horses with one foot on the back of
each and a weight balanced on their heads, fencing and enacting of mock battles.
(ii)
It is another unique Punjabi fair, which tempers gay abandon with deep devotion. Dancing men and
women, on the day of Baisakhi (Mid-April), emerge singing and dancing from the surrounding
villages carrying a portion of the first harvest of wheat.
Everyone is seen to be proceeding to the
historical gurudwara to make an offering of it. Calm descends every where when they approach the
Gurudwara and make their obeisance / offerings. Devotees from far off places run free kitchens here.
The next day is taken over by the Nihangs and their awe-inspiring feats of the martial arts.
(iii)
Ram Tirth located 11Kilometres west of Amritsar on Chogawan road dates back to the period of
Ramayana, Rishi Balmiki's hermitage. The place has an ancient tank and many temples. A hut marks
the site where Mata Sita gave birth to Luv & Kush and also, still extant are Rishi Balmiki's hut and the
well with stairs where Mata Sita used to take her bath. The Bedis of Punjab (Guru Nanak Dev ji, the
founder Prophet of Sikhism was a Bedi) trace their descent from Kush and Sodhis (the 10th Prophet of
Sikhism, Guru Gobind Singh ji was a Sodhi) from Luv. A four-day fair, since times immemorial is
held here starting on the full moon night in November.
(iv)
It is celebrated every September to propitiate, Guga or Goga-the Zahir Pir. He is described as the Lord
of the snakes. Snake poison is neutralised by his grace and barren women are blessed with off springs.
Thousands of devotees take Guga Pir in a procession and common people of different sects participate
in this fair.
3-18 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(v)
Mukatsar Maghi Fair : On the occasion of Makar Sankranti in January every year in
Muktsar.
Baba Bakala: Every amavas (moonless night) and on the day of Raksha Bandhan a very big
fair is organised.
Gurudwara Manji Sahib Alamgir Ludhiana: (14-15, 16 posh last week of December)
Bhagwathi Temple - Its history goes back to the 17th Century AD. The locality of the city
in which this temple is located formed a part of a village, then called Khanna. People from
this village were the devotees of Jwala Mukhi temple in Kangra. Once, when Kamala Bhagat
of this village and another holy person Kali Nath were proceeding towards the Jawala Mukhi
temple, Bhagwati Mata, the deity of Jawala Mukhi appeared before them, almost two
kilometres before their destination the moment they had lit fire to pray. She blessed the
devotees and told Kamala Bhagat that in future, he need not come to a pilgrimage to Jawala
Mukhi because his worship at his village will be sanctified as his worship at her abode. Since
then a religious fair is held at this place twice in a year.
Rauza Sharif, Sirhind, Fatehgarh Sahib: The magnificent and spacious Rauza is a
mausoleum which commemorates the burial place of Mujadid-alf-Saani Sheikh Ahmed
Farooqi, Kabuli, Sirhindi who lived during the reigns of Akbar and Jahangir from 1563 to
1634. The old mosque in the vicinity is extant, so are several cenotaphs. The tomb of the
Shah Zaman, one of the Kings of Afghanistan indicates that the Rauza was once considered
a propitious burial place of high and mighty. Some Muslim sects place it, next only to the
Mecca in reverence. A great Urs is held here every August.
3-19 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Mela.(December)
Punjab
(vi)
Harballabh Sangeet Sammelan, Devi Talab, Jalandhar: National Fair, every December.
Started by Baba Harballabh in the memory of his Guru Swami Tulja Giri in 1875. It is the
only music fair of its type in India and even, abroad. The best of the country's exponents of
instrumental and vocal music deem their careers incomplete unless they come and perform
here. Also, great people from all walks of life look forward to attending this gathering. In
1929, Mahatma Gandhi had attended this fair.
Rural Sports, National Fair (February), Kila Raipur, 6Km from Ludhiana: This meet
or the fair epitomises the special Punjabi bon homie and the spirit that never says die,
ingenious for finding competition and pleasure from ordinary things of life. Bullock carts
and other animal races, awe inspiring feats of strength and danger, the traditional wrestling,
cock-fighting, kabbadi and jumps and races are held. The meet is wound up with the
electrifying dances of Punjab, the Gidha and the Bhangra.
Martyrs - Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev & Rajguru Fair - The Fair to honour the memory of the
martyrs is held on March 23rd every year at the site of the memorial in Ferozepur. Large
gathering of people, is addressed by freedom fighters and the leaders of Punjab and India
who highlight the sacrifices of these patriots
Prof. Mohan Singh Mela, Ludhiana - It is a unique fair of cultural confluence of Punjabi
artists, writers and folk performers- kind of a feast which may again, be called typically
Punjabi. Alongside this cultural extravaganza noted writers and artists are honoured for their
contribution to the promotion of Punjabi literature, language and culture.
3.7.6
Some of the tour operators showed their interest to have linkages with the Tourism Department of
Punjab. They are interested to work as approved tour operators. The international tour operators
suggest that the cultural identity of Punjab needs to be publicised through various means to attract the
tourists. Basic tourism related and wayside amenities need to be upgraded.
The interactions revealed that the tourists face problems due to the lack of proper and trained guides.
Proper information about the places also is not available to the tourists.
3.7.7
Inferences
There are no approved Tour Operators/ Travel Agents by the Department of Tourism
There is a lack of awareness amongst the interstate & international tour operators about the
tourist destinations
Lack of trained guides in the state is a constraint for organising efficient package tours.
3-20 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.8
The following emerged during the discussions with various relevant Government Departments of
Punjab:
The major tourist has been to attract the middle to high-income groups of tourist having
higher disposable income. However, the budget category of people who formed a major
chunk of domestic inflow of tourist can not be ignored at the same time.
The service class people, who have higher disposable income should be targeted for a greater
return to the state economy. However, all these are possible only when the state has
adequate and quality infrastructure support.
The tourism policy is being finalised and the thrust is to encourage more and more private
participation in development of tourism related infrastructure.
Government is in the process of finalising the procedures of handing over properties to the
private parties for better management and maintenance.
3.9
As a part of our field survey, our team interacted with Secretary Tourism, Director Tourism, other
officials of State Tourism Department at Chandigarh. The Salient Points that emerged are:
The State Directorate of tourism and Punjab Tourism Development Corporations (PTDC) are
focussing more on the development of mixed tourist destination circuits.
The Government is going to offer variety to the tourists and not just a specific or focussed
tourist circuit.
The Department is also prioritizing the further development of Khalsa heritage Complex at
Anandpur Sahib, Proposed Rope way between Naina Devi and Anandpur Sahib and Science
City at Jalandhar. Apart from these, the Golden Temple, Harike Pattan and Rural Tourism
are also the focus areas.
The main objective of the state government is to identify and develop tourist destinations
giving special focus to pilgrimage and religious tourism. To place Punjab on Indias tourism
map, the state government has identified four cities, viz, Patiala, Amritsar, Anandpur Sahib
and Kapurthala in the state Tourism policy focussing on their tourism potential.
They are also trying to improve, diversify and expand marketing of the tourism products of
the state and strengthen tourism infrastructure in the state and create new infrastructure
wherever necessary.
The government also envisages promotion of rural and highway tourism, laying emphasis on
defining the role of the government and private sector in the development of tourism sector,
besides ensuring participation of all stakeholders in the society including the travel trade and
tourism industry.
Punjab
Promote focussed concepts in tourism such as Religious, Culture & Heritage tourism, Rural
Tourism, Highway Tourism and Eco-Tourism.
3.10
The survey team interacted with the MD, PTDC and other officials based at Chandigarh. In line with
the State Governments focus areas, PTDC is laying thrust on Religious Tourism, Culture & heritage
Tourism and Village tourism development in the state. Highway tourism is also on the priority of State
Tourism Department.
3.11
As per the Punjab State Hotel Association, there has been a decline in the tourist inflow due to the
various internal & external disturbances in the recent years. Some of the issues which the association
has taken up with the concerned state departments in recent times include Uniform tax structure for
hotels, restaurants, pubs and beer & liquor bars in the state and regular water supply for better
maintenance. As informed by the association, because of decreasing tourist inflow in to the state there
has been marginal growth in terms of number of rooms. There are 2 new five star hotels which are in
the construction stage. The association is of the opinion that the state should put more focus on
Domestic tourists who come with family and has more disposable income.
3.11.1
The survey team members interacted with, President and the Vice President of Hotel and Restaurant
Association of Punjab, at Ludhiana and Ropar. The information collected was about number of Hotels
in different cities and towns of Punjab, approximate. room capacity, average occupancy, various
constraints in the hotel industry and level of attraction among the promoters for hotel industry. Details
of Hotels and Restaurants in the five big cities of Punjab are given in Table 3.3.
Table 3.3: Details of Hotels and Restaurants in Five Big Cities of Punjab
City
Ludhiana
Hotels
66
Rooms
1356
Beer Bars
17
Liquor Bars
2
Restaurants
31
Patiala
Amritsar
Bhatinda
Jalandhar
12
55
25
25
183
200
835
482
529
3402
10
15
6
26
74
2
1
3
5
13
15
62
12
20
140
3-22 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
5 Star
2 (under
construction)
-
Punjab
3.11.2
There is no formal association of Tour operators and Travel agents existing at present in Punjab state.
However, our team interacted with some of the Tour operator cum Travel agents. They mentioned
that there is need for proper promotion for the development of Tourism in the state specially for
attracting the foreign tourists. The state serves as a route to various tourist attractions in Himachal
Pradesh and Jammu.
3.12
Some mega infrastructure projects related to tourism are in pipeline, which will definitely give a big
push to the states tourism sector. Proposed ropeway between Anandpur Sahib and Naina Devi will be
a major attraction, which can boost the present tourist inflow manifolds. Science City at Jalandhar,
Governments focus on Harike Pattan, Khalsa Centenary Complex at Anandpur Sahib are some of the
other major initiatives which will carry the state tourism a long way.
The department is taking the following initiatives:
Preparation of brochures, posters and attractive tourist maps for promotional activities.
The state government has created a number of tourist information centres within and outside
the state.
3.13
In addition to the interaction with officials from the Tourism Department of Punjab and the State
Tourism Development Corporation, the team also interacted with officials from other state Govt.
departments / institutions, which are directly or indirectly linked with the tourism sector in the state.
Tourism has been accorded the status of industry in the state. The various proposed incentives and
packages offered to the Tourism Industry include:
For new project related to tourism there will be exemption from luxury tax for the period of
3 years. But in rest of the cases the luxury tax @ 5% will be levied.
Investment in pollution control facilities and equipments such as solid / liquid waste
management equipments for recycling wastewater, sanitation facilities, captive power
generation (generators) etc @ 15% of such investment subject to a separate ceiling of Rs
5.00 lakh.
All tourist ventures with investment above Rs 20 lakhs as capital expenditure will get a
subsidy of Rs 20% subject to a maximum ceiling of Rs 20 lakhs.
All cases over and above of Rs 10 Crore will be put under special projects and special
incentives will be granted on case-to-case basis.
Luxury buses for tourism related areas would be exempted from road tax for 3 years. New
metered taxis will be exempted from road tax for 2 years.
3-23 of 29
Punjab
In case of amusement parks the entertainment duty shall not be charged for four years from
the date of commencement of the policy. Thereafter entertainment duty shall be 75% .
Subject to fulfilment of certain standard norms, safety and security measures fixed by the
state government. These exemptions will also be applicable to the existing amusement parks,
subject to maximum limit of four year.
All hotels, motels, restaurants will be eligible for a rebate of 15 % on power bills for 3 years
from the commencement of business with a maximum ceiling of Rs 15 lakhs.
Priority will be given to the projects who want to set up projects in Punjab and have some
sort of financial or technical or marketing tie-up with the well known national and foreign
brand relating to restaurants, hotels or any other segment related to tourism.
Special subsidy for the project proposed in the area where less then two operational 3 star
category hotels at present.
Special tax holidays on case to case basis will be given for highway restaurants, motels
outside the city premises for the tourist visiting from one districts another.
The state departments / institutions, with whom the team interacted, includes:
Department of Handicrafts
Department of Archaeology
3.14
Although there are tourist information centres at the major destinations and tourist attractions, in the
form of PTDC information offices, these are not well equipped to handle the needs of the tourists.
There is a greater need to revamp and systematise these centres for providing useful and specific
tourist information with regard to tourist places of attraction, accommodation facilities, journey
booking facilities, tour guides and updating of the available documents etc. There is also a need to
open up more information centres at the strategic locations like Main Bus stand, Railway Station,
Airport, frequented tourist spots, major state entry points etc.
Regarding tourist accommodation, though there are enough facilities to accommodate the current
tourist flow, quality and budget accommodation facilities are required in more numbers. Looking at
the future and a continuous increase in the tourist inflow into the state, the requirement of such
infrastructure has been identified and presented in the project identification chapter of this report.
The facilities for civic amenities and public facilities like Toilets, Drinking water, Rest rooms etc are
to be improved manifolds in almost all the tourist destinations. The facilities for elderly persons,
3-24 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
children, physically handicapped or sick persons also need to be set up in all the places. A hassle-free
arrangement for availing the benefit of local transportation is also required to be given a thought.
Infrastructure planning is essential for Tourism development. The infrastructure status of the state has
briefly been discussed in chapter 2. The field visits helped the survey team in reviewing the tourist
facilities, infrastructure status at the destinations and the inter-linking transit facilities. The
infrastructure assessment for the destinations included several elements like Linkages and Accessibility- External and internal linkages, transportation facilities and
services,
Basic Infrastructure and Civic Amenities- Water Supply, electric power, Sewage, Solid
Waste disposal, telecommunication;
Wayside Amenities- safe drinking water, sanitation facilities, Food courts/ Dhabas,
Signages, Petrol pumps, Streetlights etc.
Based on the field visits, the infrastructure status has been reviewed for all the tourist places visited
during the field survey. Zone wise evaluation has been done and infrastructure constraints have been
identified. Following is a zone wise summary of the infrastructure status:
(i)
Patiala Zone
Patiala zone comprises some of the most important destinations and attractions in the state.
Accessibility and Linkages:
Road link to Patiala is excellent from Delhi and other parts of the Punjab. Patiala doesn't
fall on the main rail line and it is reachable via Rajpura.
The National Highway NH-1 serves as a good link for the tourist traffic.
The nearest airport is Chandigarh and Delhi for most all the destinations in Patiala Zone.
3-25 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(ii)
Amritsar Zone
The major destinations include Amritsar, Gurdaspur, Faridkot, Kapurthala and Firozpur.
There is good road connectivity to all tourist destinations in this zone. The National
Highway corridor NH-1A is the major link. State Road Transport buses, Himachal Road
Transport buses and private vehicles are readily available for most of the tourist
destinations. However, the internal transport system is not very well developed. The
frequency of buses connecting various attractions in and around these destinations are
limited.
Good rail links are available in the Amritsar zone connecting tourist destinations like
Amritsar, Pathankot and Faridkot.
(iii)
Ludhiana Zone
All of these destinations are well linked by road as they lie on the main National
Highway. Ludhiana and Jalandhar have excellent rail link as they fall on the main rail
line from Delhi to Amritsar.
Ludhiana has an airport and other nearest airports are at Amritsar and Chandigarh
Punjab
Wayside Amenities
All major highway stretches are dotted with numerous wayside dhabas. These dhabas offer
good food at reasonable cost and provide basic toilet, drinking water and tele-communication
facilities to the tourists. However, in general, the wayside amenities need to be improved.
(iv)
Bathinda Zone
The major destinations include Bathinda, Muktsar, Faridkot, Mansa and Sangrur.
Wayside Amenities
All major highway stretches are dotted with numerous wayside dhabas. These dhabas offer
good food at reasonable cost and provide basic toilet, drinking water and tele-communication
facilities to the touists. However, in general, the wayside amenities need to be improved.
3.15
Major issues
The major issues that emerged from the discussions and interaction with various government and
related departments can be classified into Policy related, Infrastructure related, Organisational related,
Environmental related and Marketing and promotional related. These issues are discussed below.
3.15.1
Policy Related
Non Recognition of revenue earning potential of Tourism Sector by the State Government
Identifying the role and relevance of private funding and entrepreneurship in Tourism
Projects and developing a Public-Private Partnership model
Procedural delays in implementation of project proposals-many projects dont get beyond the
planning stage
Punjab
3.15.2
Infrastructure Related
Lack of basic infrastructural facilities like wayside amenities, public facilities, signage and
good accommodation facilities.
Inadequate maintenance of ancient temples heritage monuments, palaces & natural water
bodies.
3.15.3
Organisational Issues
Absence of qualified tourism professionals and trained tourist guides in the Department and
the industry as a whole
3.15.4
3.15.5
Environmental
Issues of ecological sustenance and the carrying capacity of the various destinations
Lack of information to private entrepreneurs about the opportunities in the Tourism sector
Minimal efforts to create awareness amongst the local people about the earning potential of
Tourism
Need for collaborated efforts with major tour operators to bring in foreign tourists
3.15.6
Identification of bottlenecks
Availability of funds and finances for tourism development is a major constraint in the state.
The factor of Human resources is also a constraint, as trained manpower is not available for the
tourism industry. Moreover, at present there are very few institutes where such training is imparted.
The state is not very well publicised amongst tourists and tour operators, therefore the awareness about
the state is lacking.
3-28 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
3.16
Suggestions / Recommendations
The state has tremendous potential for promotion of religious and highway tourism.
State is rich in culture and heritage but lacks an effective publicity drive.
Leisure tourism coupled with handicrafts & handlooms can also be promoted in the state.
The weaknesses and threats should be converted to strengths and opportunities existing
sites and locations should be promoted.
Nature based tourism at the wetlands of national and international importance shall be
promoted. This can be used for conserving nature and encouraging community based
tourism.
The unique culture of the state like music and dances, etc. should be promoted
Punjab can also integrate their tourism efforts with other neighbouring states to provide the
tourist with a wide choice.
3-29 of 29
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
4.1
Introduction
Punjab is endowed with some of the Indias most amazing attractions. With bountiful ways to
experience the culture, interact with locals and enjoy the magnificent scenery in many places, tourists
could easily spend weeks or even months in Punjab complimenting their culture & heritage tourism,
rural tourism or nature trails, thus making their visit much more complete and rewarding. Foreigners
may have the opportunity to choose from a variety of cultural tours organised by local people through
the customized cultural tourism programmes.
In many areas, rural life is an attraction on its own. Carefully cultivated farms and lush greenery are
the unique features of Punjab. Villagers participate in development projects, from irrigation systems to
primary schools. The people are willing to receive tourists and show them daily life, culture and
scenery in their villages. They see tourism as an activity that can create employment and generate
income, which can be used for improving their living conditions.
Investment planning for tourism entails an identification of investment opportunities at various
destinations and prioritising them. Revenue producing opportunities have to be evaluated for their
commercial feasibility so that they can be marketed to potential entrepreneurs.
This chapter discusses the framework adopted for prioritising destinations and projects in Punjab. A
summary of the viable projects is presented at the end of the chapter. Project profiles are given in
Annexure - IV (Volume 2).
4.2
Punjab is a land of exciting culture, myriad images of swaying emerald green fields and hearty people
whose robust rustic ways of camaraderie and bonhomie are very much a part of their heritage.
Punjab is dotted with places of historical and cultural interest. Ropar, one of the centers of Indus
Valley Civilization; Amritsar; the city of the Golden Temple, the ancient fort of Bathinda; the
architectural monuments of Kapurthala; the City of Gardens, Patiala and Chandigarh, the capital
designed by the Swiss-born French architect Le Corbusier are among the important tourist attractions
of the state.
Punjab has numerous places of tourist interest, which have largely remained unpublicised. The team of
DCEL visited 12 tourist destinations (major districts of Punjab) and various tourist attractions in and
around these destinations. Based on geographical settings and the presence of various tourist
attractions in the state, the team divided the state into four different zones viz. Patiala Zone, Amritsar
Zone, Ludhiana Zone and Bathinda Zone. As a part of this study, the team undertook an exercise to
prioritise the various destinations and tourist places by ranking them, based on personal observations.
The rankings were assigned to various parameters on a scale of 1 to 5, where 1 was lowest and 5 was
highest. The parameters are briefly described as under.
4-1 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
1. State Govt. Priority- The priority and importance given by the State Government was analysed.
2. Volume of current/potential traffic flow- the existing number of domestic and foreign tourists
over the last two years was taken into account while giving the ranks.
3. Number of tourist attractions- The number of varied tourist attractions available nearby and the
presence of the distinct picnic spots around the destination was prima facie considered.
Importance was also given to the diversity of attractions such as distinct geographical features
and historically or religiously important structures.
4. Significance of tourist destination (historical/religious/cultural) - Each of the destinations was
studied for any significant heritage/ pilgrimage/ festival of importance so that the ancient
culture and tradition can be used as a theme to promote tourism.
5. Tourist infrastructure availability - Availability of facilities like tourist accommodation,
internal transport, wayside amenities, entertainment avenues, souvenir/gift/shopping centres,
tourism information centres, travel agent/tourist taxi operators, coolies, civic amenities like
clean drinking water & toilets, facilities for elderly /disabled were considered for ranking the
destinations.
6. Tourism related basic infrastructure availability Existence and Analysis of the prevailing Air
connectivity, rail head, road network, water-supply, availability of power, existence of
underground sewerage system/ solid waste management, communication, banking-ATM/
Credit Card facility, presence of emergency medical facility etc.)
7. Sustainability for tourism development The environment related issues and carrying capacity
of the destination is taken care of in this criteria as the eco-balance of the destination should not
be altered inspite of the increase in the tourist flow.
8. Potential for socio-economic development The development of tourism leads to the
promotion of local arts and handicrafts, employment generation and thereby income
generation, encourages women entrepreneurship etc.
9. Institutional/support mechanisms-availability The existing institutional support mechanism
like financial institutions, entrepreneurs, NGOs involved in the development of tourism also is
an important parameter to prioritise destinations.
10. Others: This includes issues like whether the destination is apart of tourist circuit, climate,
tourist season etc.
The evaluation of the various destinations was not only an eye-opener to the existing potential of the
destinations but also provided an overall framework of the type of projects that could be implemented
and gave insights into the phasing of the projects. The ranking of the destinations based on various
parameters as discussed above is given in Table. 4.1.
4-2 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Destination
Amritsar
Patiala
Anandpur Sahib
Jalandhar
Bathinda
Gurdaspur
Ludhiana
Fatehgarh Sahib
Kapurthala
Rupnagar
Hoshiarpur
Faridkot
In addition to the ranking of the destinations, classification of the tourist attractions at these destinations into
various themes like Heritage & Culture, Religious, Leisure, Nature, Adventure, etc was undertaken. Based on
the Table 4.1, the destinations may be prioritised for tourism development in the following manner.
Destinations / tourist places securing a score of 3 or more should be taken up for tourism
development in the short term, i.e. within the next 5 years. Some development work will be
carried out in the next 15 years.
Destinations / tourist places securing a score between 2 and 3 or should be taken up for
tourism development in the middle term, i.e. within the next 5 to 10 years. Some
development projects will be undertaken during the next 10 years.
Destinations / tourist places securing a score of below 2 should be taken up for tourism
development in the long term, i.e. within the next 10 to 20 years.
Development Phase
Short term (ST)
The above table indicates that, out of the total 12 tourist destinations and places, 4 tourist destinations
should be taken up for development in the short term, i.e. in the next 5 years, 6 destinations in the
medium term, i.e. next 5 to 10 years and 2 destinations in the long term, i.e. between the next 10 to 20
years. The details of destination prioritisation matrix is enclosed as Appendix 4.1
4-3 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
4.3
Planning for Sustainable Tourism Development emphasizes on the concept of Quality Tourism. It
refers to tourist attractions, facilities and services that offer value for money, protect tourism
resources, and attract tourists who will respect the local environment and society. Our planning
approach for tourism development in Punjab highlights this concept.
Punjab is a congregation of myriad tourist attractions- Forts, Gurudwaras, Pilgrim Centres,
Monuments, Archaeological Sites, Palaces, Wetlands, Cultural Festivals and many others. An
important component in plan formulation is understanding the types of tourism and tourism
products that can be developed in the state. The concepts have evolved based on tourism potential of
the destination / region, the personal visits of the DCEL team to various places of tourist interest and
the existing gaps observed therein, the requirements arising from these gaps, interactions with local
people and experts, hotel owners and entrepreneurs, etc. The project ideas are the means to improve
the tourism facilities in the destinations thereby increasing the tourist inflow.
The project concepts have been described theme wise, which has been broadly classified as:
Religious Tourism
Nature Tourism
Leisure Tourism
Highway tourism
Educational Tourism
Eco- Tourism
Sports Tourism
Youth Tourism
Food Tourism
4.3.1
Religious Tourism
Punjab has always attracted tourists of various religions. The places of religious importance attract
large crowds based on their significance. During fairs and festivals, the number of visitors/ tourists
increases manifold. These places require tourist infrastructure and services. Up gradation and
provision for tourist services during peak periods is suggested at these places. The projects include
providing for parking facilities at various Gurudwaras, public utilities at the religion sites and setting
up of suitable eating joints of some of the widely visited religious places.
4.3.2
Cultural tourism refers to a form of tourism in which local people are closely involved. They design
and organise the tours, show tourists features of the area in which they live and of their daily life.
During the tours, local people often show their development projects, like irrigation and soil
conservation activities or income generating projects of women's groups. Visitors leave the area
4-4 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
feeling they have made new friends and with information on the many positive developments going on
in rural Punjab.
Heritage places famous for monuments, museums, fairs and festivals, handicrafts or archaeological
sites are the potential spots for development of heritage tourism. The state also has a rich culture of
dance, music and festivals. The projects have been based on the idea of conserving and maintaining
the unique identity of the place and the people.
The projects based on the above philosophy include:
Haat Bazaar, Handicraft centres at Patiala and Bathinda with outlets for rural handicrafts and
amphitheatre for cultural shows.
4.3.3
This concept will be an approach to develop the community-based tourism that directly benefits the
villagers. It will help in developing cultural understanding among the tourists. It will also offer them
the opportunity to experience the rural way of life. The project has been conceptualized as a model to
develop further villages on similar pattern. The lodging facility needs to be designed in the traditional
style and built of local materials, provision of special meals offering local food products and
traditional cuisine and local folk dance and music can become a part of the product. Chhatbir Village
in Patiala district can be developed under this theme. This village is close to Chandigarh (96 Kms),
Patiala and also not very far from Delhi (225 Kms) and can be promoted to attract tourists.
4.3.4
Nature Tourism
(i)
Eco Tourism
Punjab has good potential for developing nature-based tourism at Amritsar, Ropar and Kapurthala
districts. Ecotourism has been universally recognised as a specific type of nature based tourism which
promotes responsible travel to natural areas that conserves the environment and sustains the well being
of the local people.
Ecotourism is environmentally responsible travel and visitation to relatively undisturbed natural
areas, in order to enjoy and appreciate nature (and any accompanying cultural features - both past and
present) that promotes conservation, has low negative visitor impact, and provides for beneficially
active socioeconomic involvement of local populations." (Stated by IUCN now called the World
Conservation Union)
4-5 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Involves responsible action on the part of tourists and the tourism industry.
Stresses local participation, ownership & business opportunities, particularly for rural
people.
Ecotourism has great potential for development. Ecotourism internationally is growing at a rate of 15
percent annually, which is higher than the growth rate in global tourism.
Boating in natural areas, nature trails with guides to explain about the flora, fauna and ecology,
educational camps, camping and other activities can be organised as part of the product. Improved
travel conditions to wetlands of national and international significance is envisaged as part of Eco
tourism development.
Eco- tourism circuits in Punjab have been identified linking the potential areas. Nature based ecotourism projects have been suggested for:
Ropar Wetland
Kanjali Wetland
Some places identified for developing ecotourism are presented in Table 4.3.
Table 4.3: Proposed Ecotourism Sites in Punjab for Development
Place
Hari ke Pattan
District
Amritsar
Salient Features
Wetland
Kanjali Wetland
Ropar Wetland
Chhatbir Zoological Park
Kapurthala
Rupnagar
Patiala
Wetland
Wetland
Zoological Park
(ii)
Adventure Tourism
Adventure Tourism involves tourists engaging in physically and personally challenging and
sometimes dangerous activities. These include safaris, river rafting, water surfing, etc. Adventure
activities like Motor Boating, water skiing, fun-rides, angling can be developed and promoted in the
state. Projects have been suggested to promote adventure activities at the following sites:
Near water bodies- Satluj water body (Ropar), Maharaja Ranjit Singh Dam.
4-6 of 16
Punjab
4.3.5
It broadly includes all types of Leisure and entertainment activities at the tourist destinations. A
detailed analysis of tourist infrastructure of the destinations in Punjab show that there is a lack of
entertainment avenues at most of the places. Projects have been suggested for developing spot based
entertainment facilities. These include:
Upgradation of the PTDC complexes and opening fast food centres along the highways.
Casino in Patiala
4.3.6
Food Tourism
Punjabis have the reputation of connoisseurs of good food. Punjab has bequeathed the institution of
Dhaba-originally a wayside-eating place to the world. There are vaishno dhabas where only vegetarian
food is cooked in pure ghee or clarified white butter. Dal Makhni, a shining blackish lentil named Urd
or Maha of the Dhaba has become world famous and is served in Punjab on all ceremonial occasions.
Pranthas, stuffed with seasonal vegetables, fried on a pan, baked in the tandoor, (a barrel shaped oven
fashioned out of alluvial soil), curds, sometimes mixed with khoya-a kind of fudge made by boiling
the milk on slow fire-with chunks of white butter floating on top; spinach of mustard mixed with other
leaves and special tongue-tingling spices which is cooked in an earthen vessel on slow fire and
chappatis made out of the flour of maize, panir-cottage cheese-stuffed with different sumptuous
fillings have also become commodities of export. The saffron-mixed buttermilk (lassi) of Amritsar,
milk boiled with almonds, pistachio and dry-dates in winters and the same mix boiled into a thick
liquid and then solidified in a banana shaped mould in the form a Kulfi are unmatched in taste. Panjiri,
whole-wheat flour fried in sugar and ghee, heavily laced with dry-fruits and herbal gums is eaten in
the winters to ward off cold.
The Bazaars of the towns of Punjab are always loaded with sweetmeats, seasonal fruits and other food
stuffs. Old towns like Amritsar, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Patiala also manufacture exotic sherbets.
Punjabi fried and tandoori-baked fish, tandoori baked and butter chicken, kababs baked on charcoal,
Patiala's Shahjahani Palao and a variety of chicken and mutton curries and vegetable and meat biryanis
are relished world over.
Food Festivals are suggested at the major cities which can be clubbed with peak tourist seasons and
other major events/cultural festivals.
4.3.7
This concept emphasizes on learning and experiencing particular features of an area. These can be
associated with tourists long- term vocational or professional interests.
4-7 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Punjab offers wide options for promoting special interest tours related to:
4.3.8
Highway Tourism
Punjab is an ideal state to promote the highway tourism. In general, the roads are good and the road
connectivity is excellent throughout the state. This concept will be an effort to identify and promote
the states best roads for their scenic, cultural, historic and natural qualities. The existing attractions
along the main Highway will be focussed for development in the short term.
The project concepts can be described as creation of:
Refreshment facilities.
The major highways passing through the state are listed in the Table 4.4.
Table 4.4: National Highways Passing Through Punjab
NH
No.
1
1-A
From
To
10
15
20
21
Pathankot
Zirakpur (Excluding U.T. Area)
22
Length
(kms.)
279.42
104.734
109.06
363.67
11.975
76.88
30.99
Some of the Plan roads owing to their importance are also being elevated to the status of National
Highways. These include:
Punjab
Chandigarh-Patiala-Sangrur-Barnala-Bhatinda Road
Kharar-Ludhiana-Moga-Ferozepur Road
Ropar-Hoshiarpur-Dasuya-Mukerian-Gurdaspur-Kathua Road
Jalandhar-Nakodar-Moga-Sangrur-Patran-Narwana-Rohtak-Delhi Road
Bathinda-Fatehabad Road
Tourist facilities and services associated with road travel, motels and wayside amenities will be
needed. Some projects suggested are wayside amenities along the highway, Highway restaurant in
Patiala, Signages and highway patrol.
4.3.9
Educational Tourism
Most of the schools in urban areas take their students for picnic or outing at least once in a year. It is
proposed to promote study tours, picnics etc in the schools and colleges of at least one night stay. In
Punjab, there are various destinations, which have places of historic importance
5% of the total students in Punjab and additional students from neighbouring states could be
targeted.
Preference could be given to destinations, which can offer leisure and education. This can
include destinations like Nangal, Ropar and Harike Pattan.
Student tours could be arranged so as not to clash with the peak tourist season and should be
organised in the lean tourist seasons.
Proper safety and security arrangements could be ensured for these tours. One teacher with a group of
20 students could be allowed free of cost in the PTDC Complexes
4.4
The projects have been selected & prioritised based on the following steps.
4.4.1
Destination Prioritisation
4-9 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
4.4.2
Destinations
Patiala, Bathinda
Patiala, Fatehgarh Sahib, Amritsar, Kapurthala, Hoshiarpur
Patiala
Patiala, Rup Nagar, Anandpur Sahib, Gurdaspur
Fatehgarh Sahib
Rup Nagar, Kapurthala
Rup Nagar, Gurdaspur, Bathinda, Ludhiana
Amritsar, Ludhiana
Amritsar
Amritsar, Gurdaspur, Bathinda, Faridkot, Jalandhar
Gurdaspur
Amritsar, Hoshiarpur
Along state and national highways
Project Prioritisation
The DCEL team visited 12 tourist destinations and a number of places of tourist interest across the
state of Punjab and identified the need for tourism development. These location specific project ideas
were discussed with the State Department of Tourism in the form of a structured presentation,.
Thereafter, DCEL undertook an exercise to prioritise the various project ideas by ranking them, based
on our personal observations and the valuable inputs received from the State Department of Tourism
officials. 10 Parameters were evolved to rank the destinations. Each parameter was given a weightage
depending on its relevance. The parameters were ranked in a scale of 1 to 5 where 1 was lowest and 5
was highest. The parameters are briefly described as under.
Prima Facie potential The foremost factor for a prioritising a project is its prima facie
potential, which is based on our assessment of the location in terms of current tourist inflow
and future inflow in case the infrastructure is upgraded.
Land Use regulation and other govt. regulations One of the major factors for prioritising a
project is the ease of land acquisition and other government regulations.
Availability of relevant natural resources One of the most important factors for
prioritisation of projects is the availability of relevant natural resources for tourism
development in a destination. These natural resources can be forests, waterfalls, picturesque
surroundings, etc.
Present Infrastructural availability and cost The present status of infrastructure like land,
water, power, local manpower, communication, etc. also helps in prioritising the project.
Planned investments in infrastructure If the state Govt. has existing or future plans for area
development, then it aids in prioritising the project.
4-10 of 16
Punjab
Environmental Sustainability This factor is very important while planning for tourism
projects in a destination and would include environment constraints and related issues,
protected area issues, eco sensitivity, etc.
Other factors There are factors, which have an influence on deciding the priority of a
project and can include risk and amenability to financing by financial institutions, etc.
Based on the parameters mentioned above, the potential project ideas identified by the DCEL team
were ranked and are presented in Table 4.5. In addition to the ranking, the tourism projects have also
been classified into various themes like Nature, Eco, Adventure, Ethnic, Village tourism, Culture &
Heritage, Leisure, Health, Religious, Special Interest, etc.
An effort has been made to prioritise for the destinations-wise projects.
The region wise ranking of tourism projects is given in Table 4.6.
Table 4.6: Region wise ranking of tourism projects
District
PATIALA ZONE
Patiala
Destination /
Tourist Place
Patiala
Fatehgarh
Sahib
Sirhind
Rupnagar
Ropar
Project name
Refurbishment of Sheesh
Mahal
Patiala Live Theatre
Sarai Restaurant
Patiale ka Meena Bazar
Baba Ala Sound and Light
Show
Sada Pind
Highway Restaurant & Bar
Patiala Lake Complex
Punjab Race Course
Patiala di Casino
Caf-de-Fatehgarh Sahib
Aam Khas Bagh Restaurant,
Childrens Park, Restoration of
400 year old Fountain
Ropar Beach
Maharaja Ranjit Singh
Ropeway
4-11 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Themes / Type of
Projects
Culture & Heritage
Score
(Max. 5.0)
3.50
3.15
3.70
2.80
2.95
Village
Leisure
Leisure
Leisure
Leisure
Religious and Leisure
Heritage and Leisure
2.80
2.60
2.35
2.00
1.85
2.45
2.25
2.95
2.45
Punjab
District
AMRITSAR ZONE
Amritsar
Gurdaspur
Destination /
Tourist Place
Nangal
Anandpur Sahib
Amritsar
Pathankot
Gurdaspur
Hoshiarpur
Kapurthala
Ludhiana
Hoshiarpur
Jaijon Doaba
Jalandhar
Bathinda
Noor Mahal
Bathinda
Faridkot
Faridkot
GENERAL
PROJECTS
BATHINDA
ZONE
LUDHIANA ZONE
Kapurthala
Ludhiana
Project name
Nangal Fast Food Centre
Golf Course
Parking cum Shopping
complex, Golden Temple
Harike Bird Watch
Border Restaurant
Parking cum Shopping
complex, Durgiana Mandir
Ram Tirth Restaurant
Sarai Amanat Lodge
Garden Restaurant
Upgradation of Coral Tourist
Complex Madhopur
Maharaja Ranjit Singh Dam
Water Sports Complex
Evening in Shimla
Shahpur Kandi Water Sports
Complex
Deer Park
Anarkali Water Sports Complex
Beautification of
Shamsherkhan Tomb
Kanjali Complex
Neelon water Sports Complex
Manji Sahib Shopping cum
parking complex
Charankamal Shopping cum
Parking Complex
Public Utility at Gurudwara
Nanaksar
Bhrigusamhita Institute
Heritage train and Bara Sahib
Guesthouse
Noor Mahal Rasoi
Bathinda Fort Meena Bazar
Razia Sultan Sound and Light
Show
Bathinda Amusement Park
Baba Farid Art Gallery
Patiala Palace on Wheels
Tourists Information Kiosks
Wayside Amenities
Upgradation/Renovation of
PTDC Complexes
Signage
Highway patrol
Punjabi Food Festivals
Punjabi Cultural Festivals
Themes / Type of
Projects
Leisure
Leisure
Religious
Score
(Max. 5.0)
2.55
3.05
3.85
3.65
3.35
3.1
Religious
Heritage
Heritage and Leisure
Leisure
2.60
2.15
2.10
4.40
Adventure
3.65
Leisure
Adventure
2.70
2.45
Nature
Adventure
Heritage
3.05
3.25
3.00
3.55
3.9
2.55
Religious
2.55
Religious
2.3
Special Interest,
Educational
Heritage and Lesiure
3.00
2.70
Heritage
Culture and Heritage
Heritage
2.10
3.55
3.45
Adventure
Heritage
Culture and Heritage
Others
Others
Others
2.40
2.65
-----
Others
Others
Culture
Culture
-----
The above-mentioned projects have been prioritised and classified as short term and long term based
on the scores.
4-12 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
4.4.3
A tourist destination / place is the first step in the process of tourism development. We have developed
a model for prioritisation of tourism projects, which will be in conjunction with prioritisation of
destinations. Our premise is that a tourist destination will be developed first, followed by the specific
tourism projects in that destination. Using this premise we have developed a matrix to short list and
prioritise specific tourism projects in the destinations visited by the DCEL team. This matrix and the
model are explained and illustrated in Table 4.7.
Table 4.7: Project Prioritisation Model
Destinations
Projects
High ranking
(score more than
3.5)
ST
ST
MT
MT
LT
MT
LT
LT
As shown in the above table, the priority of a project primarily depends on the ranking of the tourist
destination along with the ranking of the specific tourism project itself. Therefore, if a destination is
being developed on a priority, then projects have to be simultaneously set up at the place.
4-13 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
General
Projects
Bathinda
Zone
Ludhiana Zone
Amritsar Zone
Patiala Zone
Zones
Nawanshar
Moga
Firizpur
Muktsar
Number of Projects
In the next 5 years
(Short term)
Between 5 to 10 years
(Medium term)
1
2
1
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
1
4
1
1
3
4
3
1
6
3
1
1
2
4
1
4
1
1
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
8
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
8
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
25
4-14 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
Between 10 to 20 years
(Long term)
38
1
2
1
1
53
Punjab
4.5
The shortlisted projects have been assessed for their feasibility. Projects profiles have been prepared
which are enclosed as Volume 2 (Annex IV). The key financial indicators for suggested projects is
given in Table 4.9. The summary of projects with possible location is given in Table 4.10
Table 4.9: Key Financial Indicators for Suggested Projects
Project
Commercial Projects
5 Star Hotel
Amusement Park
Beach Cottage with Restaurant
Budget Accommodation
Golf Resorts
Heritage Guest House/Lodge
Heritage Train
Lake Complex
Live Theatre
Meena Bazaar
Nature Tourism
Palace on Wheel
Parking cum Shopping Complex
Sada Pind
Sound and Light Shows
Water Sports Complex
Yoga and Meditation Centre
Capacity
100 Rooms
10 Huts
25-30 Rooms
18 Hole
40 Rooms
11680
Tourist/Annum
Stall-15
Theater-100
Seater
15 Shops
49640 Tourist
/Annum
30 Shops
Parking-200
Vehicles
50 person/ day
445500
Passengers /
Annum
100 Tourist
Yoga-120/day
Meditation
Centre-30/day
Project
Cost (Rs
Lakhs)
Employment
Potential(In
Numbers)
IRR
(In %)
Average
Cash
BEP(In
%)
DSCR
(in 4th
Year)
ROI
(in 4th
Year)
550.39
301.36
68.23
77.01
926.76
252.24
340.31
50
26
19
25
28
23
29
16.5
32
16.08
25.6
17.82
17.81
18.43
24
20.41
39
33
17
33
35
2.48
2.02
2.41
2.46
2.94
2.74
2.12
62.14
50.02
43.29
66.35
56.17
52.93
54.17
47.23
89.68
11
12
19.4
14.5
25
18
2.87
2.23
78.00
59.77
40.00
24.20
2047.20
11
10
58
17.29
20.30
17.81
28
34
33
2.40
3.34
2.74
71.20
91.47
56.44
85.07
19.1
18
2.57
71.17
38.00
898.00
7
20
16.5
14.52
24
29
2.48
1.83
67.95
45.33
7.21
30.00
14.00
11.47
16
8
7
9
19.69
24.16
15.9
22.6
65
28
34
45
2.41
3.06
2.63
3.06
64.40
80.79
71.20
84.26
21.22
7.91
61.25
14.60
2
9
404.57
94.70
4-15 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
28
60
Punjab
Tourism
Infrastructure
Destinations
Pathankot, Amritsar, Kapurthala, Hoshiarpur, Nawashahar, Jalandhar, Rupnagar, Fatehgarh
Sahib, Ludhiana, Firozpur, Muktsar, Faridkot, Bathinda, Sangrur, Patiala
Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hill Rupnagar, Anandpur Sahib, Anarkali Baradari Batala Gurdaspur,
Amritsar, Bathinda Fort Bathinda, Village Chhatbir Patiala, Faridkot, Harike Pattan , Kanjali,
Hoshiarpur, Jalandhar Jaijon Doaba , Jallian Walla Bagh , Neelon Ludhiana, Patiala Fort Patiala,
Quila Mubarak Patiala, Ranjit Singh Dam Pathankot, Shahpur Kand Pathankot, Vaishnav
Monastery Village Pandori Gurdaspur
New Delhi, Chandigarh, Patiala, Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar and Kapurthala
Fatehgarh Sahib, Nangal,
4-16 of 16
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
PERSPECTIVE PLAN
5.1
Introduction
Punjab has not been able to attract general tourist traffic because it is predominantly agri-pastoral
region. Being close to the international border, security and related concerns always have so far been
the constraints to develop tourism in the area. Tourism in the state has primarily been religion based.
There has always been a steady inflow of pilgrims from within India as well as abroad to Amritsar for
visiting the Golden Temple and other important Gurudwaras located throughout the state. Apart from
the religious tourist, there has also been a business tourist to the major industrial centres of the state,
viz. Ludhiana, Jalandhar, Bathinda, Hoshiarpur and Chandigarh.
Tourism industry is increasingly being recognised as one of the important sectors of the global
economy and has emerged as one of the fastest growing sector. It should be developed as a common
endeavour by the government and private sector. Tourism is a labour intensive sector that has vast
potential for creating jobs, especially in rural areas, since it ensures minimal use of natural resources
and optimal utilisation of manpower and expertise. Tourism development will remove regional
imbalances and open new avenues for growth, yield revenue for government and sustain trade in
handicraft, cottage industries etc.
The Perspective Tourism Plan of Punjab needs to be both optimistic and realistic. The plan should be
visionary and ambitious and at the same time it should remain within the policy framework of the
state. The perspective plan shall encompass:
5.2
Punjab is yet to finalise the Tourism Policy but it has clearly spelt out its objectives and priorities
through its draft Tourism Policy document.
The state, despite having unique culture, numerous pilgrimage centres, exotic traditional crafts and
festivals, forts and palaces, hospitable people and varied tasteful cuisine, has not been able to
accelerate the pace of tourism in comparison to other states. In addition to that, the tourism industry
suffered a major setback during 1970s and 80s when the militancy in the State was at its peak.
While most of the other state Governments made successful efforts in developing tourism within their
states, the relative inability of Punjab to harness and develop its full tourist potential may be attributed
to a combination of factors such as lack of effective policies, low budget allocation for tourism
development, inadequate tourism infrastructure and inadequate marketing strategies. The Chief
Minister of Punjab has accorded the top priority to the tourism sector in order to bring tourism in
Punjab to a high level. In this direction, the state government has identified priority areas, viz.
5-1 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Religious tourism for which the state is concentrating on Amritsar and Anandpur Sahib.
The third priority of the state is Highway Tourism. The state plans to develop highway
tourism on the proposed 250 kilometre four-lane stretch on GT road from Shambhu barrier
to Amritsar. To promote the tourism potential of the state, the Department of Tourism of
Punjab had formulated a Tourism Policy, which is in the draft stage. The policy is rooted on
one hand in convergence of socio-economic benefits, eco-friendliness and employment
generation, while on the other hand, the policy has to fulfil the growing demand for tourism
products in the state brought by the rapid industrial development.
To promote tourism in the state of Punjab in such a way that it will contribute to the
development of employment, economic growth and more importantly bringing the tourist
close to the culture of Punjab
To position every city as a tourist centre different from another, like Patiala for culture and
heritage, Anandpur Sahib and Amritsar as religious centre.
To promote private sector participation with the help of government to develop necessary
infrastructure in the state that will help the state to promote tourism.
To position Punjab in the tourist map of India with the demand created by travel & trade
market in the Punjab and by tapping the untapped potential of various heritage monuments in
Punjab.
To prepare & implement master plans for integrated development and marketing of various
areas of Punjab.
To provide quality service to all domestic and international consumers and stake holders.
To diversify, expand and market the tourism products in the state along with preserving the
cultural monuments from any kind of decay.
To develop shopping complexes of high standard at prominent tourist centres catering to all
class of tourists.
Keeping in view the renewed thrust to tourism industry by the Central Government, a revised Tourism
Policy is presently under finalisation by the State Tourism Department in consonance with the
National Tourism Policy.
In addition to the facilitation role assigned to itself by the Government in the development of tourism,
the Government has accorded industry status to the tourism sector. The various proposed incentives
and packages offered to the tourism industry by the Punjab Government include:
For new projects related to tourism there will be exemption from luxury tax for the period of
3 years. But in rest of the cases the luxury tax @ 5% will be levied.
Punjab
Investment in pollution control facilities and equipments such as solid / liquid waste
management equipments for recycling wastewater, sanitation facilities, captive power
generation (generators) etc @ 15% of such investment subject to a separate ceiling of Rs
5.00 lakhs.
All tourist ventures with investments above Rs 20 lakhs as capital expenditure will get a
subsidy of 20% subject to a maximum ceiling of Rs 20 lakhs.
All cases over and above of Rs 10 Crore will be put under special projects and special
incentives will be granted on case-to-case basis.
Luxury buses for tourism related areas would be exempted from road tax for 3 years. New
metered taxis will be exempted from road tax for 2 years.
In case of amusement parks the entertainment duty shall not be charged for four years from
the date of commencement of the policy. Thereafter entertainment duty shall be 75%, subject
to fulfilment of certain standard norms, safety and security measures fixed by the state
government. These exemptions will also be applicable to the existing amusement parks,
subject to maximum limit of four years.
All hotels, motels, restaurants will be eligible for a rebate of 15 % on power bills for 3 years
from the commencement of business with a maximum ceiling of Rs 15 lakhs.
Priority will be given to the projects who want to set up projects in Punjab and have some
sort of financial or technical or marketing tie-up with the well known national and foreign
brands relating to restaurants, hotels or any other segment related to tourism.
Special subsidy for the project proposed in the area where less then two operational 3 star
category hotels are present.
Special tax holidays on case to case basis will be given for highway restaurants, motels
outside the city premises for the tourists visiting from one district to another.
The State government is determined to give a big push to tourism, which had been ignored for many
years. A blue print of the new tourism policy has been prepared and after getting comments from the
industry, it is proposed to be released.
In view of the large investment requirements in the tourism sector and the need for maintaining high
standards in services, hotels and tourism related industries would continue to be in the priority of state
government for investment. Further, in order to off set the specific constraints of tourism industry and
to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible particularly in less developed areas,
appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the government
to put in place uniform taxation and land policies related to tourism sector in the state.
The government will lay emphasis on the development of infrastructure facilities for promotion of
tourism in the state. The Government of Punjab has created Punjab Infrastructure Development Board
for strengthening and developing infrastructure in the state. The government will formulate strategy to
attract private investment in tourism sector. To prevent difficulties faced by tourists due to the touts
and other elements at tourist places and speedy disposal of complaints lodged by tourists regarding
5-3 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
cheating, fleecing, mistreatment of tourists, state government is seriously considering enacting Tourist
Trade Act.
5.2.1
Tourism as Industry
Like other industrial projects, tourism projects too involve professional management, capital
investment, special skills and training. The Government of India and a number of other states have
declared tourism as an industry. Punjab has also accorded industry status to the tourism sector. This
will enable the tourism projects to get various benefits generally availed by industries, such as:
The process of grant of land will be facilitated in urban areas for the projects concerning
setting up of hotels, restaurants and apartment hotels etc. Existing arrangements for grant of
government wasteland to industrial units will be made applicable to various tourism projects.
Arrangements will be made to acquire private land under Land Acquisition Act for various
tourism projects by companies registered under the Companies Act.
As one of the sets of infrastructural institutions, the State Financial Institutions have made an
important contribution in creating conductive environment for industrial entrepreneurs. They
will be encouraged to do the same for tourism entrepreneurs. Till date, the lending from the
State Financial Institutions has been largely confined to hotels. In reality, the range of
activities for tourism projects is beyond hotel projects.
Most of the projects are not eligible for loans from the banks or the State Financial Agencies.
It will be necessary to make suitable changes in the lending criteria for viable projects in the
listed activities in order that their financial requirements are met. The modification of the
lending criteria of the State Financial Agencies will be made with regard to the financial
ceiling, debt equity ratio, recovery period, moratorium etc. Necessary arrangements will be
made to ensure that the State Financial Agencies and the banks attach adequate priority to
the financing requirements of tourism projects.
Suitable schemes will be designed to market tourism products, and particularly wide
publicity will be secured with respect to various facilities being offered by the travel agents,
tour operators etc.
Special paying guest scheme will be formulated for providing adequate and inexpensive
lodging and boarding facilities to take care of seasonal flow of tourists to the pilgrimage
centres during festivals.
Financial assistance will be provided for the preparation of feasibility reports by consultants
in respect of tourism projects.
5-4 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Structure of the taxes and tariffs, e.g. luxury tax, entertainment tax, sales tax, etc., will be
reviewed with reference to developmental needs of tourism sector and necessary
amendments will be made.
Accommodation Projects:
Hotels
Amusement Parks
Resorts
Motels
tH t l
Restaurants
Museums
Natural Parks
Zoos
Safari Projects
Ropeways
Sports Complexes
dF
i l
Travel Agency
Tour operation
Transport Operation
5.2.2
Human
Resources
Development
Areas of Concern
While the potential for growth of the tourism industry in Punjab is tremendous, various lacunae like
inadequate tourism infrastructure less diversified tourist products etc. hinder it from competing with
the other neighbouring states and prevent tourism from making it a potentially enormous contributor to
economic growth. Some of the major areas of concern, hindering the tourism development include:
Insufficient budget allocations for tourism development and promotion in the State Plan.
Poor marketing
5-5 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
5.2.3
In view of the changing market trends and the importance of the Tourism Sector, the role of the State
should be as follows:
The Department of Tourism of the Government of Punjab should take all necessary and
immediate steps to finalise the Tourism policy of the state.
The Government should make commercial services available entirely through private sector
or in association with it. The States role should be to primarily focus on strengthening and
upgrading existing infrastructure and development of new infrastructure. Reputed
consultants should be hired to prepare area development master plans / feasibility studies in
respect of important tourist destinations and areas of tourism potential.
Efforts should be made to get funding for development of basic infrastructure for these
destinations / areas from national and international agencies. To ensure timely provision of
necessary funding, the State Government should earmark funds in the annual budgets of the
departments concerned for securing the purpose mentioned earlier
In conformity with States promotional role in the development of tourism sector, all
competitive and commercial activities of Punjab Tourism Development Corporation be
privatised except where no entrepreneur is coming forward to meet the existing need. This
privatisation would help strengthen the financial position of the corporation and also help
provide quality services to the tourists.
Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board should assume a catalytic role focused on acting
as clearing house of information, production and distribution of promotional literature,
policy advice etc.
The Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board should assist entrepreneurs and agencies in
tourism sector and should try to help alleviate their difficulties particularly vis--vis the
Government and its agencies.
A Computerized Information Centre should be set up at the State level to make available
necessary information to the agencies/entrepreneurs who wish to set up tourism projects.
Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board should open its offices in all major cities of India
to give wide publicity and disseminate information on Punjab Tourism and market tourism
products through these offices and through reputed travel agents in other big cities. Thus, the
information about Punjabs tourist destinations, attractions and related information would be
made available to tourists from outside the State in their own cities.
5-6 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
A Single window clearance system should be instituted for speedy clearance of various
permissions, approvals required under different laws and rules. Necessary
modifications/amendments should be made to various administrative arrangements and laws,
which are not consistent with the approach of the Tourism Policy of the state. Care should be
taken to ensure that prospective investors do not have to suffer protracted and complex
administrative process.
Intensive efforts should be undertaken to attract investors from outside the State as well as
from other countries including Non-resident Indians (especially Punjabis) to invest in
tourism sector on large scale. Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board and Directorate of
Tourism should play active role to ensure that investors get various permissions easily and
are provided with all the necessary facilities.
A High Powered Committee under the Chairmanship of Chief Secretary with Director of
Tourism as the Member Secretary can be constituted with the objective of securing effective
co-ordination among various Government departments and agencies and also to speed up
decision-making process concerning tourism. The committee should meet regularly and
enjoy full powers of Government, including the approval of the Chief Minister and the
Council of Ministers wherever required. In Punjab, a high powered committee has already
been set up but it needs to be assessed whether it has been set up or is functioning in the
similar lines as detailed earlier.
In order to create a participative forum for deliberation and discussion concerning tourism
industry, a Tourism Advisory Council headed by the Chief Minister should be set up. The
Ministers and Secretaries of administrative departments concerned should be the members.
The representatives of tourism industry, experts and related organisations should be
nominated as members. The Additional Chief Secretary (Tourism) should be the Member
Secretary of this Council. The newly formed Tourism Heritage Development Board , which
has been set up by the state Government under the Chairmanship of the Chief Minister can
function in the similar lines as discussed above.
The Council should meet periodically to deliberate upon policy as well as individual issues
and offer suitable advice to the Government.
5.2.4
(i)
Religious Tourism
Punjab is famous for its numerous gurudwaras. Each of these gurudwaras has its historical
significance. Improving basic civic amenities at these places of religious importance and publicity of
these places will attract more tourists to these places.
(ii)
Leisure Tourism
This type of tourism can be easily promoted by creation of manmade facilities like Amusement parks,
Water sports complex, Ropeways, Golf Course etc.
5-7 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(iii)
A large number of old palaces, havelis, sarais exist in the State. These historical buildings can be
converted into heritage hotels, restaurants or museums by providing suitable incentives to owners.
Development of this sub-sector will not only attract foreign tourists but also provide encouragement
and support to the heritage structures of the state. Development of these structures can also help to
market the local culture, arts and crafts. Government should take necessary steps to promote Heritage
tourism in the State.
(iv)
Business Tourism
The business tourists frequently visit the destinations like Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Kapurthala.
Extending entertainment options in these location like multiplexes, air conditioned shopping malls,
Golf Course etc. will lead to increase in tourist related activities in these locations.
(v)
Highway Tourism
There is a good network of State and National highways that criss-cross the State and a large number
of travellers prefer road journey. There is a need for creating necessary facilities like hotels,
restaurants, picnic spots, water parks etc. along the highways at suitable intervals for the highway
travellers to relax. In fact, travellers can be induced to follow certain traffic routes if such facilities are
better developed. State should encourage private investors to create such facilities on highways.
(vi)
There are several pockets in the State, which are known for their handicrafts and other craftsmanship.
Similarly, there are many fairs that are celebrated through out the year with enthusiasm. These need to
be systematically promoted and marketed among the domestic and foreign tourists.
(vii)
Rural Tourism
Punjab has a unique culture and it is famous for its hospitality throughout the world. Rural tourism
clubbed with festivals and other cultural events will give a significant boost to the inflow of domestic
and foreign tourists.
(viii)
Nature Tourism
The state has the famous wetlands, which can be developed judiciously to promote nature tourism.
5.3
The tourism development in Punjab should be ideally sustainable. However, any development is
bound to have a negative impact on the environment and cultural imbalance of the region.
5-8 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
One of the major tourism related benefits which the state can gain is the conservation of its
natural and manmade environment e.g. the heritage hotels and sarias are of fascination for
the tourists and provide revenue for those who own them. Similarly, establishment of
wildlife wetland parks and sanctuaries can help the state to conserve its wildlife and rare
species of plants and flowers. Income generated from the tourism activities can help to
preserve the environment of those places.
Tourism is said to be in conflict with the environment when the arrival of a large number of
tourists at a destination leads to overcrowding and generation of wastewater and other
pollutants causing damage to the surroundings. Thus, an environmental planning approach is
essential for sustainable tourism development. This necessitates that all aspects of
environment be carefully surveyed, analysed and considered in determining developments at
environmentally sensitive tourist destinations.
Social factors like changing demographics and cultural behaviour have an impact on
Tourism development e.g tourism in bigger cities like Ludhiana and Jalandhar is moving
towards high spending projects like water parks, amusement parks etc. Executives and
Professionals are moving towards tourist destinations offering meditation and healing centre
facilities etc.
The impact of the tourism on the environment and the culture of a particular destination should be
minimised by:
Selection of the location for tourism activity such that it does not interface with the lifestyle,
culture and occupation of the locals.
5-9 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
5.4
Competition Analysis
5.4.1
Tourist need & expectation is one of the main driving factors for the development of tourism. Tourists
want value for money when they visit a tourist destination. These needs vary from region to region and
tourist to tourist. The domestic and foreign tourists visiting Punjab have different needs. An average
domestic tourist is a pilgrimage tourist in Punjab. The major items of attractions in Punjab as indicated
by domestic tourists, were Gurudwaras and religious places, forts, archaeological attractions, leisure
and adventure activities and special interests like handicrafts, etc.
An average foreign tourist in Punjab seeks a blend of Culture & Heritage and Leisure avenues. The
attractions and major items of tourist interest, as indicated by the foreign tourist, are culture and
heritage, handicrafts, and archaeological attractions and monuments, leisure activities, village lifestyle
and special interests like shopping for handicraft items.
Outbound tourists from Punjab visit other places mainly for fun and enjoyment e.g. there is a
significant number of outbound tourists from the state to Nepal, the attraction being -casinos.
The Perspective Plan must address various issues related to tourist needs & corrective measures to be
taken while implementation of the plan.
5.4.2
Competing States
The State of Punjab has many destinations of varied tourist interests and therefore provides a unique
competitive advantage. The unique culture, world famous Gurudwaras, coupled with historic heritage
sites, retreat at international Wagha Border and handicrafts of the region provide a competitive edge to
the state.
For the heritage and historical monuments, the neighbouring competing states include Rajasthan, Uttar
Pradesh. For Eco/ nature Tourism, the competing states are Himachal Pradesh and Uttaranchal.For
Highway Tourism, the competing state is Haryana.
5.4.3
(i)
Strengths
Good core infrastructure (i.e. Power, Roads & Communications). State has excellent roads,
surplus Power & sufficient water
Punjab
People of the State ( locals) love to spend on food and travel and thus form a major chunk of
domestic tourists.
Typical dance / music form of the state( Bhangra and Gidda) the international icons like
Gurdas Maan and Daler Mehandi have made significant impact of them in India and abroad
(ii)
Weaknesses
While other States (i.e. AP, Kerala, Goa, Andhra Pradesh) made successful efforts at developing
tourism within their states, the relative inability of Punjab to harness and develop its full tourist
potential may be attributed to a combination of factors such as:
Publicity of destinations not comparable with the best in the country (e.g. Heritage Properties
of Rajasthan)
Lack of appropriate information for the tourists (Lack of adequate tourist information centers
/ kiosks)
Tourism in the State has been affected by a long militancy period and current disturbances
along the international border.
(iii)
Opportunities
Punjab has excellent general infrastructure. Tremendous scope for tourism development
Potential for development of Niche Products - Religious, Heritage, Eco, Leisure, Special
interest and Educational Tourism
Potential for attracting large number of outbound tourists and non-resident Indians
5-11 of 25
Punjab
Possibilities of joint efforts with neighbouring States (i.e. With Delhi, Himachal Pradesh,
Rajasthan etc.)
Local Private Entrepreneurs are interested in the tourism sector and have the necessary
capital.
(iv)
Threats
5.5
Market Analysis
5.5.1
(i)
In Punjab, the tourism industry is surviving mainly because of Religious and business
tourists. The leisure tourists are far and few. The domestic tourist arrival to the state has not
significantly increased over the years. During the last five years it has grown at CAGR of
around 3%. As the tourists from within the State form a major share of total tourist arrivals
in Punjab, retaining these tourist as well as attracting tourists from other States will play a
pivotal role in development of tourism in Punjab.
Non Resident Indians (NRIs) are an important tourist segment. A significant number of NRIs
visit Punjab every year. They have a keen interest in local destinations, borne out of anxiety
to renew roots and pass a sense of culture to their children; but this market is hardly tapped.
Most of these NRIs visit pilgrimage centres in Punjab. For the purpose of leisure, they prefer
destinations like Delhi and Himachal Pradesh to Punjab.
The selection of a destination to be visited (among the various choices available) is done by
the tourist using the following four factors:
o
Spending level of tourists depend upon category of tourist and purpose of visit. It has been observed
that spending level of business tourists is higher than that of other category of tourists, whereas the
pilgrim tourists tend to spend less.
5-12 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
During the course of survey, information was collected regarding spending levels of various categories
of tourists. This is presented in Chapter 3 of the report. Accommodation and travelling expenses form
a major share in total expenses for all categories of tourists. It has also been observed that during the
last 5-6 years the spending pattern is more or less stagnant. The prices that the tourists pay have gone
down for hotels. This is because of the increasing competition among hotels.
(ii)
Overall hotel industry is experiencing a mixed trend in occupancy levels. Overall, there are very few
hotels in Punjab that have been able to increase the room tariffs over a period of 3 to 4 years. At most
of the destinations, tariff levels at major hotels have remained more or less stagnant.
5.5.2
Market Potential
The tourist arrivals in Punjab in the last few years are experiencing a mixed trend. The tourist arrival in
Punjab for the year 2000 was 0.39 million which was 0.18% of the total all India tourist arrivals. Our
discussions with the State Department of Tourism revealed that the published figures are not accurate.
Estimates of the tourist inflow (based on which projections have been done) to the State have been
worked out based on the available hotels in the state and their occupancy rates (as found out during the
market survey). The future growth of tourist arrivals in Punjab have been worked out based on the
destination wise increase in tourist arrivals keeping in view the proposed infrastructure development
projects in and around these destinations, State Government priorities for each destination and the
proposed investments in tourism related projects as specified in this Perspective Plan.
The projected tourist inflow (domestic and foreign) to Punjab during the next 20 years based on the current
tourist arrivals as worked out from hotel rooms and their occupancy rates is as given in Figure 5.1 &5.2.
The overall compound annual growth in tourist arrival to Punjab during the year 2001 to 2021 is 4.6%.
Figure 5.1: Projected Domestic Tourist Inflow to Punjab
20
15.72
16
16.58
12.09
12
8
9.80
7.05
8.08
4
0
2001
2005
2010
2015
Year
5-13 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
2020
2021
Punjab
87291
80000
63678
60000
40000
20010
20000
5334
8169
2001
2005
0
2010
2015
2020
2021
Year
The destination wise projected tourist arrivals and the CAGR for the Tourist Arrivals in Punjab is
given in Table 5.1
Table 5.1: Destination Wise Projected Tourist Arrivals
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Destination
Gurudaspur
Amritsar
Kapurthala
Jalandhar
Hoshiarpur
Nawanshahar
Rupnagar
Fatehgarh Sahib
Ludhiana
Moga
Firozpur
Muktsar
Faridkot
Bathinda
Sangrur
Patiala
Total
Year 2001
58479
261765
17913
81946
9107
7903
18214
11515
200561
6586
4742
5795
4425
12328
1204
8692
711175
5.5.3
5.5.4
Market Segments
CAGR
6.65%
3.75%
5.44%
4.11%
5.35%
3.2%
5.29%
6.34%
4.68%
3.19%
3.19%
3.19%
3.37%
6.65%
3.19%
6.65%
4.6%
A majority of the tourists in Punjab are from outside the State primarily because of religious and
business purposes. The total market for tourism in Punjab can be segmented on the basis of three
parameters, viz.
5-14 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
State/Country of origin: Popular destinations having good basic and tourism infrastructure
can be targeted for tourists form outside Punjab and the foreign tourists. Investments in
tourism projects should be encouraged in these destinations so as to retain tourists for longer
duration and increase in the number of spending avenues. Projects such as amusement parks,
health resorts and water sports are suggested in these places.
Area of interest: Certain natural and religious destinations attract tourists due to the special
attraction they have e.g. Golden Temple of Amritsar, wetlands of Harike Pattan and Kanjli
etc. Such destinations have limited but assured market, as there is no substitute to these
products.
Spending Power of Tourist: Selection of a destination for a tourism projects should match
with the spending power of the tourist e.g. a water sports complex in a remote area will fetch
more revenue if close to urban area than a remote area.
Identified target markets, for various tourism themes are listed in Table 5.2
Table 5.2: Market Segment and Possible Target Markets
Sr.
No.
Market
Segment
Pilgrimage/Reli
gious
Leisure/Village
Heritage
Business
Highway
5.6
Perspective Plan
5.6.1
Methodology
(i)
Collection of Data
Foreign
Indonesia, Afghanistan, Pakistan
Not for Pilgrimage but to study the
heritage value of the pilgrimage spots
from U.S.A, UK Canada, France
U.S.A, UK and France
U.S.A, UK France, Germany. Canada,
Japan and Australia
U.S.A, UK France, Germany. Canada,
Japan and Australia
NRIs/foreigners travelling enroute
The methodology adopted for preparation of the perspective plan for the State of Punjab involved
collection both primary and secondary data form various sources, interacting with various stakeholders
in the sector especially the Department of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab and PTDC.
Prior to visiting the destinations for implementing the primary survey, an assessment of the various
destinations and their current tourist attractions was done.
5-15 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
The destinations were selected in such a manner that the total tourist arrivals to these destinations are
more than 90% of the total tourist arrivals in Punjab. The destinations and tourism areas having State
Government priority were given more attention during visits.
The primary survey provided the base for preparation of the Perspective Plan for Tourism
Development in Punjab in terms of destination prioritization, evolution of Project ideas, growth
forecasts, phasing of projects, assessment of infrastructural gaps etc.
(ii)
Accommodation requirement
Adjustments in the proposed capacity addition of accommodation at various destinations were made
so as to offset the seasonal variations in demand, average capacity utilisation etc. Destination wise
tourist accommodation facilities required and the investment thereof are given in Appendix 5.1.
(iii)
The two important components of private sector participation are accommodation and tourism
projects. Identification of investments required for tourism projects was based on the propose of visit
of tourists and spending power of tourists visiting particular destination.
The tourism projects where private investment is envisaged has been classified into the major head like:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
All the above tourism projects are revenue generating and cater to different market segments. The
Water Sports Complex and the Amusement Park has been considered in and around urban centres viz,
Pathankot, Bathinda, Gurdaspur, Kapurthala etc. Similarly restaurants and eating joints have been
considered either on the highways or close to existing/proposed tourist attractions.
5-16 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(iv)
Development of Destinations
Private sector investment in tourism is only possible at popular destinations where the minimum
number of tourists per year is large enough to make the proposed project viable. A restaurant may
come up at a destination before a water park/ entertainment facility, as the minimum economic size of
a restaurant is less than that of a water park. Moreover to attract the minimum number of tourists
required at a destination, the availability of basic and tourism infrastructure is essential.
Thus, the life cycle of a location as a tourist destination begins with the place having the requisite
tourist potential (wild life, hill station, beach, major city, etc.) and with augmentation of basic
infrastructure at that destination. Such destination with potential for tourism but non-availability of
basic infrastructure is termed a tertiary destination. With gradual increase in the number of tourists
and promotion of that destination, fresh investments are made in tourist infrastructure to attract and
facilitate tourists. These investments are generally small in magnitude and are funded through the
budgetary allocation of state tourism department and local self-governments. In this phase,
government departments start investing in revenue generating projects like accommodation etc as
demonstration projects to attract private investments. While these public sector investments are made
at the destination, it is a secondary destination.
The third phase begins when a destination has the basic and tourism infrastructure and has graduated
to a primary destination. Private sector investments are done at this stage further increasing the
tourist inflow exponentially. The increase in tourist inflow further attracts private investment and the
cycle continues till a point where the destination reaches its carrying capacity.
Carrying capacity is a point beyond which any further development would result in negative growth of
tourist arrivals. This implies that any further development beyond the carrying capacity of a
destination depletes the natural resources and the potential for tourism at that place resulting into it
being less attractive for tourists.
At such a point, where a destination reaches its carrying capacity, there should be another similar
primary destination ready to substitute the destination in its maturity phase, so that the tourists are
retained in Punjab and not move to other states. The destination development and investment planning
thereof is discussed below.
5.6.2
Presently the contribution of tourism to the state GDP is in the range of around 1.63%. This appears
meagre compared to the untapped potential of the State as a Tourism Destination. The tourism growth
in the State can be increased significantly considering the following amenable factors:
Fairly good basic Infrastructure like roads, power, rail, airport, etc.
Very close to the national capital which is the most important entry & exit point for foreign
tourists.
Punjab
Based on basic premise of possibility of exploiting tourism potential of the State, this Perspective Plan
aims to enhance tourism contribution to State GDP from the present level of 1.63% to 5.21% in
the next 20 years
Derivation of various components of this Perspective Plan on the basis of goal of enhancing tourism
contribution to GDP is explained in the diagram given below.
Figure 5.3: State GDP Goals
Growth in
Contribution
to State GDP
Growth in
Tourist Inflow
Destination-wise
Tourists Growth
Destination
Assessment
Growth in
Average
Spending
Pattern
Employment
Generation
Destination
Development Plan
Short-Term
Investment Phasing
Mid-Term
Long-Term
Details of the contribution of tourism to the state GDP spread over a 20 year perspective is given as
Appendix 5.2.
5.6.3
Destination development
A conventional demand supply-model suggests that the average spending per day of tourists visiting
popular primary tourist destinations is more than that for secondary destinations. The perspective plan
should offer a proper mix of primary & secondary destinations in order to cater to tourists of various
spending levels. New tourism projects coming up at primary tourist destinations increase demand and
consequently the average cost per day at that destination. Thus, when the plan provides for fresh
investments in primary destinations in revenue generating tourism projects, it should also provide
budgetary support for strengthening of tourism infrastructure in secondary & basic infrastructure in tertiary
destinations. Figure 5.4 indicates the approach to destination development through investment planning
5-18 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
PRIMARY
DESTINATION
Private sector
investment in
Revenue
Generating
Tourism
Projects
SECONDARY
DESTINATION
Tourism
department
Investments in
Tourism
Infrastructure
Projects
TERTIARY
DESTINATION
Public Sector
Investment on
Basic
Infrastructure
DESTINATION A
o Accommodation
o Restaurants
o Other revenue
generating tourism
projects
DESTINATION A
Way Side Amenities
Public Amenities
Signage
Tourist Information
Centre
o Tour operators
DESTINATION B
o Roads/ Rail/ Airports
o Transportation/
Communication
o Water & Power
DESTINATION B
Way Side Amenities
Public Amenities
Signages
Tourist Information
Centres
o Tour operators
DESTINATION C
o Roads/ Rail/ Airports
Transportation/
Communication
o Water & Power
o
o
o
o
DESTINATION A
o Accommodation
o Restaurants
o Other revenue
generating tourism
projects
o
o
o
o
This type of an investment plan would help secondary destinations like Patiala, Gurdaspur and
Hoshiarpur to substitute for primary destinations like Amritsar, Jalandhar and Ludhiana that have
reached or nearing their maximum carrying capacity. Looking at destinations as products, it means
that when one product/ destination reaches its maturity phase, other product variants (similar
secondary destinations) are in their growth phase, thus retaining the total market share
5.6.4
Feasibility/Sustainability Study
The projects identified at each destination during the survey, and after discussions with experts and
government authorities, were assessed for their sustainability on Technical, Financial, Environmental
5-19 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
and Social aspects. Private sector investment projects have been included in the Perspective Plan.
Projects that are not financially viable but are essential for tourism development like providing of
basic and tourism infrastructure are proposed for funding through budget outlays.
The various factors considered while assessing the sustainability of a particular project are discussed
earlier in Chapter 4
5.6.5
Strategy/ Marketing
Promotion of a destination is addressed to both tourists and private sector entrepreneurs and thus most
of the promotional expenses for a destination or state have to be borne by the State Tourism
Department.
The promotion campaign of the state should be planned in line with the destination prioritization done
earlier. The marketing strategy and the media mix suggested by DCEL are discussed at length in
Chapter 6
5.6.6
Assumptions
Future growth of tourist arrivals in Punjab have been worked out based on discussions with
Directorate of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab.
Destinations visited form a share of almost 90% of the places visited by tourists in Punjab.
The current level of accommodation availability at visited destinations is sufficient for the
present visitor turnover. This assumption is based on discussions with local tourism officials
at respective destinations. There is, however, shortage for accommodation in short and long
term
Though the perspective plan takes into consideration the major development plans by other
government departments it does not include their proposed investments in the perspective
plan.
5.6.7
Targets
(i)
The proposed tourism product offered by Punjab would be a mix of various projects in heritage,
leisure, highway, religious and rural tourism. Unlike other states, stress would not be laid on one
particular theme. All tourism themes would be given equal weightage in terms of development.
(ii)
Investments
The perspective plan envisages a total investment of around Rs. 281 Cr in next 20 years for the
sustainable development of tourism in Punjab. This investment can be segregated depending upon the
source of funding. The three sources of investment and their total investment is given below in Table 5.7.
5-20 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Table 5.3: Investment Sources & distribution (during 2002 03 to 2022 23)
Source
Public
Sector
Private
Sector
Public +
Private
Total
Projects Type
Promotion, Basic Infrastructure, Tourism Infrastructure,
projects in restricted zones like forts/railway, Human resource
management, Tourism management and administration and
incentives etc
Revenue earning projects at primary and secondary
destinations
Joint projects like cultural and food festivals
Investment
(Rs Lakhs)
4836.46
%
Share
17.19
23284.85
82.76
15.00
0.05
28136.31
100%
The total investment proposed in the perspective plan can also be classified into investments in major
heads viz.:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Accommodation
Tourism Projects
Tourism Infrastructure
Promotion and Publicity
Human Resource development
Tourism management and Administration
Others (Incentives and subsidies etc)
The year wise investment plan for all the above heads is given in Appendix 5.3. A summary of
investments in next 20 years is given in Table 5.4.
Table 5.4: Summary of Investments for 20 Years
S. No
Description
Short Term
Mid Term
Long Term
(2002-03 to 2006-07
(2007-08 to 2011-12)
(2012-13to2022-23
Total
% Share
Total
% Share
Total
Investment
Investment
Investment
(Rs in Lakh)
(Rs in Lakh)
(Rs in Lakh)
% Share
Accommodation
811.42
53.39
3966.06
59.65
15719.44
78.71
Tourism Projects
273.98
18.03
2099.05
31.57
3684
18.45
Tourism Infrastructure
259.6
17.08
294.4
4.43
61.25
0.31
Promotion
67.25
4.42
47.70
0.72
97.32
0.49
33.63
2.21
31.80
0.48
97.32
0.49
40.35
2.65
47.70
0.72
116.79
0.58
33.63
2.21
158.99
2.39
194.65
0.97
1519.85
100.00
6645.69
100.00
19970.77
100.00
Human Resource
Management
Tourism
Management/
Administration
Others
(Incentives/Subsidies)
Total
5-21 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
It is assumed based on site visit observations that the current accommodation availability is sufficient
and hence accommodation projects have been planned in the medium and long term. Punjab does not
have heritage/5-star accommodation facility which needs to be created in the long run.
1. Accommodation
Investments coming under this head are exclusively accommodation projects proposed at various
destinations. Accommodation forms a very substantial part of the total tourism investment and hence
treated as a separate head.
The investments under this head would be mostly private sector investments except for upgradation of
PTDC complexes to be funded by the government.
2. Tourism Projects
This head includes revenue generating tourism projects that provide avenues for entertainment, leisure,
shopping and food for tourists. The investment in these projects would be through private investors.
At some destinations where private players are not allowed such as forts, government departments
would invest in the revenue earning projects proposed at those destinations.
3. Tourism Infrastructure
These investments funded by government expenditure would be utilized to strengthen tourist facilities
such as:
Public Amenities
Signage, etc
4. Promotion
The expenses incurred on promotion of Punjab as a destination on national and international platform
would be funded by the budget of tourism department.
5. Human Resource Development
Tourism falls into the service industry, which essentially implies that people engaged in this trade,
deal with people and cater to their needs. Hence, the people in the tourism industry need to develop
skills for dealing with tourists and to develop a knowledge base, which has to be constantly updated
for the facilities available to the tourists.
5-22 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
The need for training persons in this industry is felt due to the following reasons:
The impression of a tourist during his visit is largely determined by two factors the first is
the impression of the tourist on the site visited and its history and the second, the hospitality,
quality of service and knowledge and courtesy extended to the tourist during his stay.
Therefore, a lot depends on the persons in the trade to make the tourists experience a
pleasant one. The right selection, training and development are thus very important.
Being a service industry, it offers tremendous scope for employment to a vast cross section
of persons in various capacities like travel agents, guides, hotels (front office, waiters, cooks,
stewards, housekeeping, etc.), and private entrepreneurship in travel trade, restaurant, lodges
and souvenir shops, artisans involved in production of handicrafts, support and ancillary
services.
A proper management framework for administering the tourism needs to be developed. This
will call for
Creation of EIA Cell & Project Development Company to assist Tourism Department in
speeding up of development process.
Others
To encourage investment by the private sector in the tourism sector suitable incentives and
subsidies will have to be given to the private entrepreneurs. This will ensure a uniform
development of the destinations with fewer burdens on the government.
The destination wise phasing of investments under all above heads is given in Appendix 5.4.
5.7
5.7.1
Scope
1.
2.
5-23 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
5.7.2
Investments
Total Investments:
Rs 281.36 Cr
Public Investments:
Public + Private:
5.7.3
Employment Opportunities
Tourism is one of the most employment friendly industries. Tourism is a sector with a high multiplier
effect in employment generation and has been a platform from which poverty can be combated and
economic growth attained. It is estimated that Tourism creates 47.5 direct jobs against 13 direct jobs in
the manufacturing sector for every million rupees spent. Further 17 domestic tourists leads to one
direct job and one foreign tourist generate one direct job. Each direct job has a multiplying factor of
around 2.6 i.e. one direct job generates 2.6 indirect jobs.
It can be said that with the projected increase in the number of tourists around 1.34 lakh persons will
be employed in tourism related activities by 2022. Special focus can be given to women where in
specific jobs like handicrafts promotions, guides, tourism facilitation centres, way side amenities can
be reserved for women. We suggest that around 30 % of the jobs should be reserved for women. By
way of this the objective for socio economic development of the area will be achieved. Also this
would also lead to sustainability of the tourism in the area. Appendix 5.5 gives employment generation
projections over the next 20 years.
5.7.4
Key Characteristics
Major infrastructure projects planned in Punjab considered while estimating the growth of
tourist inflow to particular destinations.
5.7.5
Tourist Circuits
Based on the availability of the huge variety and diversity in the places of tourist attraction with in the
state, an effort has been made to identify and develop tourist circuits based on certain criteria, so as to
5-24 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
enable the tourist to extract maximum pleasure. The Criteria for selection of circuits in brief are as
follows:
Multiple attractions
The entry and exit points should be popular tourism hubs/major connecting cities
Should possess the carrying capacity and ability to withstand tourist inflow
Depending on the nature and the types of tourists the state receives, the identified circuits have been
further grouped into following themes:
The details of the identified tourist circuits are presented as Appendix 5.6 and letter from Ministry of
Tourism, GOI regarding tourist circuits is presented as Appendix 5.7. Potential destinations of other
states will be linked to the identified potential destinations in Punjab.
5-25 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
6.1
Introduction
This chapter discusses the issues related to implementation of the tourism perspective plan issues of
promotion, financing, human resources development and agencies to undertake various activities.
The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist
destination. To make this happen, it is essential to identify strategic factors imparting competitive
advantage and build appropriate strategies for attaining the desired goals/ targets envisaged in the
Perspective Plan. Based on findings of the survey and focus group discussion among key stakeholders
of the tourism sector, the following have been identified as key factors around which the development
strategy has been formulated:
High Profile
High Quality
Customer Focus
PLANNING &
MANAGEMENT
Institutional Strengthening
Human Resource
Development
HIGH QUALITY
CRITICAL
ACTION
AREAS
CUSTOMER FOCUS
Realignment of Customer
Focus
Meeting Tourist Expectations
Tourist Friendly Culture
Before conceptualising the framework used in formulating the strategy and the action plans, the
general factors typically affecting the demand in the tourism industry have been considered, as under:
Demand for travel is dependant on a number of goods and services which requires a high
degree of co-ordination and efficient delivery systems
6-1 of 25
Punjab
The product to a large extent, consists of goods of a highly perishable nature which cannot
be stored e.g., accommodation and transportation capacity.
The product or facilities have an inherent rigidity and hence cannot be shifted around to cope
with altered situations at short notice and hence initial investments have to be planned
carefully.
Though tourists make value comparisons between and among destinations and tourist
products, yet the uniqueness of attractions in one country tends to transcend many other
considerations.
A tourist is mainly influenced by the image of the State/Country as projected by the media.
A profile of the tourists and the factors influencing them are presented in the table below:
Table 6.1: Profile of Tourists and the influencing factors
a)
Type of Tourist
Foreign Tourist
Classification
- Choice of destination
- Business Executives
- Leisure i.e., holiday
- Specific interest e.g. archaeology,
historical heritage sites
- Pre-travel arrangement
- Departure
b)
Domestic Tourist
- Business Executive
- Pilgrimage
- Industry/Job Incentives
- Leave Travel Concession
- Leisure families going together
- Choice of destination
- Pre-travel arrangements
- Arrival of tourist &
during stay
- Departure
6-2 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Influencing Factors
Promotion of country
(cultural/leisure destination)
Knowledge and Communication
Packages offered
Country held in what view (e.g.
disturbed politically)
Ease with which formalities taken
care of.
Getting a visa organised
Friendly, efficient trade/ travel agent
Welcome
Travel
Quality of facilities
Price & value for money
Hospitality accorded
Travel assistance
Shopping opportunities e.g.
souvenirs
Proximity
Knowledge and Communication
Packages available
Tourism importance of the place
Environment
Price & value
Variety of facilities
Price & value
Shopping opportunities
Punjab
The conceptual framework used in formulating the strategy and the action plans is pictorially depicted
as under:
Figure 6.1: Conceptual framework of Strategy Formulation
Drivers
(Tourism)
Economic
Development
Projects
Revenue/
Employment
Facilitation
Project
Identification
Financial
Viability
DOT
Punjab
Investments
Most of the tourist destinations/tourist attractions (barring few like Golden Temple,
Anandpur Sahib) in Punjab are not known to tourists outside Punjab. Leave aside creating a
brand image it has not been able even to create enough awareness. Hence, an initial attempt
aimed at increasing awareness with an ultimate objective of creating a strong image of the
State is needed.
The survey and discussions also pointed out that the growth of tourism in the state has
suffered primarily due to its inability to develop / provide high quality tourist destinations /
products and services at these destinations. For instance, in most of the districts of Punjab no
star category accommodation is available till date. While strategizing, immediate focus must
be on destination development strategy.
Phasing of Development
Customer focus is another area which needs to be re-looked. So far, thrust has been always
on attracting foreign tourists. Sourcing tourists from international markets is of course very
crucial in view of its foreign exchange earning potential. The need to realign the tourism
focus has been expressed by key stakeholders
Most States in India are focussing on tourism. They have expressed the importance of
tourism as one of the important sectors for achieving economic growth in their vision
documents. Aggressive focus on tourism by all these States would mean increased internal
competition. In order to sustain competitive pressures, it would be essential to provide
Value for Money to tourists through enhanced quality levels and appropriate pricing
strategy. Satisfied, excited visitors bring new knowledge home and send friends off to
experience the same thingwhich provides continuing business for the destination.
6-3 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
The other area of concern for the development of this sector especially in Punjab is the
dearth of good professionals. It is absolutely necessary to carve out human resources
development plan for this sector.
The above discussion clearly indicates the need for developing strategies related to following
crucial areas:
o
Funding Strategy
6.2
Clear understanding of the perspective plan is essential to achieve goal congruence amongst various
government departments. This would enable the concerned departments to make amendments if
possible in their policies and regulations related to tourism projects and also provide feedback on
issues related to their subject in the proposed projects.
The various stakeholders directly or indirectly associated with the tourism promotion in the state can
be grouped essentially into following categories:
Policy makers for Tourism Development, i.e All concerned government departments, who
have a role in making policy that will affect Tourism development.
6-4 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
6.2.1
To communicate and co-ordinate with different government departments to get required clearances from
various departments, a high level co-coordinating committee, the Tourism Development Co-Ordinations
Committee (TDCC) is proposed to be set up with representation from all related state government
department. This committee will be responsible for the implementation of the perspective plan.
This committee will meet at least once in 6 months and if necessary more often to overcome any major
hurdles that may come up. The committee should comprise of by the Minister for Tourism as Chairman,
Commissioner of the Tourism Department, Finance Secretary, Planning Secretary and Secretaries of all
concerned departments such as Water Supply, Irrigation, Sewerage, Power, PWD, PSRTC, Forest, Art
and Culture, ASI and State department of Archaeology, as Members. There would also be representation
from hospitality industry, tourism experts, well-known personalities form the field of Art and Culture,
Archaeological experts on tribal lifestyle, history, NGO, representative from CII and Chamber of
Commerce, travel writers and media. The Managing Director of the Tourism Development Corporation,
Government of Punjab will be the Member-Secretary. The Secretary Tourism would be the convenor of
the TDCC The convenor will be given the responsibility to communicate the perspective plan for project
development and receive feedback from the concerned with regard to implementation issues of the
specific projects suggested in the plan.
The tasks of communicating this plan should be primarily with Punjab State Heritage and Tourism
Promotion Board (PSHTPB) a nodal agency for the development of tourism in the state. Formation
of Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC) under PSHTPB would ensure
co-ordinated efforts towards attainment of unified goal of Integrated Tourism Development in the
state. Table 6.2 describes the extent of involvement of important stakeholders in the process of
Integrated Tourism Development.
Table 6.2: Role of Stakeholders in Integrated Tourism Development in Punjab
Stake Holder
State Tourism
Department
Punjab State
Heritage and
Tourism
Promotion Board
6-5 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Stake Holder
Tourism
Development and
Co-ordination
Committee
Finance
department
Home Department
Punjab
Infrastructure
Development
Board (PIDB)
Punjab State Road
Transport
department
PWD
Forestry
Department
Department of
Environment and
Punjab State
Pollution Control
Board
State-Archaeology
department
Central
Archaeology
Department
Urban
Development
Authorities
Municipal
Corporations
Funding Agencies
6-6 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Stake Holder
Tour Operators
Investors/
Entrepreneurs
As mentioned earlier, it is crucial to achieve goal congruence in the implementation of the perspective
plan for development of tourism in Punjab. It is necessary for all concerned state departments, in
principal to accept the perspective plan before initiation of the actual implementation process.
All deletions, additions, suggestions and amendments in the plan should be incorporated after
receiving feedback from concerned government agencies on the perspective plan. This exercise would
then provide guidelines for respective departments on a time scale, which would in turn give synergies
in development of necessary infrastructure to sustain the planned growth in tourism.
Once principally all concerned departments, at implementation stage, accept the perspective plan, it
will be assigned for implementation to TDCC. They in turn will assign or co-ordinate with regional
Tourism development office or district collectors office as the case may be. This regional office
would interact with concerned departments through TDCC, to get clearances for specific projects in
that area / destination / region.
The communication process with various government bodies is shown in figure 6.2
Figure 6.2: Process of Communication of the Perspective Plan Govt. Department
PSHTPB
Perspective Plan
Directorate of
Tourism
Approval
TDCC
Amendments
Communication
Govt. Departments /
Key Stakeholders
Relevant Govt.
Departments
Feedback
Guidelines/ Regulations
Regional Offices
Clearances/ NOC
The communication of the perspective plan for tourism development to the private entrepeneurs and
funding agencies like Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI), IDBI, SIDBI etc is essential in
terms of informing them about the thrust areas identified by the state government. The perspective
plan also offers a shelf of Tourism projects giving project profiles of individual projects shortlisted in
that area.This would be helpful to private investors to make investment decisions in a particular prject.
6-7 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
A major impediment in setting up a tourism project is the number of clearances required to set up a
tourism related project. The private investor should face minimal procedural hassles to expedite the
process of capital inflow into the tourism economy. As seen from the communication process in figure
6.3 investors and funding agengies are insulated from the various state government departments.
Figure 6.3: Process of Communication between Government and Private Investors
Concerned Government Departments
Clearances
MR wing
PSHTPB
Promotion Wing
Regional Offices
Inquiry
6.2.2
(i)
The Market Research and Planning Department of DOT, Govt of Punjab would undertake feasibility
study and detailed project reports for short-term projects. This cost can be recovered from the private
investors taking up that project. The salient functions of this cell would be:
(ii)
Environment Cell
Environment cell will be constituted which shall be responsible for creating environmental awareness,
monitoring and assessment of environmental issues related with the present and proposed tourism
activities/projects and act as advisory board to provide all environmental solutions to these projects.
This body will also assist the developers and promoters for obtaining the necessary environmental
clearances.
6-8 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(iii)
The Marketing Department (under erstwhile PTDC) would handle promotion and publicity campaigns
directed towards both tourists and investors. This department would work closely with other
departments such as forests, ASI, arts and culture and promote tourist attractions related to all these
departments.
(iv)
The regional tourism offices of erstwhile PTDC / DOT would act as facilitators between investors and
the government departments. These offices would facilitate a single window clearance point for all
projects proposed in that region.
The regional offices would also assist investors and funding agencies in implementation stage for
acquisition of land, augmentation of basic infrastructure, etc.
6.3
Marketing Strategy
6.3.1
Marketing and Publicity will play a pivotal role in successful implementation of the Perspective
Tourism Development Plan. It is often a point of debate whether the tourist inflow at a certain
destination attracts related infrastructure and projects or is it the existing infrastructure and tourism
amenities that attract tourist to a certain destination. Thus the marketing effort for tourism projects
should be addressed to both tourists and investors of tourism projects.
6.3.2
The marketing objectives would broadly involve the following elements for formulating the marketing
strategy:
1. Destination Prioritization
2. Target customer Location-wise, Income-wise, Purpose-wise
3. Targeted Tourist inflow
4. Target investment inflow at each destination
From the Target Customers' point of view, marketing the tourist destinations in Punjab will have to be
done at two levels:
1. Marketing for the local and domestic tourists; and
2. Marketing for the foreign tourists
The preparation of publicity material, organising of tourist festivals to coincide with the arrivals of
tourists in Punjab and audio-visual presentations to familiarise the tourists with the tourist destinations
6-9 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
in Punjab will have to be done in such a way that the product is neither undersold nor oversold. To
this end, a few objectives have been identified:
1. To increase the average duration of stay of foreign tourists
2. To sustain the growth of domestic tourists at an annual compound growth rate of 4.4% during
the next 20 years
3. To provide avenues for expenditure so that the average expenditure of foreign tourists is
increased.
For creating effective awareness about the places of tourist interest in Punjab, it is proposed to evolve
an aggressive marketing strategy. For this purpose, it is proposed that Government would spend an
amount of Rs.67.25 lakhs for promotion during short term i.e. between 2002-3 to 2006-07.
The Department of Tourism of Punjab should open/revamp Liaison Offices in other important cities
through out the country and in the Indian embassies in selected countries
The Department of Tourism, Government of Punjab should also publish a multimedia CD-ROM
containing audio, video and text based information on all the tourist spots in Punjab. As part of giving
thrust to promote tourism and making Punjab a global destination, the Department shall also launch an
Internet edition of the contents that go into the CD-ROM. The Department will actively participate in
international travel markets, festivals, fairs and exhibitions.
The department should also take up membership of all the International and domestic tourism related
organisations. The Department should prepare documentaries on all important places of tourist
interest. The department should print attractive brochures/leaflets on all tourist places of Punjab and
exhibit them with all major travel agents, 5-star hotels, etc.
The department should strengthen its structure to meet the requirement of high inflow of domestic and
foreign tourists.
It is also proposed to have a periodical study on impact of tourism related activities on a continuous
basis. The Department should engage the services of outside experts on a regular basis.
The Government marketing strategy will also be supported by involvement of private sector investors.
The effort of both Government and Private Sector is expected to boost Tourism inflow of both, foreign
and domestic tourists.
The department should frequently get feedback from people in the field of travel which will be stored
in data bank. The department will also devise method of getting feedback from tourists.
The approach of department has also to be changed and it will have to be more package oriented,
specific and practical.
The department would make all efforts to put Punjab very high on the Tourism map of India and world.
6-10 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
6.4
6.4.1
Media Publicity
Publicity in the print and Audio-visual media should be used to promote individual destinations,
circuits and even the entire state. Such promotion of destinations would serve a dual purpose of
attracting tourists as well investments to that destination. The promotion campaigns should promote
selected destinations depending upon the target audience and development priority of that destination.
It should be noted here that a good promotion campaign is only successful if a sound distribution
network backs it. Similarly in tourism industry a good promotion campaign will attract tourists on a
sustainable basis only if it is backed by good accessibility (to destination) tourist infrastructure and
tourist retaining capability.
Various media tools suggested for destination marketing depending on the destination type and target
audience is to be judiciously planned such as hoardings, travel guides, in-flight magazines, tourist
magazines, airports, TV, etc.
In addition to this Punjab as a destination should be promoted amongst international tourism writers
and tours should be hosted for travel writers from Far East Asian and European countries.
Other
Magazines
Newspapers
Television
Hoardings
Travel Guide
Tourist
Magazines
Punjab tourism department should take active part in national and international tourism exhibitions to
propagate and enhance the brand image of Punjab among the domestic and international tourists and
tour operators.
6.4.3
Interviews and articles on particular destinations or tourism policy on the whole can be used as a tool to
invite private investors in the tourism sector. Such articles and interviews can appear in publications of
associations related to tourism industry, travel magazines and other business magazines and newspapers.
6-11 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Such a publicity campaign can address the exact target audience of private entrepreneurs and other
funding agencies. This can be particularly used in promoting medium and long-term destinations and
projects.
6.4.4
National and international tour operators should be called for a free visit to priority destinations of the
state government and information regarding the destinations should be disseminated to them. Tour
operators should be encouraged to visit the priority destinations more often through alliances between
tour operators and DOT.
6.4.5
PTDC should go in for alliances with international and domestic transporters and tour operators
outside Punjab for Joint destination promotion campaigns.
6.4.6
This is the most effective tool in the marketing mix as it offers promotion as well as acts as a
facilitator or service provider to tourists. Tourist information centers should be strategically located at
national and international gateways and important tourist destinations.
The facilities at Tourist Information Centers (TIC) should include:
Information Kiosks
Booking services for Conducted/ Package Tours, Transport and Hotel accommodation.
Full fledged TIC should be provided at important gateways and major destinations while interactive
information Kiosks should be provided at Major railway stations, airports, high budget hotels etc.
6.5
Apart from the strategies outlined in the earlier paragraphs, a special marketing effort also has to be
made to attract and convince the private entrepreneurs and funding agencies. Marketing department of
PSHTPB /DOT should target private entrepreneurs, funding agencies like TFCI, World Bank, ADB,
etc for investments in different types of projects in Punjab. Use of several methods or combination of
more than one individual method to reach out to the potential investors and offer them opportunities to
invest in tourism projects in Punjab can go a long way.
Some of the steps or strategies which can be taken up for promoting tourism in Punjab and attract
investment in the sector can be as follows:
1. Seminars, presentations and exhibitions (Road Shows) showcasing investment opportunities in
the State at national and international travel and tourism exhibitions
6-12 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Investment procedure
Apart from the strategies discussed so far, the following things can also be done to promote and
develop sustainable tourism in the state of Punjab:
Create awareness amongst the local people on the earning potential of Tourism
Collaborated efforts with major domestic & international and tour operators to bring in
foreign tourists
6.6
Development Strategy
6.6.1
In the tourism industry, destination is a product which is offered to the tourists and hence it has to be
developed and marketed well to accomplish the desired objectives. As a part of our study, 12 destinations
6-13 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
were surveyed. Strategies for development of these destinations according to different tourism themes are
discussed below. The state has the world famous Gurudwaras and the heritage structures. Strategies need to
be focussed on the development of these destinations having the existing tourist attractions. The State does
not have much to offer so far as natural resources are concerned. Hence, some manmade
features/attractions (Amusement Parks/.Water Parks/Restaurants) need to be created in the state to attract
tourists. The state has excellent road network (both National and State Highway). Emphasis should be,
hence, laid on highway tourism by creating projects lined on the highways.
(i)
Religious Tourism
This category of tourists are solely from the domestic market or the visiting NRIs who visit during
holy months, festivals and peak seasons like. (Baisakhi, summer vacations, e.t.c.)
Short Term
Offer standardised as well as
customised packaged tours.
Package tours can have a particular
theme (religious, leisure, e.tc.) or a
mix could be offered
Civic amenities and cleanliness to
be maintained in and around the
sites.
Medium Term
Invite private sector participation
for canteens / food courts on
contractual basis, where all types
of Indian food could be made
available. Preference should be
given to women and locals
Posters of the temples and
gurudwaras along with their
heritage and historical
importance should be provided
to the tour operators organising
tours in these destinations
Tourist facilitation centres
should be made available for
tourists
Proper Medical facilities should
be provided during the festival
season to take care of the
medical requirements of the
pilgrimage.
Special festivals or events
should be arranged in the lean
seasons
Long Term
Special trains or coaches should be
made available specifically for
tourists on package tours offered by
PTDC (or) Private operators.
6-14 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
(ii)
Leisure Tourism
Short Term
Aggressive publicity drives.
Advertisement should be shown in the
national level channels during prime
time.
The blend of the package tours is
dependent upon the psychological
determinants of the target market
tourists. The domestic tourists prefer a
blend of religious and leisure, as their
psychological determinant is holy
visits and relaxation. For the Non
Resident Indians the determinant is
family bonding. These aspects have to
be exploited in Advertising and
publicity
There is an urgent need for good
budget hotels
Medium Term
Proper 2-3 days circuits should be
arranged and care should be taken
while designing the circuits
(iii)
Long Term
The projects suggested in
the report should be
implemented at the
earliest possible time
The focus needs to be on
the rural lifestyle and
culture that would attract
the foreign tourists as
well as the domestic
tourists
Entertainment options
have to be increased to a
certain extent at all the
destinations
The main interest groups for this category are the Foreign tourists and the education tourists. Though
the extreme climate is supposed to be hindering factor, Rajasthan tourisms success is a classic
example of how well these destinations could be marketed in Punjab as well.
Short Term
Massive publicity drives.
Medium Term
Special and economy packages
should be designed for domestic
tourists. E.g.<Rs. 5000 for 4 days
and three nights. Weekend
packages should be customised
and marketed for domestic tourists
living in Punjab.
Print ads in Asia Travel
magazines.( Highlight ARTISTIC
VALUE)
6-15 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Long Term
Special focus should be given
to the handicraft, folk music,
local food etc.
Punjab
Short Term
Sound and light shows should be
organised at the heritage sites
(iv)
Medium Term
Billboards and Hoarding at all the
major Airports in India for a
minimum span of 2 months at all
the locations preferably in the
months between Oct-Feb
Billboards at railway and bus
stations with the highest traffic in
India.
Non-availability of Guides has
undermined the real historical
importance of these sites; hence
personnel with a pleasing
personality and good
communication skills have to be
recruited as guides by the tour
operators and trained in history
and professionalism by the PTDC
Long Term
Special festivals/events should
be organised on a regular basis
and supported by media
campaigns.
Ghuram and Buddhist caves
are still under low profile and
needs more attention to
publicise
Authentic events from the life
of Guru Nanak and other sikh
gurus as laid out in the texts
should be recreated in the form
of sculptures and pictures
Business Tourism
Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Kapurthala attract a sizeable number of business tourists in this region. These
destinations should have increased Tourism related activities so that the business tourists are
encouraged motivated to spend.
Short Term
Better communication facilities
like internet/fax/phone should be
provided keeping in mind the
requirements of business tourists
Medium Term
Entertainment options have to be
increased in these destinations
like air conditioned shopping
malls, multiplexes, Golf courses,
Tennis courts, etc
6-16 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Long Term
Increase the quality of services
provided by the star hotels.
Necessary assistance should be
provided by the government in
the form of loans for
renovations, swimming pool,
Gym, etc. at subsidised rates
World-class conference
facilities should be developed
Stress relieving or nature cure
therapy centres to be developed
Punjab
(v)
Nature Tourism
Hari ke Pattan, Kanjali and Ropar wetlands are the places identified for the promotion of nature
tourism.
Short Term
Restoration of ecological settings of the
wetlands.
De-weeding of lakes on urgent basis
Medium Term
Restoration of available
infrastructure at these sites
(vi)
Long Term
Replication of those
project or extending
facilities depending on the
carrying capacity of the
locations
Rural Tourism
Initially, one site can be developed in Chhatbir village at Patiala district which can be replicated later
at Sangrur and other potential sites identified by DOT Punjab.
Short Term
Awareness among the locals
regarding the benefits of rural
tourism.
Publicity drives
Cultural festivals and traditional
crafts to be promoted
(vii)
Medium Term
Develop required infrastructure
using the local resources and
encouraging women
participation
Long Term
Replicate at other potential sites
Highway Tourism
Punjab has one of the best road networks in the country. Road travel is the most opted mode of travel in
Punjab therefore it can be promoted to earn significant revenue for the tourism industry. There is a
significant highway travel especially enroute between Delhi, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Pathankot, Patiala etc.
Short Term
Develop way side amenities
Improve Signages
Medium Term
Implement the concept of
highway patrol on the lines of
Haryana.
6.7
Long Term
Implement the upcoming road
projects with due attention to the
aesthetics and greenery along the
highways.
Financing
The Government has to limit its role to only that of a facilitator and take up the responsibility of
providing the basic infrastructure necessary for the development of tourism in the State.
The need for funding in the tourism sector arises for:
6-17 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
There are three basic types of funding requirements for the suggested projects in the Perspective Plan
according to the nature of project.
Largely, the source for direct revenue generating project will be private sector investment.
Basic infrastructure augmentation like power, water, public amenities, signages, etc., would be the
responsibility of the concerned government departments and thus the financing of such schemes.
The third category of projects/ activity such as marketing and publicity, human resource development
(HRD), tourist information centres (TIC), planning and implementation of projects, MIS, feasibility
analysis and Environment monitoring would be funded by PSHTPB /DOT. A cost sharing
arrangement between PSHTPB /DOT and private players could be possible in some categories like
TICs, Publicity and HRD ( we have not considered the same).
There is a fourth category of projects such as Rural Village Tourism Project, wherein the initial
promotion, would be made by the government. However, the method of implementing the project can
be decided after carrying out a detailed feasibility study of different options, essentially keeping the
private investors in mind. The various configurations of these projects can be innovatively worked out
during the stage of the detailed study.
For the Palace on Wheels Project or the train project or the train project of Jaijon Village, the
Department of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab alongwith the Ministry of Railways have to be the promoters.
Some functions/activities during operation can be given out to the private companies.
For entrepreneurs willing to invest in direct revenue generating projects like accommodation facility,
etc., will have access to finance from various domestic funding agencies and international funding
institutions such as Commercial banks, ICICI, IDBI, TFCI, World Bank, ADB, UNDP, etc.
PTDC owns a string of tourism and tourism related properties. It is committed to privatization of
properties since the new strategy envisages a decisively catalytic role. Some PTDC properties are
already privatized. There is a need to bring in private operator for other remaining properties for the
following reasons:
Privatization will be the best way to keep with the growing demand for infrastructure and
services
The task of privatisation and bringing private operator should be entrusted to TDCC as explained in
earlier section. This would to a large extent eliminate the funding related bottlenecks as the projects
identified and structured by TDCC would have better bankability.
6-18 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
6.7.1
(i)
Commercial Banks
The commercial banks in India finance any commercially viable project with minimum projected
DSCR of 2. The interest rate varies in the range of 15-18% depending on the bank. The eligibility
criteria also varies between the banks.
(ii)
TFCI
Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) provides financial assistance to enterprises for setting
up and/ or development of tourism related projects, facilities and services. These include hotels,
restaurants, holiday resorts, amusement parks and complexes for entertainment, education and sports,
safari parks, rope-ways, cultural centres, convention halls, transport, travel and tour operating, air
service, tourist emporia, sports facilities etc.
TFCI provides loans for projects of capital cost of over Rs.3 Crore. The amount interest rates are 18%,
Dept; Equity Rate of 1.5:1 (can be related to 2:1). Moratorium period of 1.5 to 2 years in hotel projects
and 3-5 years in transportation and repayment period of 8 years
(iii)
Many international funding agencies fund tourism projects and projects related to provision of
infrastructure at tourist destinations. Generally international funding is available for projects
promotion, socio-economic development, environment and forest conservation, and heritage
restoration.
6-19 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
6.8
The Perspective Plan envisages a critical catalytic role of Tourism Corporation of Punjab in the overall
development of tourism sector in the State. There is need for Punjab State Heritage and Tourism
Promotion Board (PSHTPB) to critically assess their capabilities to assume the role envisioned in the
Perspective Plan. Such an assessment would bring to the fore several strategic, structural and systemic
deficiencies. PSHTPB would have to redress these deficiencies and possibly reorient themselves fulfil
the role expected in the Perspective Plan. The two areas which clearly need strengthening and
realignment are:
Organisation Focus
Marketing
The role of PSHTPB envisaged by the perspective is that of a catalyst for tourism development in the
state. This role envisaged in the Perspective Plan indicates paradigm shift from the traditional role
PSHTPB, i.e. commercial functions such as operation of hotels and resorts to policy formulation and
information dissemination.
The shift in the functional orientation of the organisation will bring about significant changes in some
of the functional areas like Marketing & Market Research, Public Relations, Publicity and Information
Systems. PSHTPB will have to commence building expertise, both the software and the hardware, to
effectively perform these functions.
The Marketing Research role of the Corporation is very critical, since it would be the basis for
formulating policies and giving strategic direction to the future growth of the sector. The following
key marketing functions need to be strengthened at PSHTPB:
Product development
Information services
Consumer services
Advertising
Apart from marketing & research, other areas which PSHTPB needs to strengthen capabilities include:
Environmental Management
Project Structuring
Project Evaluation
Infrastructure Evaluation
Though, it is possible to outsource these functions, it is suggested that PSHTPB develops these skills
in-house considering long term role of PSHTPB in the tourism development process.
6-20 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
6.9
The dearth of good professionals / skilled staff (i.e. managerial, supervisory, skilled or unskilled,
trainers, Guides, etc) in this sector in Punjab is a major area of concern for the development of this
sector. The sparse availability of proper manpower in this sector leads to higher staff turnover in the
hotel industry.
Tourists depend upon travel agents, guides and hence trained manpower in these areas is one of the
most important aspects of the tourism industry. On the basis of available statistics, training facilities
can be safely said to be inadequate. If trained manpower is not available locally, the objective of local
employment will not be achieved.
Keeping in view the approach of market-led development, the State Government / agencies involved
in tourism activities need to take following actions for human resources development in this sector:
Encourage and support creation of training facilities in the private sector by private
agencies/individuals.
Courses meant for guides, caterer and other supervisory and non-supervisory staff
Residents of Punjab, especially local youths, should be encouraged and facilitated to take
part in such training courses.
The Institute of Hotel Management, Catering & Nutrition which is working under the
administrative control of the Central Government need to start new training courses so that
the residents of Punjab can get admission and manpower requirement of this sector is met.
Due publicity should be given by the government and private agencies to make the students
at the school level aware of the career prospects in the hotel industry and to encourage them
to join the Institute of Hotel Management.
Increased incentives, concessions in the fees at the Institute of Hotel Management should be
extended to the local students. Scholarships should be provided to the students of Punjab
origin studying in recognized institutions anywhere in the country.
An institute similar to Food Craft Institute of the National Council should be set up.
Courses on travel and tourism management should be started after estimating the demand
existing for trained professionals in this sector.
Special courses to upgrade the standards of Institutional and industrial catering in the State
should be started.
Special certificate courses for the hotel employees should be conducted by Institute of
Sanitation, Fire and Safety procedures, Personal Hygiene, Food safety.
The private initiative for hospitality education needs to be encouraged and investments in
such enterprises should be made attractive through exemptions / concessions.
6-21 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
6.10
Implementation
Recommendations for the promotion program and layouts of priority collateral material;
Based on the priority projects in the rural highways and Eco-tourism fields, certain projects
will be selected to serve as models for expanding the possibilities of tourism development;
Based on priority projects on cultural heritage, certain projects will be selected for improved
presentation and interpretation facilities;
6.10.1
Implementation Strategy
Installing efficient project management system to monitor and evaluate the progress
Involving local participation in the development process would ensure long term success of the
proposed tourism project. The local community needs to be educated about the possible economic &
social benefits of tourism so as to develop favourable and conducive climate for the project.
The Perspective Plan envisages development of integrated tourism circuits. The implementation of a
project of this nature would necessarily involve the efforts of several agencies and government
departments. To ensure constantly and continue of focus and priority for each of the implementing
agencies, there is need to have the requisite powers and authority to ensure speedy and timely
implementation.
Key agencies that would have major role in development of tourism in Punjab have been enlisted
below:
District Collectors
Forest Department
Punjab
Considering the level and extent of development envisioned in the Perspective Plan, it would be
essential to set up efficient Project Management System to monitor and evaluate the progress. Such a
system would have to constantly monitor progress and troubleshoot. The project will have to be
evaluated at periodic intervals to ensure achievement of objectives by the TDCC. Mid term corrections
and modifications will need to be decided upon and rapidly implemented.
The guidelines for ensuring successful tourism development are given below:
Prioritize the implementation of the project components such that they result in a visible and
positive impact on the respective regions within the shortest possible time frame.
Ensure that the proposed development takes place within the specified time frame.
Clearly define and demarcate the areas of responsibility for various implementing agencies.
Minimise conflicts, if any, between the development work already initiated by various state
government agencies and the projects proposed in the Perspective Development Plan.
Develop suitable planning and co-ordination mechanisms to ensure smooth execution of the
development process.
6.11
Infrastructure Development
All these projects will certainly go a long way in the development of tourism in the State in the
coming years.
6.12
Since tourism is a multi-sector project, agencies need to be identified who will be responsible for the
execution of each sub-project. At a later stage, it may be worthwhile to identify by name the officer in
each agency who will be the contact person for this project.
The following table broadly indicates the sub-project and the executing agency for each sub-project:
6-23 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Name of Sub-project
Accommodation
Transportation
3
4
6
Wayside amenities
Nature Tourism
Landscaping
- Flood lighting
- Signage
- Archaeology
Telecommunication
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Roads
Water & Sanitation
Power
Air Strips
Human Resource Development
Marketing Strategy
Project monitoring and evaluation
6.13
Department Responsible
DOT
State Transport
Department
DOT
DOT, PSCST
DOT
DOT
DOT
DOT, Department of Archaeology,
Municipal Corporation
Dept. of Archaeology
Dept. of Telecommunication
Dept. of Archaeology
Dept. of
Telecommunication
PWD
PHE
PSEB
PWD
DOT
DOT
DOT
PWD
PHE
PSEB
PWD
DOT with the help of other institutions
DOT
DOT
Action programs
The elaboration of some action programs and special studies to guide implementation of the tourism
development strategy:
Preparation of the action program that specifies the development projects and other actions
required to implement the first stage or first five years of the development strategy;
Design of a comprehensive MIS for creation and maintenance of statistics relating to tourists
arrival, average spending pattern, and destination-wise tourists visited, etc.
Undertaking of a study and preparation of a program for development of rural and Ecotourism;
Punjab
6.14
Preparation of a financial plan for the tourism development strategy with recommended
sources of funding for tourism development;
Recommendations
Major plans, action and strategies proposed so far can be compiled and summarised as the following
recommendations:
Tourism Department should act as a nodal agency for co-ordinating with various other State
and Central departments in order to promote the state and to provide better infrastructure.
Creation of a nodal agency for development of Tourism in the State, viz. Tourism
Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC) to ensure co-ordinated efforts towards
attainment of unified goal of Integrated Tourism Development in the State
A single window clearance of tourism projects with a transparent process should be evolved.
The tourism heads at the district level should be at helm of affairs in their location. The role
of the District Collector in Tourism needs to be re-examined.
More budgetary support to the department should be provided by the state government
Additional assistance from Central Government should be sought for developing mega
tourism projects envisaged for the state
The role of private entrepreneurs in Tourism promotion and in implementing projects should
be recognised and a Public-Private Tourism model be evolved.
The Government should focus its efforts in promotion of the State abroad and in other States
and act as a facilitator by limiting itself to providing infrastructure support.
The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist
destination. To make this happen, it is essential not only to identify strategic factors imparting
competitive advantage and build appropriate strategies for attaining the desired goals/ targets
envisioned, but also co-ordination amongst various related departments and stakeholders. A mix of
appropriate tools along with focussed approaches, taking into consideration various factors affecting
this industry would definitely go a long way in making Punjab a sought after global tourist
destinations in the coming years.
6-25 of 25
1450//A/ February 2003
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01
Punjab
Annexure 1
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective Plan
for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism in
Maharashtra
June 2002
1 of 6
1450/Punjab
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01
Punjab
Annexure 1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Contact
Mrs. Geetika Kalha, IAS
Secretary Tourism
Govt. of Punjab,
514-15 Mini Sectt.
Chandigarh
Mr. Sanjay Kumar IAS
Managing Director
Punjab Tourism Dev. Corporation
Sector 8-C,
Chandigarh
Mr. IS Sandhu IAS
Director Tourism
Deptt. of Tourism Punjab
Sector 22-C, Chandigarh
Mr. N. S. Tiwana
Executive Director
Punjab State Council for Science & Technology Sector
26, Chandigarh
Dr. Satnam Singh Ladhar
Principal Scientific Officer (Environment)
Punjab State Council for Science & Technology Sector
26, Chandigarh
Dr. K. S. Bath
Senior Scientific Officer (Science City)
Punjab State Council for Science & Technology Sector
26, Chandigarh
Mr. R. S. Gosal ,
Dy. Director Operations
Punjab State Road Transport Deptt.
Chandigarh
Mr. Amarjit Singh
Chief Stores & Purchase Officer
Punjab State Road Transport Deptt.,
Sector 17-C
Chandigarh
Mr. P. Sodhi,
Publicity Officer
Punjab Khadi & Village Industries Board
Sector 22 D
Chandigarh
Mr. A.S. Dogra
Principal Conservator of Forests, Punjab
Punjab Sector 22-C
Chandigarh
1 of 6
1450/Punjab
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01
Telephone/E-mail
0172-742131
0172-781138/781147
0172-721173
0172-792325
0172-793141
0172-793141
0172-702575
0172-704790/704679
0172-705177
0172-705828
Punjab
Sr. No.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Annexure 1
Contact
Mr. R. S. Randhawa
Director
Cultural Affairs, Archaeology & Museums
Plot No. 3, Sector 38-A
Chandigarh
Mr. Jairam
Chief Conservator
Cultural Affairs, Archaeology & Museums
Plot No. 3, Sector 38-A
Chandigarh
Mr. Kuldeep Singh
Cultural Affairs, Archaeology & Museums
Plot No. 3, Sector 38-A
Chandigarh
Mr. Gurmeet Singh/Mr. Gurmail Chand
Dy. Chief Warden Wildlife
Govt. of Punjab
Sector 22-C,
Chandigarh
Mr. S.K. Mahendroo
Chief Coordinator Town Planning
Govt. of Punjab
Chandigarh
Mr. Kuldeep Singh ,
Dept of Irrigation Punjab (Canal Rest Houses)
Madhya Marg,
Chandigarh
Chief Engineer
Public Works Deptt,
( Circuit Houses and Rest Houses)
Lower Mall
Patiala
Mr. R.T. Jindal
Director
North Zone Culture Centre
Patiala
Chief Town Planner
Town & Country Planning Department
18-A, Old Estate Office Bldg.
Chandigarh
Mr. Gautam
Manager,
PTDC Complexes,
Shambhu
Mr. Malkait Singh
PTDC Complex
Sirhind
2 of 6
1450/Punjab
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01
Telephone/E-mail
0172-694889
0172-694889
0172-705828
0175-213218/211429
0172-549066/774239
Punjab
Sr. No.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
Annexure 1
Contact
Mr. Ravi Thakur
Hotel Maharaja Place
SutehriRoad, Near Govt. College Chowk,
Hoshiarpur 146001
Khalifa Syed Mohammad Yahya
Rauza Sharif,
Fatehgarh Sahib
Mr. Chandra Jyoti, Manager
Floating Restaurant,
Fatehgarh Sahib
Mr. Sarjit Singh Saini, Manager
Pinkassia PTDC Complex,
Ropar
Ms. Sulochana Devi, Mr. Darshan Lal,
Sarpanch
Jaijo
Dr. T. S. Bindra, Chairman
VVRI, Hoshiarpur
Mr. Gurmit Singh, Secretary,
Cultural Wing, Desh Bhagat Hall,
Jalandhar
Mr. S. K. Mukerjee, Secretary,
Jalianwala Bagh,
Amritsar
Mr. Raman Kumar, Keeper,
Maharaja Ranjit Singh Summer Palace, Company Bagh,
Amritsar
Mr. Jagjdip Singh, D.F.O. Wildlife,
Harike
Mr. Chet Singh, Manager
Kaner PTDC Complex,
Moga
Mr. Bhajan Singh, A/Conservator
Aamkhas Bagh,
Sirhind
Taj Regency
Near Bus Stand,
Jalandhar Road,
Kapurthalal 144 601
Mr. Anil Kaissital
Hotel Sahil Palace
Old Bus Stand,
Ropar
3 of 6
1450/Punjab
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01
Telephone/E-mail
223880, 221174
98140-65488
98141-21447
01763-32144
01763-29170
26197, 22097
01884-41737
221002
0181-458224, 481506
98141 29757
542245
0183-402824
01636-24348
0175-353211
01881-22033, 22633
E-mail : bodylines@satyam.net.in
Punjab
Sr. No.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
Annexure 1
Contact
Mr. K.D. Jha
Manager,
Hotel Mohan Continental
Opp. Head Post Office
Patiala 147 001
Hotel Shine Star
Nehru Gate
Nawanshahr (Pb.)
Hotel G.K. International
SCO. 353 356, Sector 35 B,
Chandigarh
Mr. Gurdeep Singh Virdi
Partner
Hargobind Travels
SCO 94-95, Sec. 34 A, Behind Piccadily Theatre,
Chandigarh
Mr. Mukesh Sharma
Sandal Travels Private Limited
S.C.O. 83 84, Sector 34 A,
Chandigarh
Hotel sun City Towers
84 / 15 2, Queens Road,
Amritsar
Mr. Harvinder Singh Sarai
Managing Partner
Maharaja Palace
KKP Bye-Pass, Near Micro Tower,
Moga 142001
Hotel Dev
Main Bazar,
Moga
Hotel Samrat
New Gulabi Bagh,, G.T. Road,
Moga 142 001
High way Link Travel
Ch. Clock Tower Golden Temple,
Amritsar
President
Taxi Operator Union, Railway Station ,
Pathankot
Maneger
U-Nite Hotel, Pathankot Gurudaspur Road,
Pathankot
4 of 6
1450/Punjab
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01
Telephone/E-mail
0175-22170, 222445
01823-21157
0183-229636-37-38
Fax : 0183-222117
01636-27752
98140-36374
01636-22510, 25218
01636-24343, 28343
0183-559635, 559345
0186-26071
0186-30082, 33469
Punjab
Sr. No.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
Annexure 1
Contact
Mr. M.S.Bajwa,
Chairman & Managing Director
Indo-American Disneys World , Hotel and Beach Resort,
National Highway ,Pathankot Jammu By Pass ,
Madhopur
Mr Vijay Prakap Puri
Ex Chairmain
Sugar Mill
Gurdaspur
Mr Darbara Singh Coral PTDC Tourist Complex,
Madhopur,
Gurdaspur
Asst Engineer Department of Irrigation
Shahpur Kandi Fort,
Gurdaspur
Mr Surender Kumar, Monument Attendant, Department of
ASI
Takate Akbari, Village Kalanaur, Gurudaspur
Monument Attendant, Department of ASI
Baradwari and Shamsher Khan Tomb,
Batala,
Gurdaspur
Mr C.M.Puri
Sewak, Vashnav Monastry, Village
Pandori Manhattan,
Gurdaspur
Mr S.C Gupta, Statistical Officer,
Economic Adviser to Government of Punjab
Gurdaspur
Dinesh Sainai
Shu\iv Sagar Tours and Travels,Near Parag Hotel, Main
Gali Shastri Nagar,
Pathankot
Mr Rajender Sharma
Shalimar Tour and Travel, Near Bus Stand,
Gurdaspur Road,
Pathankot
Mr Vijay Kumar
V.K.Bali Tour and Travels, Opp Bus Stand, Pathankot
MrMr Kapil
Amar Tour and Travels, Opp Prag Hotel, Near General
Bus stand, Pathankot
Mr Mahesh
R.K.Tour and Travels, Opp. Bus stand,
Pathankot
5 of 6
1450/Punjab
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01
Telephone/E-mail
01867-44448,43480/81
01870-57241
01870-63232
01874-56460
35534, 25068
28817, 28817
30822, 33522
33531, 29401
26357, 30541
Punjab
Sr. No.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
Annexure 1
Contact
Mr Artur
Tara Tour and Travels, Opp Bus stands ,
Pathankot
Mr Rajan
Nand Tour and Tavels, Hotel Nanda Complex, Bhadaur
House,
Ludhiana
Mrs Shalini Travels
Travel and Tour Operators, Novelty Plaza , Hotel Park
Plaza, Bhaibala Chowk, Ferozpur Road,
Ludhiana
Mr Inderjit Singh Sekhon
Mukh Sewadar, Tilla Baba Farid ,
Faridkot
Col. Balbir Singh Sra(Retd),
Sr. General Manager, Maharawal Khewaji Trust, The Fort
Faridkot
Mr Krishen Kr
Pooja Tours Travels ,College Road,
Faridkot
Mr Nanu Ram Painter
Shibu Tours & Travels
Collage Road ,
Faridkot
Manager
Sangam Hotel, Kotkapura Road,
Faridkot
6 of 6
1450/Punjab
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01
Telephone/E-mail
24371, 32098
740618,
741618
413146, 413147
98140-71535
01639-53876,51073
01639-50612/50902/50138
01639-52620/ 53813
01639-55890
01639-55889/ 52144
1.
Name of the
Respondent
2.
Port of Entry
3.
Demographic profile
Male
Female
3-14 years
15-24 years
25-34 years
35-44 years
45-54 years
55-64 years
Above 64 year
Professional
Executives
Entrepreneur
Business / Conference
Culture/Heritage/ Monuments
Adventure
Leisure
Alone
With Family
In a Group
Group Size
Yes
No
Mode of transport
to destination
Air
Sea
Road
Train
1-2 Weeks
Repeat visit
a) Sex
b) Age
c) Occupation
4.
Nationality
Purpose of visit to
destination
6.
7.
8.
9.
Travel pattern
Average length of
stay at the
destination
> 2 Weeks
Frequency of visit
First visit
Source of
information about
destination
Television
Advt.(newspaper)
Advt(travel journal)
Travel guide
Friends/Relatives
Others
Page 1 of 2
11.
12.
Average spending
per day per person
% contribution of
major items (%) in
daily expenses
< U.S. $ 50
Accommodation
Food
Transportation
Entertainment
Shopping
13.
Type of
accommodation
Heritage category
1, 2, 3 star category
Accommodation
Tourist attractions
Sight seeing
Guide services
Shopping facilities
Domestic airlines
Airports
Road transport
Railways
Cleanliness/Sanitation
Safety of tourist
Communication facilities
Banking facilities
Facilities for
elderly/disabled
Rating of
destination/tourist
facilities (Scale of
1to 5 with 1 being
the poor and 5
being excellent)
15.
Attractions/Major
items of interests
during your visit
16.
Problems faced
during the stay
17.
Yes
No
18.
Overall
Experience
Satisfactory
Un-satisfactory
19.
Suggestions for
improvement of
the tourist
destination
Date:
Date:
Page 2 of 2
1.
Name of the
Respondent
2.
Demographic profile
Male
Female
3-14 years
15-24 years
25-34 years
35-44 years
45-54 years
55-64 years
Above 64 year
Professional
Executives
Entrepreneur
Business / Conference
Culture/Heritage/ Monuments
Adventure
Leisure
Alone
With Family
In a Group
Group Size
Yes
No
Mode of transport
to destination
Air
Sea
Road
Train
1-2 Weeks
Repeat visit
a) Sex
b) Age
c) Occupation
3.
State of
Origin
Purpose of visit to
destination
5.
6.
7.
8.
Travel pattern
Average length of
stay at the
destination
> 2 Weeks
Frequency of visit
First visit
10.
Source of
information about
destination
Average spending
per day per person
Television
Advt.(newspaper)
Advt(travel journal)
Travel guide
Friends/Relatives
Others
< Rs.500
Rs.501 Rs.1000
Rs.1001 Rs.2000
Rs.2001 Rs.3000
> Rs.4000
Page 1 of 2
11.
% contribution of
major items (%) in
daily expenses
Accommodation
Food
Transportation
Entertainment
Shopping
12.
Type of
accommodation
Heritage category
1, 2, 3 star category
Accommodation
Tourist attractions
Sight seeing
Guide services
Shopping facilities
Domestic airlines
Airports
Road transport
Railways
Cleanliness/Sanitation
Safety of tourist
Communication facilities
Banking facilities
Facilities for
elderly/disabled
Rating of
destination/tourist
facilities (Scale of
1to 5 with 1 being
the poor and 5
being excellent)
14.
Attractions/Major
items of interests
during your visit
15.
Problems faced
during the stay
16.
Yes
No
17.
Overall
Experience
Satisfactory
Un-satisfactory
18.
Suggestions for
improvement of
the tourist
destination
Date:
Date:
Page 2 of 2
2.
3.
4.
Yes
No F
Hotel Booking
F
Air/Railway ticket booking F
Tour guides
F
Package tour
F
Entertainment
F
Transport facility
F
Any other (Please specify) _________________________
_______________________________________________
(Collect details of package tours and group discounts
offered by the operator)
Domestic tourist:
Foreign tourist:
Peak Season:
Off Season:
Spl. Occasion:
5.
6.
Domestic
Foreign
7.
8.
Page 1 of 4
9.
Sl.
No.
Tourist attraction
Type of tourist
Business / Conference
Adventure
Leisure
Pilgrimage
Culture / Heritage
Others (please specify)
Total
Page 2 of 4
Foreign
Foreign
Shopp
14. Evaluation of tourist facilities (on a scale of 1 to 5 with 1 being poor and 5 being
excellent)
Sr.
Tourist Facility
Destinations / Tourist Spot
No.
A
Accommodation
Food
Transportation
Entertainment
Shopping
Tourist Attractions
Tour Operators / Guides
Communication (STD / ISD)
Civic Amenities
Safety and Security
Health Facilities
Banking / Forex Facilities
Facility for elderly / disabled / families
with young children
Any other (please specify)
Page 3 of 4
21. Suggestions for development of tourism (including tourism projects) in the state at
various locations.
Date
Page 4 of 4
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective Plan
for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism in
Punjab
July 2002
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective
Plan for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism
in
Punjab
Punjab
AMRITSAR
1.1
Ram Das, the 4th Sikh Guru, founded this holy city of the Sikhs in 1577. Amritsar is the soul of
Punjab. Situated very near to the international border of Pakistan, it is both - the centre of the Sikh
religion and the major city of the State. It has grown from a sacred village pond into a spiritual
temporal centre of Sikh culture. The city
gets its name from the sacred pool Amrit
(nectar) Sar (pool) in which the Golden
temple was raised. The present city dates
back to the 15th century but its association
with the epic Ramayana, shows that its
sacred heritage must be measured, not in
centuries but millenniums. Amritsar is the
most important seat of Sikh history and
culture, trade and also, the gateway for
travellers coming to India, on the overland
route through Pakistan.
1.2
Accessibility
Located at around 446 kms from Delhi by road on NH-1, Amritsar is well connected with the other
parts of the country. Amritsar has an Airport and it is connected by 2 pairs of Shatabdi train to New
Delhi. Other cities are connected by super fast or express trains and luxury and deluxe buses go to
Delhi and Chandigarh. Amritsar is well connected with other parts of Punjab by a very good network
of roads.
1-1 of 8
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
1.2.1
Distances
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Ludhiana
Jalandhar
1.3
Major attractions
(i)
Golden Temple
Amritsar
Amritsar
Amritsar
Amritsar
446
230
135
77
The Golden Temple was founded by Guru Ram Das in 1579 with a part of the land granted by
Emperor Akbar. The foundation stone was
laid by a Muslim Sufi Saint, Mian Mir and
the construction was completed in 1601. The
architecture of the temple is a blend of
Hindu and Muslim styles. The Holy
Scripture of the Sikhs, the Granth Sahib, is
installed in the inner sanctum of the temple.
The scripture is unique as it contains the
divine message as received by saints,
bhagats (devotees) and pirs of all the faiths
of India. The temple was destroyed in 1761
by the Muslim invader Ahmad Shah Durani
and was rebuilt in 1802 by the Sikh ruler, Maharaja Ranjit Singh (1780-1839) in marble and gold (its
dome took 400kg of gold leaf to be covered). Ever since, it has been known as the Golden Temple.
The Sikhs usually refer to it as the Hari Mandir (the temple of God) or Darbar Sahib (the Court of the
Lord).
The temple complex has a number of shrines of historical importance, notably the Akal Takhat (throne
of the Timeless God). It is here that the Shiromani Gurudwara Parbandhak Committee or the Sikh
Parliament traditionally meets. Baba Atal Tower, located in the southeast of the enclosure is a 9-storey
tower (30m high) built in 1784.
(ii)
Jallianwala Bagh
Punjab
(iii)
Built in the third decade of the 20th Century, Durgiana Mandir echoes, not the traditional Hindu
temple architecture, but that of the Golden temple and, in a similar manner rises from the midst of a
tank and has canopies and the central dome in the style of the Sikh temple.
Also called the Lakshmi Narayan Temple, it is located outside the Lohagarh gate of the old city. This
temple is dedicated to Goddess Durga and dates back to the 16th century and is a centre of pilgrimage
for devout Hindus. In its present form
the temple echoes of not the traditional
Hindu temple architecture, but that of
the Golden Temple. It rises in a
similar manner from the midst of a
tank and has canopies and a central
dome. Its foundation stone was laid by
one of the greatest reformers and
political leaders of resurgent India,
Pandit Madan Mohan Malviya. It is a
well-known repository of Hindu
scriptures.
(iv)
It is a palace built by the Sikh ruler Ranjit Singh. It has been converted into a museum that contains
weapons dating back to Mughal times and some portraits of the ruling houses of the Punjab
(v)
Ram Tirath
Located 30 km west of Amritsar on Chogawan road, the place dates back to the period of Ramayana.
It was the site of Sage Valmiki's hermitage and the place where Sita, the consort of Lord Rama had
taken refuge and given birth to her twin sons. The place has an ancient tank and many temples.
A hut marks the site where Mata Sita gave birth to Luv & Kush and also, still existing is Rishi
Balmiki's hut and the well with stairs where Mata Sita used to take her bath. The Bedis of Punjab
(Guru Nanak Dev ji, the founder Prophet of Sikhism was a Bedi) trace their descent from Kush and
Sodhis (the 10th Prophet of Sikhism, Guru Gibind Singh ji was a Sodhi) from Luv.
(vi)
Taren Taran
Punjab
located on the edge of the tank whose water is believed to cure leprosy. The guru used to run a leper's
home here. It's said that any leper who can swim across the tank will be miraculously cured. So,
affected persons have been visiting this holy shrine for the last four centuries to seek cure of their
lacerated wounds caused by leprosy. A big fair is held here every month, on amavas day. There is also
a temple here, which predates Amritsar and a tower on the eastern side of the tank, which was
constructed by Ranjit Singh.
(vii)
Located 45kms from Amritsar Baba Bakala is the historical shrine associated with an important event
in Sikh history. Here Makhan Shah Lubana declared from housetop that he had found the true Guru. It
may be recalled that before his
death at Delhi on March30, 1664
Guru Harkrishan mumbled feebly
'Baba Bakala', thereby meaning that
his successor was to be found at
Bakala village in Amritsar. On that
day, the only Baba at Bakala was
Baba Tegh Bahadur and none else.
But many imposters tried to grab
the Guru Gaddi by posing
themselves as the real Guru. Credit
goes to Makhan Shah Lubana, a
banjara trader from Jhelum district,
for discovering the Guru.
A beautiful Gurudwara stands at the spot where Guru Tegh Bahadur used to meditate in an
underground cell. This small village where Guru Tegh Bahadur revealed himself, subsequently, came
to be called Baba-Bakala. The Gurudwara has many beautiful paintings pertaining to the Sikh history.
People gather in thousands on every amavas night. Besides an Annual Fair is held on raksha bandhan
day when many people throng this holy place from all over the country.
(viii)
Wagha Border
Punjab
(ix)
Harike wetland is a shallow water storage reservoir. It came into being as a result of construction of
barrage in 1952 at the confluence of rivers Beas and Sutluj near Harike township with the very
objective of storing and providing irrigation and drinking water to the parts of Southern Punjab and the
adjoining state of Rajasthan. Prior to the construction of barrage,
the area presently occupied by lake was a marshy pond with lot of
aquatic vegetation and wildlife.
Harike Lake, 30o 31 N 75o 12 E forms a part of larger wetland
system in the districts of Amritsar, Ferozpur and Kapurthala. The
larger wetland area stretches from Village Gidderpindi along
river Sutlej till the village Kirtowal down stream. The lake is
triangular in shape, with its in apex in the west, a bund called the
Dhussi Bund also called L.M.B. forming one side, a canal, the
second and a major Road, the third.
The wetland area, is spread over an expanse of about 148 Sq.km.
of which 41 Sq.km. is open water. It is situated approximately
55Km. South of Amritar, 83 Km. from Jalandhar via Lahian, 70,
Km. From Kapurthala via Gidderpindi, 56Km. from Ferozpur via
Zira and 150Km.from Chandigarh North West. It is located at an
altitude of 218.83m. MSL. (bed level at barrage).
It is approachable both by Bus and Rail. The nearest railway station is Makhu which is only 5 Km.
from Harike. It possible to reach by bus from Jalandhar, Amritsar, Kapurthala and Ferozpur. The
nearest Airport is Rajasani International Airport. (Amritsar).
1.4
1. On the eve of Baisakhi, all the jewellery in the toshakhana (treasury) of the temple, which consist
of indescribable ornaments, is displayed around Sri Guru Granth Sahib.
2. Ram Tirath: 4 days National Fair starting on the night of the full moon in November
3. Baba Bakala: every amavas (moonless night) and on the day of Raksha Bandhan, a very big fair
is organised.
1.5
Climate
The district has three major seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from April to
June and with temperatures rising upto 44 degrees Celsius the heat is unbearable at that time.
Monsoon touches in the month of July and continues till September. Most of the rainfall in the district
occurs during this season only. The annual average rainfall is 579 mm. July and August are the rainiest
months accounting for about 57 % of the total annual rainfall. Winter arives in October and remains
till March and extreme cold can be experienced at this time. December January are the coldest
months when the temperatures dips as low as 0.7 degrees.
1-5 of 8
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
1.6
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the tour operators, Taxi unions and Hotel owners, Amritsar is one of the
most important tourist destination in Punjab. The domestic tourists come from all over the country.
The tourist arrival would be around 2.5 to 3 Lakh/year
1.6.1
As per the survey, the average spending per domestic tourist per day is around Rs 1000 1200 only.
The maximum spending is on accommodation (40-45 %) followed by food (25-30%) and
transportation (20-25 %). The rest is spent on entertainment, shopping and other purposes.
1.6.2
Nature of Tourist
85 % of surveyed tourists were Religious Tourist, and the restraining were in Amritsar for leisure.
1.6.3
Size of Groups
As per the survey, 75 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the varied between 2-6
persons.
Average stay was around 2-3 days
1.6.4
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% tourists were between the age group of 25-34 years, 25% of 35-44 years, 17% of 45-54
years and rest were below 25 years.
1.6.5
Origin of Tourists
Domestic tourists were from all over the India. Foreign tourists and NRIs visit the place mainly from
Canada, USA, UK and Australia
1.6.6
Repeat Tourists
Since this destination is one of the important pilgrimage centres a considerable number of tourists visit
the place more than once. About 35 % of the surveyed domestic tourists were on repeat visit.
1.7
Infrastructure details
Golden Temple is situated in the heart of the city therefore all the basic facilities are available at the
site. A number of good hotels, resorts, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are
available. Apart from this, a number of low budget hotels and restaurants are available.
There are no entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.
1-6 of 8
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
Amritsar is well connected by rail and road with Delhi, and other major cities of the country. The city
has an airport.
As per the discussions with the travel agents, there are no organised tour packages/other services
available in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles
for various tourist destinations in Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir only.
Forex and ATM facility is available in the city.
Basic and all modern medical facilities are available in the city.
Table 1.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young
Children
Status
Good
Very congested
Fair
Good
Excellent
Airport available, destination linked by air
Poor
Good
Good
Good
Good
Fair
Sufficient & Good
Good
Good
Good
Not adequate
Good
Good
Not adequate
Inadequate at Golden temple, Durgiana Mandir and no
space at all near Jallian Walla Bagh
Available
Available
Available
Not Available
1-7 of 8
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
1.8
Ram
Tirth
Taren
Taran
Baba
Bakala
Wagha
Border
Harike
Pattan
Facilities for
Elderly/Disabled/
Families with
Young Children
Summer
Palace
TIC/Guides
Emporiums/Gift
Shops
Eating Joints
Drinking water
Sanitation
Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Durgiana
Mandir
Accessibility
Jallianwal
la Bagh
Characteristics /
Basic Facilities
Golden
Temple
Tourist Atractions
Through
congested
roads
Through
congested
roads
Through
congested
roads
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Not
adequate
No
Yes
No
No
Not
adequate
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
-No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
-Not
adequate
No
No
No
No
No
The general environment status of the city is not very pleasant. Poor traffic conditions and heavily
congested streets contribute to the high ambient noise level in the most of the parts of the city. The
drainage system and the solid waste management system seem to be inadequate.
1.9
One of the potential undeveloped sites near Amritsar is Sarai Amanat Khan. It is located at around 30
kms from the Amritsar City, close to the Attari Village. One of the Sarais used very often by the
Mughal Armies during their movements, is now a neglected place encroached by the local population.
Well linked with the National Highway through good metalled road, this historical site is presently
under the ASI.
1.10
Project Ideas
Restaurant at the Wagha Border, Ram Tirth and garden restaurant near Maharaja Ranjit
Singh Summer Palace
Punjab
PATIALA
2.1
Though historians have tried to trace the origin of Patiala (as far as the name is concerned) in the
Rigvedic literature yet the town as it stands today was founded by Ala Singh with the construction of the
Qila Mubarak in the year 1763. One gets the impression as if the city was designed and developed
according to a plan akin to that of temple architecture. In the heart of the city was the seat of the king
similar to the house of the deity and the residential areas of communities developed almost status wise.
The first settlers of Patiala were the Hindus of Sirhind who opened their business establishments outside
the Darshani Gate. Maharaja Narendra Singh (1845-1862) fortified the city of Patiala by constructing
ramparts and ten gates around the city. Some of these gates have been demolished to facilitate the flow
of traffic. Inside the walls, besides the residences, there are Mandis and Bazars and a visitor with meagre
amount in his pocket can still indulge in the luxury of purchasing traditional goods famous for their art
and beauty such as embroidered Juti and Phulkari.
Patiala is a consumer goods emporium. Punjabi shoes,
golden and silver shoes embroidered in several
patterns and colours to match dresses, silver and gold
embroidered
"naalas"
(or
pyjama
strings),
parandhas(women weave them at the end of their plaits
or braids) of varied shapes and designs but uniformly
beautiful hand-woven head coverings, Phulkaris which
can only be described as embroidered epics. The place
is also famous for its delicious cuisines
Patiala has magnificent Forts, Palaces, extensive gardens like Quilla Androon Sheesh Mahal, Moti
Bagh Palace, Baradari Garden, Art Galleries and National Institute of Sports. Quilla Mubarak, which
is still the Nucleus of the city also, houses impressive armoury and chande-liers.
2-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
2.2
Accessibility
Located around 249 kms from Delhi by road, Patiala is well connected with the other parts of the
country. Chandigarh is the nearest domestic Airport and it is well connected by a number of super fast
trains to New Delhi. Other cities of Punjab are also connected by express trains and luxury and deluxe
buses. The nearest international airport is at New Delhi.
2.2.1
Distances
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Ludhiana
Jalandhar
Amritsar
2.3
Major attractions
(i)
Quila Mubarak
Patiala
Patiala
Patiala
Patiala
Patiala
249 km
63 km
92 km
150 km
227 km
Punjab
(ii)
Sheesh Mahal
It was built during the reign of Maharaja Narinder Singh (1845-1862) in a forest with terraces,
gardens, fountains and an artificial lake. With two watching towers in the north and the south the lake
is connected to Banasar Ghar, where all type of stuffed animals are kept and Sheesh Mahal, the
residential palace with a suspension bridge,
which is a copy of the Lakhsman Jhula at
Rishikesh. Part of the three storied building is
inset with pieces of reflecting mirrors and a
large number of wall paintings depicting
scenes from Bhagwat Puran and portraits of the
Sikh Gurus. The palace has galleries displaying
antique paintings, bronzes, sculptures and
portraits of the Maharajas of Patiala. The
highlight is the gallery, which displays the
world's largest collection of medals, decoration
and orders of various countries.
Maharaja Narendra Singh invited many painters from Kangra and Rajasthan to paint the walls of
Sheesh Mahal. The museum has a rich collection of miniature paintings of the middle of 19th century.
Besides miniature paintings, there are fine objects of Tibetan art particularly the sculpture of different
kinds of metals, ivory carvings of Punjab, royal wooden carved furniture, and a large number of
Burmese and Kashmiri carved objects. The collection contains medals from Belgium, Denmark,
Finland and host of other countries of Africa and Asia. On the advice of the Europeans, Maharaja
Ranjit Singh and Maharaja Dalip Singh also issued medals which are studded with precious stones.
Some of them display miniature paintings of the Maharaja in profile in the centre.
(iii)
Baradari Garden
Situated in the north of the old Patiala city, just outside the Sheranwala Gate, the Baradari Garden was
built around the Baradari Palace constructed as a residence for the crown Prince Rajinder Singh. A
great lover of nature, the Crown Prince brought all kinds of saplings of rare trees and planted them
here in the garden, the huge fruit trees, Fern House and Rock Garden stand testimony to his interest. A
great enthusiast of cricket, he got wicket prepared which developed into a great centre of the game of
cricket.
(iv)
The capital of the former princely state, Patiala has a magnificent historical shrine, Gurudwara Dukh
Niwaran.Gurudwara Dukhniwaran Sahib is close to Patiala railway station. It was built in the memory
of Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib Ji who rested at this place for some time while passing through the area
in 1662-63. It is built on the spot graced by ninth Guru Sri Tegh Bahadurji. The Gurudwara stands
adjoining a tank, where a dip is considered must by devoted pilgrims.
Gurdwara Dukhnivaran was established to commemorate the memory of the visit of Guru Teg
Bahadur. The land was donated by the village of Lehal and modest Gurdwara was built on the elevated
site. The present building and sarovar was built by Maharaja Yadvindra Singh who was a devout Sikh.
2-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
There is a strong belief that any person paying obeisance at this Gurdwara is by the grace of the Guru
relieved of his sufferings, hence the name of the shrine.
(v)
Situated opposite Baradari garden on the Mall Road of Patiala, this Temple was built by the rulers of
the Patiala State. Because of its beautiful wall paintings and icons the temple has been declared a
national monument.
Kali Temple came into existence during the reign of Maharaja Bhupinder Singh whose deep interest in
tantrism inspired him to bring the statue of the deity Kali, more than six feet in height, from Makrana
and the priest named Umesh Jha from Darbhanga (Bihar). Now, it has been developed into a big
complex and draws-a large number of devotees both Hindus and Sikhs from distant places to pay
obeisance.
2.4
Climate
The district has three major seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from April to
June and with temperatures rising upto 41 degrees Celsius, the heat is unbearable. Monsoon arrives in
the month of July and lasts till September. Most of the rainfall in the district occurs during this season
only. The annual average rainfall is 875 mm. June, July and August are the rainiest months accounting
for about 70 % of the total annual rainfall. Winter arrives in October and remains till March and
extreme cold can be experienced at this time. December January are the coldest months when the
temperatures dips to as low as 3.2 degrees.
2.5
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the tour operators, Taxi unions and Hotel owners Patiala is mostly visited
(around 10,000/yr) by the people for social function or business purposes. Most of the tourists are
from the various other districts of Punjab. Delhi, Haryana and Himachal Pradesh also account for a
significant number of business tourists.
2.5.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists visiting Patiala include those mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh,
Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and Delhi. NRIs mainluy come here from Canada, USA, UK
and Australia and other countries
2.5.2
As per the survey, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 800-1000. The maximum
spending is on Accommodation (40-45 %) followed by transportation (25-30%) and food (20-25 %)
and the rest on entertainment, shopping and other purpose.
2-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
2.5.3
Nature of Tourist
40 % of surveyed tourists came for social functions or other activities, and 30% were business tourists.
2.5.4
Size of Groups
As per the survey tourists 50 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group was 2-6
persons.
2.5.5
2.5.6
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group of 35-44 years, 17% in
the age group of 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.
2.5.7
Repeat Tourists
2.5.8
Infrastructure Status
The destination has 3-4 good hotels, resorts, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars
are there. Apart from this, a number of low budget hotels and restaurants are also present.
There arent any good entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
As per the discussions with the travel agents, there is no organised travel related service in the city.
Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various tourist
destinations in Punjab, Delhi, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir only.
ATM facility is available in the city.
Basic and all modern medical facilities are available in the city.
2-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
Status
Fair
Poor
poor
Fair
Connectivity to main line via Rajpura
Nearest airport at Chandigarh
Missing
Good
Good
Good
Good
Fair
Ok
Good
Good
Ok
2-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Good
Good
Missing
Fair at most of the tourist attractions to
cater to the present demand
Available
Not Available
Very few
Not Available
Punjab
2.6
Tourist Atractions
Dukhniwaran
Sheesh Mahal
Sahib
Access road
Ok
not Ok
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Not adequate
-Yes
Not adequate
Quila Mubarak
Through
congested roads
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Not adequate
No
No
No
No
Kali Devi
Temple
Good
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-Yes
No
Project Ideas
Patiala Lake Complex: a floating restaurant near Kali Devi Temple with boating facilities
2-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
ANANDPUR SAHIB
3.1
Anandpur Sahib, "City of Bliss'; is one of the most holy places of the Sikhs. This is the birth place of
the Sikh faith. Here Guru Gobind Singh founded the Khalsa Panth on Baisakhi day in 1699. The Takht
Keshgarh Sahib stands at the place where the tenth Master baptized the 'Panj Pyaras', the five beloved
ones, and administered Amrit to them Situated 45km from Ropar on the left bank of the river Sutlej,
Anandpur Sahib has a number of historical Gurdwaras. The town gained further importance with the
construction of Nangal and Bhakra projects nearby, 20 km to the north. These projects have brought
Anandpur Sahib on the rail and road map of India. It is located at a distance of 80 km from
Chandigarh.
3.2
Accessibility
Punjab
Anandpur Sahib has a railway station connecting it to Rup Nagar and Hoshiarpur.
3.2.1
Distances
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Amritsar
Anandpur Sahib
Anandpur Sahib
Anandpur Sahib
3.3
Major attractions
(i)
340 km
80 km
175 km
(ii)
Nangal
This pretty township at a distance of about 20 Kms. from Anandpur Sahib, is an important tourist
place because of the Nangal and Bhakra Nangal Dam. Nangal is on the Delhi Una line and there is a
daily train "Himachal express" on this route.
There is a vast network of state bus services
of Punjab, Himachal, Delhi, Haryana,
Chandigarh, Rajasthan apart from private
operators.
Distance From
Chandigarh
New Delhi
3-2 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
110 Kms.
360 Kms.
Punjab
3.4
(i)
Climate
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Anandpur Sahib is an
important pilgrimage centre. Most of the domestic tourists are from Punjab followed by Himachal
Pradesh, Delhi, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh.
3-3 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
3.6.1
Origin of Tourist
Domestic tourists come mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, and
Delhi. Foreign tourists (NRIs) come from Canada, USA, UK and Australia.
3.6.2
As per the survey, the average spending per person per day of the domestic tourists is around Rs 400500/ only. The maximum spending is on transportation followed by food and shopping .
3.6.3
Nature of Tourist
More than 90% of the surveyed tourist stated that they had come to Anandpur Sahib for religious
purposes.
3.6.4
Size of Groups
As per the survey, 75 % of the tourists were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group
varied from 4-6 persons.
3.6.5
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% tourists are between the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years,
17% in the age group 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.
3.6.6
Repeat Tourists
Since this destination is one of the important religious centres fro the Sikhs, most of the tourists are
repeat tourists. As per the survey, 40% of the tourists were on a repeat visit.
3.7
Infrastructure Status
A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are present in the
destination.
There are no entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service
in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various
tourist destinations in Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.
ATM facility is available in the city.
3-4 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
Status
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Available
Nearest airport at Chandigarh
Not available
Good
Good
Fair
Fair
-
Fair
Good
Good
Fair
Available
Available
Poor
Inadequate during festival seasons
Available
Few
Few
Not Available
3.8
Tourist Attractions
Gurudwara Anandpur Sahib
Good
Good
-Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Not adequate
No
No
No
Project Ideas
Golf course
Nangal
Punjab
JALANDHAR
4.1
Jalandhar is a ancient city with a modern face. A town of great antiquity, Jalandhar today is highly
industrialized center of commercial activity. It also has the privilege of being the Sports City of India
as not only has it produced some of our finest sports people but also produces world class sports
equipment. In fact, 12 of Indias greatest hockey players have come from a single village, Sansarpur,
in Jalandhar district.
Historical evidence suggests that in 185 B.C.,
Jalandhar defined the northwestern boundary
of Pushyamitra Sungas kingdom. Jalandhar
also finds mention in accounts of King
Harshas reign which began in 606 A.D.
Jalandhar continued to flourish under the
Mughals and played a prominent role in the
freedom struggle as many patriots were born
here.
The city is famous for sports goods, oldest Military Cantonment, PAP and BSF Head Quarters, and as
a centre of vernacular publications. This city has twelve gates. Jalandhar is the biggest printing centre
of Northern India and most of the vernacular papers, magazines in Hindi, Punjabi and Urdu are
published here.
4-1 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
4.2
Accessibility
Jalandhar is connected with direct trains to Delhi, Calcutta, Mumbai, Puri, Nagpur, Jammu Tawi .
Direct Shatabadi Express connects it to Delhi
There is a vast network of state bus services of Punjab, Himachal, Delhi, Haryana, Pepsu, Chandigarh,
U.P., J&k, Rajasthan State Roadways, apart from private operators. Important destinations include
Delhi, Shimla, Chandigarh, Dehradun, Jaipur and Ganganagar.
4.2.1
Distance
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Amritsar
Ludhiana
4.3
Major attractions
(i)
Devi Talab
Jalandhar
Jalandhar
Jalandhar
Jalandhar
(ii)
Catholic Cathedral
(iii)
4-2 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
369 km
147 km
77 km
59 km
Punjab
4.4
4.4.1
A National Fair is held every year in the month of December. Started by Baba Harballabh in the
memory of his Guru Swami Tulja Giri in 1875, it is the only music fair of its type in India and even,
abroad. The best of the country's exponents of instrumental and vocal music deem their careers
incomplete unless they come and
perform here. Also, great people from all walks of life look
forward to attending this gathering. In 1929, Mahatma Gandhi had attended this fair.
4.5
Climate
The destination has three distinct seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from
April to June with temperatures rising upto 44 degrees Celsius. Monsoon arrives in the month of July
and continues till September. Most of the rainfall in the district occurs during this season only. The
annual average rainfall is 691 mm. July and August are the rainiest months accounting for about 54 %
of the total annual rainfall. Winter arrives in October and lasts till March and extreme cold can be
experienced at this time. December January are the coldest months.
4.6
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Jalandhar is an
important business centre of Punjab. Most of the domestic tourists are from Punjab followed by Delhi,
Utter Pradesh, Haryana. The total tourist arrival in the destination would be around 90,000 per year.
4.6.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and
Madhya Pradesh. NRIs visit the place from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries
4.6.2
As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 800-1000/. The
maximum spending is on accommodation and transportation followed by food and shopping.
4.6.3
Nature of Tourist
More than 50% of the tourists surveyed were in Jalandhar for business purpose. People also visit the
place for religious reasons.
4-3 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
4.6.4
Size of Groups
More than 60% of the tourists surveyed were travelling alone. The group size of those travelling in
family/groups ranged between 4-6 persons.
4.6.5
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% of the tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years,
17% in the age group 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.
4.6.6
Repeat Tourists
Since this destination is an important business centre, most of the tourists were on repeat visit.
4.6.7
Infrastructure Status
A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are available in
the destination.
There arent any good entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service
in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various
tourist destinations in Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.
ATM facility is available in the city.
Table 4.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Status
Good
Good in general, congested at some places
Ok
Good
Excellent
Nearest airport at Amritsar
Not available
Good
Good
4-4 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
Characteristics
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young
Children
Status
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Ok
Available
Available
Poor
-Available
Available
Available
Not Available
4.6.8
Good
-Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-Yes
No
Tourist Attractions
Catholic
Desh Bhagat
Cathedral
Hall
Good
Good
--No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Project Ideas
Heritage restaurant (Noor Mahal Rasoi) at Noor Mahal
4-5 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Sarai Noor
Mahal
Good
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Punjab
BATHINDA
With the formation of the Patiala and East Punjab State Union (PEPSU) on May 5, 1948, Bathinda
district came into existence on 20 August,
1948. Its headquarters was at Faridkot which
was shifted to Bathinda in 1953. After 1953,
many changes were effected in the
geographical boundaries of Bathinda district.
It is one of the historical towns of India, being
associated with the imprisonment of first
women emperor Razia Sultan in 1239 in the
fort here. It is situated in southern Punjab. It is
bounded by the Faridkot and Mukatsar
districts in the North and West, Sangrur and
Mansa districts in the East and Haryana State
in the South.
Bala Rao inhabited this city in 965 AD and named this city as Bhatinda after his caste name. This city
also remained the capital of Raja Jaipal. Bathinda is one of the biggest railway junctions in Northern
India.
During the Rigvedic Aryan period, Bathinda seems to have been part of the Saptasindhu (seven
waters) which came to be known as Panchanada (five rivers) in the Mahabharata time. After the
Rigvedic Aryan period, Bathinda became part of the Maurya and Gupta regimes.
5-1 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
5.1
Accessibility
Bathinda is around 186 kms from Amritsar on the National Highway No. 15. Located at 218 kms from
Chandigarh, it is well connected by regular bus services from all major cities of Punjab. Bathinda is
well connected to New Delhi and other cities of India by fast trains.
5.1.1
Distances
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Amritsar
Jalandhar
5.2
Major attractions
(i)
Bathinda
Bathinda
Bathinda
Bathinda
346 km
218 km
186 km
184 km
Talwandi Sabo
It is also known as Guru Ki Kashi. The fifth Takht of the Sikhs is located here. The other four Takhts
are Akal Takht (Amritsar) Takht Keshgarh Sahib (Anandpur) Takht Hazur Sahib (Nanded,
Maharashtra) and Takht Harmandir Sahib (Patna, Bihar). Guru Gobind Singh arrived here on 2021 January, 1706 and camped outside the village. The
magnificent Gurudwara Sri Damdama Sahib marks the place
of his stav. Here, local Chaudhari Bhai Dalla looked after
Guruji with great devotion. He refused to arrest the Guru as
directed by Wazir Khan, Nawab of Sirhind.
Mata Sundri and Mata Sahib Kaur escorted by Bhai Mani
Singh came here from Delhi to meet Guruji. Guruji spent nine
months of intense literary activities. Here, Bhai Mani Singh
5-2 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
prepared the holy volume under the guidance of Guruji. Talwandi thus became a seat of learning and
assumed the status of Guru Ki Kashi. Sacred articles of the tenth Guru, namely Sri Sahib (Sword), a
mirror, a match lock, a portrait of the tenth Guru, a pothi. (book) transcribed by Baba Deep Singh, Sword
of Baba Deep Singh and a Persian sword are displayed in the Gurudwara Damdama Sahib. The other
sacred place at Talwandi Sabo are, Jand Sahib, Tibbi Sahib, Likhansar and Gurusar.
Besides, there are two Gurdwaras in memory of the ninth Guru Sri Tegh Bahadur, known as Wada
Darbar Sahib and Gurusar.
5.4
(i)
It is another unique Punjabi fair, which tempers gay abandon with deep devotion. Dancing men and
women, on the day of Baisakhi, emerge singing and dancing from the surrounding villages carrying a
portion of the first harvest of wheat. Everyone is seen to be proceeding to the historical gurudwara to
make an offering of it. Calm descends every where when they approach the Gurudwara and make their
obeisance offerings. Devotees from far off places run free kitchens here. The next day is taken over by
the Nihangs and their awe-inspiring feats of the martial arts.
5.5
Climate
The highest day time temperature is recorded during the months of May and June is 40.4o C. The
lowest maximum temperature is recorded during the month of January, when the sun's rays are more
oblique as compared to the other months. The cold winds check the rise of day temperature. The
temperature begins to rise from February onwards. Though the real hot season starts in mid-April, the
rising temperature breaks the high pressure belt in the north-west of the Indian peninsula.
The temperature is lowest from December to February. The lowest minimum temperature recorded at
Bathinda is 0.2o C. The major part of annual rainfall is experienced during the monsoon period, when
the monsoon current in the Bay of Bengal enters from the south-east. The normal onset of the
monsoon is in the first week of July.
5.6
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the local people day, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Bathinda is an
important business centre centre. The tourist arrival in the destination is between 150,000 per year.
Most of the domestic tourists are from Punjab followed by Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Haryana and other
major cities.
5.6.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and
Madhya Pradesh. Foreign tourists (NRIs) are mainly from Canada, USA, UK and Australia.
5.6.2
As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 1200-1400/ only.
The maximum spending is on accommodation followed by transportation, food and shopping.
5-3 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
5.6.3
Nature of Tourist
Size of Groups
Profile of Tourist
Around 50% of the surveyed tourists were in the age group of 40-50 years, 25% in the age group of
25-40 years, 10% in the age group of >50 years and rest were below 25 years.
5.6.6
Repeat Tourists
Since this destination is one of the important business centres in Punjab, most of the tourists were on
repeat visit. 50% of surveyed domestic tourists were on a repeat visit.
5.7
Infrastructure details
A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are available.
There is no entertainment facility available except for a few cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service
in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles to various
tourist destinations in Delhi, Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.
ATM facility is available in the city.
Table 5.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Status
Good
Fair
Fair
Good
Good
Nearest airport is at Amritsar
Missing
Good
Good
5-4 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children
Good
Good
Fair
Ok
Good
Good
Ok
Good
Good
Missing
Inadequate at the Fort
Available
Few
Few
Not Available
5.8
Tourist Attractions
Quila Mubarak
Talwandi Sabo
Through congested road
Good
No
-Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
-Not adequate
Yes
No
No
Project Ideas
5-5 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
PATHANKOT
Pathankot is located in the Gurdaspur district of Punjab which is the halting station for the tourists
visiting Jammu and Kashmir, Kangra valley, Kullu valley, Dalhousie and Chamba. This is also a army
cantonment area.
6.1
Accessibility
6.1.1
Distance
Delhi
Pathankot
Pathankot
Pathankot
Amritsar
Chandigarh
6-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
492 Km
101 Km
285 Km
Punjab
6.2
Major attractions
(i)
(ii)
Ranjit Sagar Dam (Thein Dam) is a gigantic Multipurpose River Project constructed on the river Ravi,
(iii)
The water reservoir was built by Shamsher Khan, eunuch and the Karori of Batala in AD 1590 during
the reign of Akbar. Sher Singh, son of Maharaja Ranjit Singh (AD 1780- 1839) built this beautiful
baradari over raised high plinth in the
centre of tank. The baradari standing in
the tank resembles a Jal Mahal. It has
square room in the centre of the pavilion
with a passage all around and over it has
another floor. The roof of the pavilion has
collapsed. Entry to the first floor is
through a staircase with concave shaped
steps on north-eastern corner.
(iv)
It is located on the road to Pathankot. Locally known as Hazira, this memorial stands near Baring
College in the locality and built by Shamsher Khan,
eunuch and karori of Batala during the reign of
Akbar. The tomb stands on a raised platform
surrounded by a low wall having bastions at corners.
The tomb is an octagonal structure crowned with a
low dome. The exterior has two storeys of recesses
covered with pointed arches. The space between
recesses is relieved with two vertical rows of sunken
panels, one on its either side. The soffits of the
recesses are adorned with stalactites" The spandrels
of the arches are filled with painted arabesque and
geometrical designs.
6-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
The entrance of the tomb is from the south. The interior as well as the exterior of the tomb is richly
adorned with paintings depicting floral, geometrical and calligraphic designs. The decoration is intact
on the interior but the gateway and also whole of its outer surface was originally painted with
imitation brickwork in red and white. In addition to the above, the exterior had horizontal panels of
decorative inscriptions, only traces of which are extant. According to the relevant inscription, a
reservoir, a mosque and a garden were completed during the reign of Akbar in AH 998 (AD 1590) by
Shamsher Khan.
(v)
Takht-i-Akbari, Kalanaur
The monastery famous for Satguru Narayain Ji is situated 10 kms from Gurdaspur. There is a temple
made by the Mughal emperor Jahagir inside the fort which is 550 year old
6.3
(i)
Jor Mela on the eve of Maghi in the second week of January is held each year in the location.
6-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
(ii)
Hola Mohalla
The fair is held during mid-March immediately after the festival of Holi.The 10th Prophet of the
Sikhs, Sri Guru Gobind Singh ji had started this fair in 1700-AD. To the traditional festival of the
colours, Holi., he added spiritual and martial dimensions. The fair begins a few days before Holi. A
large number of 'Langars' (community kitchen) offer free food to the poor and the rich alike.The day
after Holi, called Hola, begins with the singing of the divine hymns in the very early morning hours.
(iii)
During the month of April (from 13th to 15th), the vaishnav devotees organize this mela at the Monastery.
Janmashtmi and Vyas Purnima (July) are also celebrated here.
6.4
Climate
Maximum
344.6 Milimeters
Minimum
4.3 Milimeters
Average
Temperature
(1999)
6.5
Tourist inflow
As per the discussion with the tour operators, Taxi union and Hotel owners, Pathankot is the transit
point for the Vaishno Devi Temple, Dalhousie and Dharamshala. The domestic tourist arrivals in the
destination is between 50000-60000 and foreign tourist arrival is between 1000-1500 per year. Most of
the domestic tourists are from the Gujarat followed by Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Haryana.
6-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
6.5.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists are mainly locals and businessman from all over India. NRIs are from Canada,
USA, UK and Australia.
6.5.2
As per the surveyed tourists the average spending per person per day is around Rs 850/ only. The
maximum spending of a tourist is on accommodation (38%) followed by food (30%). Transportation
constitutes 23% of the total spending of a tourist. Expenditure on entertainment and shopping is quite
less.
6.5.3
Nature of Tourist
83% of surveyed tourists were Religious Tourists and 17% were visiting the destination for leisure.
6.5.4
Size of Groups
As per the surveyed tourists 75 % of the tourists were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the
group varies between 2-6 persons. Average stay was for a day as Pathankot is the transit point for
Jammu, Dalhousie and other places. People generally stay for one night and then move to further
destination.
6.5.5
May to June is the peak season when the devotees visit Pathankot during transit to Vaishno Devi .
6.5.6
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years, 17% in
the age group 45-54 years and rest below 25 years.
6.5.7
Repeat Tourists
Since this destination is on the way of Vaishno Devi Mandir, people visit more than once. 33 % of
surveyed domestic tourists were on repeat visit.
6.6
Infrastructure Status
Around 15 good hotels with restaurants are available. The total room strength would be around 300.
Some low budget hotels and restaurants are also available. One four star hotel is under construction on
Pathankot Jammu by pass, having good facilities including swimming pool, shopping complex,
conference hall, amusement park and fast food center. The complex is expected to start within two to
three years.
6-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
There arent any good entertainment facilities available except for two cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of India as well as all over world through ISD and
STD There are many ISD/STD booths in the city.
Pathankot is well connected with rail and road to Delhi and Amritsar, The nearest airport is at
Amritsar.
There is no good travel agent in the city. Only very few small tour operators are in Pathankot .Most of
them provide rented car and Tata Sumo for other tourist destinations of Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and
Kashmir.
There is no facility available for Forex and ATM.
Table 6.2: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children
6-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Status
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Excellent
Nearest airport at Amritsar
Not available
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Ok
Available
Available
Poor
-Available
Available
Available
Not Available
Punjab
6.7
Ranjit
Sagar Dam
Anarkali
Baradari
Shamsher
Khan
Tomb
Takht-eAkbari
Dera Baba
Nanak
Vaishnav
Monastery
Accessibility
TIC/Guides
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Eating Joints
Drinking water
Sanitation Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled
/Families with Young Children
Shahpur
Kandi Fort
Tourist Attractions
Good
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Good
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Good
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Good
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Good
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Good
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Good
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Project Ideas
Deer Park
6-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective Plan
for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism in
Punjab
July 2002
Mott MacDonald
Sarojini House
6 Bhagwan Dass Road
New Delhi 110 001
India
Tel: 98102 77059
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective
Plan for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism
in
Punjab
Punjab
Amritsar
7.1
7-1 of 1
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
LUDHIANA
Ludhiana is known as Manchester of India which is renowned world over for its hosiery goods. From
Moscow to Montreal, shopping malls retail both cotton and woollen products from Ludhiana.
However, Ludhianas claim to fame is not its commercial enterprises alone. It is an important
pilgrimage center as there are many historic Gurudwaras in and around Ludhiana. Ludhiana also
boasts of many prestigious educational institutions. There are two Medical Colleges and the famous
Punjab Agricultural University modelled on the Land Grant of America.
During the struggle for freedom, many leaders of the freedom movement came from Ludhiana.
Prominent among them were Lala Lajpat Rai, Sardar Kartar Singh Saraba, Baba Santa Singh and
Maulana Habibur Rehman.
During the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh, Ludhiana became an important British cantonment.
Initially, in 1805, Maharaja Ranjit Singh had occupied Ludhiana. However, in 1809, the British
decided to curb his advance eastwards and sent troops to confront him. Ranjit Singh was forced to sign
the treaty of perpetual friendship with the British, which confined his activities to the Right Bank of
the Sutlej. British troops were permanently stationed in Ludhiana and the Cis-Sutlej states came under
British Protection.
7.1
Accessibility
Ludhiana is located on NH 1 and is well connected to other parts of country. Regular bus services ply
between Delhi Ludhiana. There are excellent government and private bus services connecting
various parts of Punjab to Ludhiana. The city is well connected with Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and
Jaipur by rail. Ludhiana has a domestic airport and the nearest international airport is at Amritsar.
7-1 of 6
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
7.1.1
Distances
Ludhiana
Ludhiana
Ludhiana
Delhi
Amritsar
Chandigarh
7.2
Major attractions
(i)
311 Km
135 Km
88 Km
(ii)
The ancient site lies about 6 km from Ludhiana bus stand and about 1 km south from Ludhiana Ferozpur road. The present village is inhabited over an early historical mound. The place has been
referred to in literature as Sunetra, after one of the three sons of Dhritarashtra of Kuru dynasty. The
excavation revealed a sequence of six cultural periods.
(iv)
7-2 of 6
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
(v)
The museum is the only one of its kind in India and reminds
the charms of ancient Punjab. The museum is situated near
the college of Home Science of Punjab Agricultural
University. The museum building is built after a thorough
study of traditional building in the old town of Punjab. The
double storeyed building covered an area of 4000 sq. ft. The
main entrance depicts the archaeological finds of Punjab.
These include pottery of various periods like Harapan, Aryan,
Gupta and Mediaeval antiquities in terracotta, speciments of old coins and seals. The original false
ceiling of 18th century adds to its beauty.
The museum has on display the utensils and kitchenware like lota, garwa, ganga sagar ,degchi, patila
etc right from the Harappan period onwards.
The museum also creates the environment of a ladys bed room with a traditional cot of strong and
large wooden frames, Vanity boxes and different types of lamps along with their stands enhance the
beauty of this room.
The entire wall space of the varandha is embellished with murals of folk sensibilities.
A dummy well where various devices used through the ages for lifting water for drinking as well as
for irrigation are on display.
7.3
At Gurudura Nanaksar Sahib the barsi is being celebrated during the month of August or
13th Bhadon. It is attended by nearly one-lakh devotees from different part of India.
During the month of December and January Jarg Mela is being celebrated at Gurudwara
Charan Kamal ,Machhiwara; Gurudwara Manjit Sahib,Alamgir. It starts from the 19-21
December and extends to 13 January. This mela starts at Anandpur Sahib and ends at
Mukteshwar.(Maki Mela) in between it passes through Ropar, Chamhar Sahib, Machhiwara,
Fathegarh Sahib, Alamgir, Raikot, Takhatpur, Dina Nagar
Rural Sports, National Fair (February), Kila Raipur: is held 6 kms from Ludhiana This meet
is a fair that epitomises the special Punjabi bon homie and the spirit that never says die,
ingenious for finding competition and pleasure from ordinary things of life. Bullock carts
and other animal races, awe inspiring feats of strength and danger, the traditional wrestling,
cock-fighting, kabbadi etc. made the occasion. The meet is wound up by the electrifying
dances of the Punjab, the Gidha and the Bhangra.
Prof. Mohan Singh Mela, Ludhiana: It is a unique fair of cultural confluence of Punjabi
artists, writers and folk performers of Punjab. Alongside this cultural extravaganza, noted
writers and artists are honoured for their contribution to the promotion of Punjabi literature,
language and culture.
7-3 of 6
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
7.4
Climate
Maximum
148.8 Milimeters
Minimum
3.9 Milimeters
Average
Temperature
(1999)
Mean Relative
Humidity
7.5
Tourist inflow
As per discussion with the hotel owners, Gurudwara Committee and taxi operators, the maximum
tourists to Ludhiana are for business purpose. The estimated number of tourists would be around
125000-200000 per year, which includes only domestic tourists. There are no foreign tourists visiting
Ludhiana except NRIs. NRIs visiting Ludhiana will be around 750-1000 per year.
7.5.1
Origin of Tourist
Domestic tourists are mainly local and businessmen from all over India. NRIs are from Canada, USA,
UK and Australia.
7.5.2
7.5.3
Nature of Tourist
About 67% of the tourists are business tourists and 33% constitute religious tourists.
7-4 of 6
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
7.5.4
The average duration of tourist staying in Ludhiana is for 3 days. About 67 % of the tourists stay for
more than 2 weeks and 33% stay for about 1-2 weeks.
7.5.5
Profile of Tourist
7.6
Around 50 hotels are available in Ludhiana. Out of these, one is a three star hotel and two are one star
hotels. The total room capacity of these three hotels is 79 rooms only. There are two amusement parks
in Ludhiana City.
STD/ISD, Internet, mobile Post Office and Courier services are available.
7.7
Mode of Transportation
Road The internal roads of the city are good. The connecting roads to the city from the other parts of
the state are good.
Rail
The city is located on the main rail line. Two Shatabdi trains run daily connecting Ludhiana
with Delhi.
Airport
7.8
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Status
Good
Good in general, congested at some places
Good
Good
Excellent
Available, nearest international airport at Amritsar
Not available
Good
Good
Good
7-5 of 6
Punjab
Characteristics
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young
Children
Status
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Ok
Available
Available
Poor
-Available
Available
Available
Not Available
Accessibility
TIC/Guides
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Eating Joints
Drinking water
Sanitation Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/
Families with Young Children
7.9
Gurudwara
Charan
Kamal
Good
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Tourist Attractions
Gurudwara
Sunet
Gurudwara
Manji
Ancient
Nanaksar
Sahib
Site
Sahib
Good
Good
Good
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Project Ideas
Parking cum shopping complex at Manji Sahib and Gurudwara Charan Kamal
7-6 of 6
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Rural
Museum
Good
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Punjab
FATEHGARH SAHIB
8.1
The ancient town of Sirhind is replete with ruins of beautiful mosques and tombs. During Mughal
days it was a town of considerable importance. Its ancient fort was built by 'Firoz Tughlaq'. It is 50 km
from Chandigarh airport. It is well connected by road and is a railway junction too. Sirhind was an
important town during the days of the Mughal Empire. In the 18th century AD it was repeatedly
sacked by the enemies of the Mughal rulers, and virtually destroyed in 1763 AD. Today, its
monuments stand mute testimony to those troubled days.
Sirhind achieved its zenith under the Mughals as it received the personal
attention of emperors like Akbar and Jahangir. Many Afghan rulers over
the ages claimed Sirhind as their territory and there are many
monuments in the city which illustrate the Afghan links of this city.
Sirhind has also witnessed many important events in the evolution of
the Sikh faith. It was here in the ancient fort of Sirhind built by
Ferozeshah Tughlaq that the two young sons of Guru Gobind Singhji
were bricked in by walls and suffocated to death for refusing to
embrace Islam. The Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib built on the spot
commemorates the victory or fateh or the two noble souls who
refused to abandon their faith under severe duress.
8.2
Accessibility
Sirhind is 50 km from Chandigarh airport. It is well connected by road and is a railway junction too. It
is about 50 km to the north of Patiala on Patiala Rupnagar Road via Morinda. The town of Morinda is
15 kms from this place
8-1 of 7
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
8.2.1
Distances
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Ludhiana
Amritsar
8.3
Major attractions
(i)
Fatehgarh Sahib
Fatehgarh Sahib
Fatehgarh Sahib
Fatehgarh Sahib
300 km
48 km
72 km
205 km
The Mughals known for their architectural panache, built this beautiful garden surrounded by the
obligatory high wall and cooled with water flowing in disciplined courses. Aam Khas Bagh, which
was built by Akbar and later, developed by Jahangir and Shahjahan was built for the public and also
for exclusive use of the Emperor Shah Jahan. Both of them used to stay here while going to and
coming back from Lahore. There were adequate numbers of places for the stay of Mughal Emperors.
And since it contained both a public and Aam area, and a private or Khas section, it was known as the
Aam Khas Bagh: literally the Public-Private Garden. In its
heyday it had a double-storeyed royal pavilion, baths,
underground water-cooled chambers, and plenty of
accommodation for weary travellers. The royal part includes
a large water tank, a palace with beautiful walls and
elaborate fountains. Although this was also ransacked by the
enemies of the Mughals, but even the ruins are so
magnificent that it is well worth visiting Aam Khas Bagh
A close scrutiny of the remnants of the place clearly indicates
that there was a perfect system of air-conditioning in the
monument is called 'SARAD KHANA'. The other
monuments include 'SHEESH MAHAL' (DAULATKHANA-E-KHAS), HAMAM and the Tank where unique
methods of heating water were adopted. The total area of the
complex is 700ft X 485ft.
8-2 of 7
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
(ii)
Rauza Sharif
(iii)
The Fatehgarh Sahib Gurdwara marks the spot, where the two brave children, the younger sons of
Guru Gobind Singh died for the noble cause. They refused to be converted to Islam during the reign of
Emperor Aurangzeb.
The main Gurdwara commemorates the martyrdom of the
two tender Sahibzada(sons), Zorawar Singh (9 years) and
Fateh Singh (7 years) of the tenth Sikh Guru, Sri Guru
Gobind Singh Ji, who refused to apostasise from truth and
religion under threat from their captor, the Suba of
Sirhind and were suffocated to death in the walls which
were raised around them.
(iv)
After the heroic death of two elder sons of Guru Gobind Singh, in the battle of Chamkaur, on
December22, 1704 his two younger sons, namely, Zorawar Singh and Fateh Singh were killed, by
being bricked alive in the fort of Sirhind on December 28, 1704 by the order of the tyrant Nawab
Wazir Khan. Mata Gujri, grandmother of the two Sahibzadas expired due to the shock of brutal
murder of her two grand children. The Gurudwara Jyoti Swarup marks the spot where all these were
cremated. Every December, thousands gather here during the Jor Mela to pay homage and express
their devotion. A Hindu Philanthropist Dewan Todar Mal cremated three dead bodies with the help of
other devotees of the Guru. He purchased the land by paying gold coins to the muslim Zamindar
named Atta. Here stands the Gurdwara Jyoti Swarup. A big hall with a seating capacity for5,000
persons has been recently constructed. It has been named Dewan Todar Mal Hall.
8-3 of 7
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
(v)
Since 1970, 56 ancient and historic sites have been declared Protected Monuments by the Punjab
Government. The Government of India had separately protected 30 sites. Among them are kos minars
(small towers that marked ancient roads), sarais, palaces, temples, tombs and forts. Sadna Qasai is one
of the protected monuments at Sirhind.
(vi)
8.4
8.5
Urs in August
Climate
The district has three major seasons. Hot weather season (April to June) when the mercury shoots up
to as high as 43.3 degree Celsius. Rainy season is from July to September. The average annual rainfall
ranges between 960 mm in the sub-mountain region and 58 mm in the plains. Winter months are
October to March when the temperature dips to as low as 4.4 degree Celsius. October to March is the
best season to visit.
8.6
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the taxi operators, and Hotel and restaurant owners Fatehgarh is one of the
important pilgrimage centres in Punjab. Most of the domestic tourists are from the Punjab state. Urs at
Rauza Sharif and Jor Mela are the occasions during which a number of tourists come from various
adjoining states. During Urs in the month of August, Muslims from all over the world come here to
pay homage.
8.6.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists are mainly from Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya
Pradesh. Foreign tourists (NRIs) are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries. During
Rauza Sharif, tourists come from Pakistan, Afghanistan and Indonesia.
8-4 of 7
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
8.6.2
As per the survey, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 400 500. The maximum
spending is on transportation (40-45 %) followed by food (25-30%) and rest on entertainment,
shopping and other purposes.
8.6.3
Nature of Tourist
8.6.4
Size of Groups
As per the survey, 75 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group ranges from 2-6
persons.
8.6.5
(i)
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group of 35-44 years, 17% in
the age group of 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.
(ii)
Repeat Tourists.
Since this destination is one of the important pilgrimage centres a considerable number of tourist visit
the place more than once. About 40 % of the surveyed domestic tourists were on a repeat visit.
8.7
Infrastructure Status
A number of hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are there. Apart from
this, two PTDC complexes are also present.
There arent any good entertainment facilities available in the destination except for a few cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
Fatehgarh Sahib is well connected with rail and road with Delhi, and other major cities of the country.
As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hotels and restaurant owners, there is no organised
travel related service in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other
passenger vehicles for various tourist destinations in Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir.
8-5 of 7
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
8.8
The general environment in and around the tourist attractions were found to be pleasant.
Table 8.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young
Children
Status
Good
Good
Poor
Good
Available
Nearest airport at Chandigarh
Not available
Good
Good
Fair
Fair
-
Fair
Good
Good
Fair
Available
Available
Poor
Sufficient for present demand
Available
Very few
Few
Not Available
8-6 of 7
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
Accessibility
TIC/Guides
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Eating Joints
Drinking water
Sanitation Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled
/Families with Young Children
8.9
Aam
Khas
Bagh
Good
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Rauza
Sharif
Good
-No
No
Yes
No
-No
No
Tourist Atractions
Gurudwara Gurudwara
Jyoti
Fatehgarh
Swarup
Sahib
Good
Good
--No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
--Yes
Yes
No
No
Sadna
Quasai
Mosque
Good
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Floating
Restaurant
Good
-Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-Yes
Project Ideas
Restaurant near Gurudwara Jyoti Swarup and fast food centre (Garden Restaurant) at Aam
Khas Baag
8-7 of 7
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
KAPURTHALA
9.1
Named after its founder Nawab Kapur Singh, this capital town of an erstwhile princely state is situated
towards the west of Jalandhar City at a distance of 19
kms. Kapurthala is a city with a colourful past. It is
now the headquarters of the district in Punjab with the
same name.
The Maharajas of Kapurthala were renowned for their
taste and many of them were influenced by western
fashions and trends. Perhaps the most colourful of
them was Maharaja Jagat Singh who is believed to
have been one of the most enlightened of the Hindu
princes in pre-independent India.
Many of Kapurthalas striking buildings owe their existence to Maharaja Jagat Singh. He was a great
admirer of French architecture and had a Louis the XVI palace built for himself by a French architect.
The famous French architect M. Manteaux designed the Moorish Mosque, a unqiue building in India
because of the Moorish style of architecture. The mosque has a large compound paved with pure
Indian marble and the inner dome has been decorated by artists from the Lahore School of Art.
Maharaja Jagatjit Singhs palace today houses the Sainik School and epitomizes the perfect blend of
French architecture and oriental surroundings.
9.2
Accessibility
Kapurthala is well connected with all major cities. Regular bus service is available connecting it from
Chandigarh and other major towns of Punjab. It has a railway station connecting it with Amritsar and
Nawanshehr. The nearest domestic airport is at Amritsar and the international airport is at New Delhi.
9-1 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
9.2.1
Distances
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Amritsar
Jalandhar
9.3
Major attractions
(i)
Moorish Mosque
Kapurthala
Kapurthala
Kapurthala
Kapurthala
388 km
165 km
72 km
19 km
This is one of the most historic as well as unique building situated in Kapurthala about 21 km from
Jalandhar. The mosque was built in 1930 by his
highness Maharaja Jagatjit Singh Bahadur. Designed
by famous French architect M. Manteaux, it is a
unique piece of art of the Moorish style of architecture.
This is patterned after the Qutbya Mosque on
Morocco. It has a large compound paved with pure
Indian Marble and decorators from Lahore School of
Art had designed the interiors of the historic Mosque.
The inner domes of the mosque have designs by the
artists of the Mayo School of Arts, Lahore.
(ii)
Panch Mandir
9-2 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
(iii)
Kanjli Wetland
Climate
The district has three major seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from April to
June and with May June as the hottest months. Monsoon arrives in the month of July and lasts till
September. Most of the rainfall in the district occurs during this season only. The annual average
rainfall is 616 mm. July and August are the rainiest months accounting for about 51 % of the total
annual rainfall. Winter comes in October and remains till March and extreme cold can be experienced
at this time. December January are the coldest months.
9.5
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Kapurthala is not a
very famous tourist attraction. The domestic tourist arrival in the destination is from Punjab only.
9.5.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh,
Madhya Pradesh and Delhi. NRIs are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries
9.5.2
As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 400-500/ only. The
maximum spending is on transportation followed by food and shopping.
9-3 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
9.5.3
Nature of Tourist
More than 50% of the tourists visited the place for business activities. 30% replied social functions as
a reason for their visit.
9.5.4
Size of Groups
As per the surveyed tourists, 40 % were travelling with the family/Group .The group is 2-3 persons
only.
9.5.5
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group of 35-44 years, 17% in
the age group of 45-54 years and rest below 25 years.
9.5.6
Repeat Tourists
Since people visit this destination for business purpose and for personal / social functions, 40-50% of
surveyed domestic tourists reported being on repeat visit.
9.6
Infrastructure Status
A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are present in the
destination.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service
in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various
tourist destinations in Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.
ATM facility is available in the city.
Table 9.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Status
Good
Very congested
Poor
Good
Available
9-4 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children
Not available
Good
Good
Good
Good
ok
Good
Good
Good
Poor
Available
Available
Not available
-Available
Few
Few
Not Available
9.7
Moorish
Mosque
Good
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Tourist Attractions
Shalimar
Panch Mandir
Garden
Congested roads
Ok
--Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
--No
Yes
No
No
Project Ideas
9-5 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Kanjali
Wetland
Good
-No
Not good
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Punjab
10
RUP NAGAR
Located at a distance of 45 kms from Chandigarh on the National Highway No. 1, Rup Nagar is an
important halting station for the tourists visiting Kullu. Rup Nagar is an important district in Punjab
accounting for the major part of Hydel power generation. The Sutlej Water body is an important
environmental feature providing nesting grounds to the migratory birds.
10.1
Accessibility
Rupnagar is located on the bank of the river Sutlej at a distance of about 45kms.from Chandigarh on
the National Highway No. 1. The bus service between Chandigarh and Rup nagar and Rup Nagar and
other parts of Punjab is good. Rup Nagar has a railway station and it is linked with Fatehgarh Sahib
and Anandpur Sahib. The nearest domestic airport is at Chandigarh and the international airport is at
Amritsar
10.1.1
Distances
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Amritsar
Patiala
Jalandhar
Rup Nagar
Rup Nagar
Rup Nagar
Rup Nagar
Rup Nagar
10-1 of 5
292 km
45 km
178 km
108 km
101 km
Punjab
10.2
Major attractions
(i)
Ropar Wetland
This is a National Wetland. It is a manmade wetland of lake and river formed by the construction of a
barrage on Sutluj River. The site is an important breeding place for the nationally protected Smooth
Indian Otter, Hog Deer, Sambar, and several reptiles, and the endangered Indian Pangolin (Manis
crassicaudata). Some 35 species of fish play an important role in the food chain, and about 150
species of local and migrated birds are found here. Local fisheries are economically significant, and
wheat, rice , sugarcane, and sorghum are cultivated in the surrounding area. Nature lovers,
birdwatchers, swimmers and boaters visit the site in considerable numbers. It is Ramsar site no.1161.
(ii)
This Gurudwara is situated on the bank of the river Sarsa. Here Guru Gobind Singh decided to make a
brief halt for a religious congregation. Earlier he had vacated fortress of Anandpur Sahib after Mughal
army commander had promised to allow them to leave the fort. But he broke the oath taken on holy
Quran and attacked the Guru on the bank of this river. Many devoted Sikhs laid down their lives while
fighting the enemy. The Guru himself followed by devoted Sikhs, after invoking the blessings of the
Almighty, fearlessly rode the horses into the swollen stream with sparkling swords in their hands. In
the chaos two younger sons of the Guru along with their grandmother, got separated. At this holy spot
magnificent Gurudwara Parivar Vichhora was built by grateful devotees of the great Guru.
10.3
Climate
10.4
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners Rupnagar is a resting /
overnight halting place for the tourists going to Kullu, Himachal Pradesh. Most of the domestic
tourists are from Delhi, Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh.
10-2 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
10.4.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh,
Madhya Pradesh and Delhi. NRIs are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries
10.4.2
As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 600-800/ only. The
maximum spending is on accommodation, followed by transportation and food.
10.4.3
Size of Groups
As per the surveyed tourist 50 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group was in
the range of 4-6 persons.
10.4.4
Profile of Tourist
Around 45% tourists were in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years, 17% in
the age group 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.
10.4.5
Repeat Tourists
Since this destination is one of the routes followed by tourists visiting Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, most
of the tourists are repeat tourists.
10.5
Infrastructure Status
Few good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, icecream parlours and bars are present. Rupnagar has
one PTDC complex located near the bank of Satluj River.
There arent any good entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
Rupnagar is well connected by road with Delhi, and other major cities of the country. Rupnagar is
linked with Fatehgarh Sahib and Nangal by rail line. The nearest domestic airport is at Chandigarh and
the nearest international airport is at Amritsar.
As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service
in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various
tourist destinations in Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.
10-3 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
Status
Good
Poor
Poor
Good
Available
Nearest airport at Chandigarh
Not available
Good
Good
Fair
Fair
-
Fair
Good
Good
Fair
Available
Available
Poor
OK
Available
Few
Few
Not Available
Ropar Wetland
Good
-Yes
Yes
Yes
10-4 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Tourist Attractions
Gurudwara Pariwar Vichhora
Good
-No
No
Yes
Punjab
Sanitation Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/
Families with Young Children
10.6
No
-Yes
No
Yes
-Yes
No
Project Ideas
Artificial beach development, log huts and other facilities for nature tourism
Rope way between Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hills and PTDC complex
10-5 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
11
Hoshiarpur
11.1
Hoshiarpur is situated at the foothills of Shivaliks. Tradition ascribes the foundation of the town to two
versions: first to Hargobind and Ram Chand, Diwans of the Emperor Muhammad Bin Tughlak (13251351 A.D.); and second to Hoshiar Khan, a resident of Bajwara, who lived about the same period and
after whom the town has been named as Hoshiarpur.
Hoshiarpur town is well known for its religious and
educational activities in the northern India. The town was
once called Chhoti Kashi, due to its renowned Brahmleen
saints Hari Baba Ji and Swami Kathustha Nand. Besides, the
place is also well known for Bhrigu Samhita, an ancient handwritten compilation on loose leaves by Maharishi Bhrigu
Maharaj. There are eight families in the town which have parts
of the Bhrigu Samhita with them. The V.V.R.I, one of the
premier Indological Research Institute, has put Hoshiarpur on
the scholarly map of the world. Hoshiarpur has the distinction
of having the highest literacy rate in the state.
The town is also known for Ivory (now plastic) inlay goods,
Brassware, Doll-making, Wooden furniture etc. Ivory inlay
work has brought recognition in the Cottage industry to the
town of Hoshiarpur.
11-1 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
11.2
Accessibility
Located at 387 kms from Delhi, Hoshiarpur is well connected by road to all major cities. A railway
line links it with the city of Jalandhar which is around 39 kms from Hoshiarpur. Regular bus service is
available from Chandigarh and other major cities of Punjab.
11.2.1
Distance:
New Delhi
Chandigarh
Amritsar
Jalandhar
11.2.2
Major attractions
(i)
Jaijon-Doaba
Hoshiarpur
Hoshiarpur
Hoshiarpur
Hoshiarpur
387 km
137 km
105 km
39 km
The well-known Vishveshvaranand Vedic Research Institute was shifted from Lahore to Hoshiarpur
soon after Partition. This institution restarted its research work under the scholarly leadership of the late
Acharya Vishva Bandhu on 2.11.1947, at Sadhu Ashram, on the outskirts of the town. In 1957, Punjab
University set up its department of manuscript transcription and
research at the institute, with a view to transcribe manuscripts written
in South Indian languages into Devanagari script.The V.V.R.I, one of
the premier Indological Research Institute, has put Hoshiarpur on the
scholarly map of the world.
The literature, which the institute brings out in Hindi, Punjabi,
Sanskrit and English, based on Indological researches and general
studies, aims at propagating the quintessence of the ancient and the
modern wisdom of mankind towards development of an emotionally
integrated and balanced personality. On the educational side, the
institute has been running language proficiency (Prabhakar) classes.
11-2 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
The institutes library, which houses nearly one lakh printed books and papers and about 10,000
ancient manuscripts, including about 4,000 palm leaf manuscripts written in different South Indian
languages, is the largest Indological reference unit in north-western India. Teachers and researchers
come here from different parts of India and even abroad for doing research work. The reading room,
attached to the library, is regularly provided with about 200 periodicals.
The archaeological museum in the library building contains a rich collection of sculptures, of the
Harappan civilisation, relics, and paintings of archaeological importance from all over India. The
museum, which attracts a large number of visitors, is a very valuable addition to the existing facilities
available at the institute for studying Indian history and culture.
11.3
Climate
Tourist inflow
As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners Hoshiarpur is not a very
famous tourist centre. Most of the tourists visit Hoshiarpur for business activities.
11.4.1
Origin of Tourist
The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh,
Madhya Pradesh and Delhi. NRIs are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries
11.4.2
As per the tourists surveyed, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 800-1000/ only.
The maximum spending is on accommodation and transportation followed by food and shopping.
11-3 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
11.4.3
Nature of Tourist
Size of Groups
Nature of Tourist
Around 50% tourist were in the age group of 40-50 years, 25% in the age group 25-40 years, 10% in
the age group >50 years and rest below 25 years.
11.4.6
Repeat Tourists
Since this destination is a business centres, most of the tourists are repeat tourists. 50% of surveyed
domestic tourists reported being on repeat visit.
11.4.7
Infrastructure Status
Few good hotels are there in the location. A number of budget hotels, restaurants, fast food centres,
ice-cream parlours and bars are present.
There arent any entertainment facilities available except few a few cinema halls.
The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good
network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the
quality of service is good.
As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service
in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide ranted car and other passenger vehicles for various
tourist destinations in Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.
ATM facility is available in the city.
Table 11.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Status
Good
Poor and congested
Poor
Good
Available
Nearest airport at Amritsar
Not available
Good
Good
11-4 of 5
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
Characteristics
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young
Children
Status
Fair
Fair
-
Fair
Good
Good
Poor
Available
Available
Poor
-Available
Few
Few
Not Available
11.5
Tourist Attractions
Vedic Research Institute
Jaijon Doaba Village
Good
Good
--Yes
No
Yes
Not good places are there
Yes
Yes
Yes
No proper public facilities
--Not adequate
-No
No
Project Ideas
Punjab
12
FARIDKOT
Faridkot is located in western part of the Punjab. As per the census 2001 the total population of the
district is 552466 and the literacy rate is 55.6% As per census
1991, there were two tahsil and 10 Blocks in the district.
12.1
Accessibility
Distances
Delhi
Faridkot
Faridkot
Faridkot
Amritsar
Chandigarh
12.2
Major attractions
(i)
374 Km
121 Km
238 Km
A small monument which commemorates the visit of the great saint Baba Farid. Baba Seikh Farid
Shakarganj was a famous Sufi Saint of Pakpattan, near Multan (now in Pakistan). On his way to Hansi
12-1 of 4
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
and Delhi, the Baba had halted at this place for some time. The city of Faridkot is named after him.
His divine couplets are included in the scripture of the Sikhs.
(ii)
Faridkot Fort
12.3
Climate
Maximum
136.0 Milimeters
Minimum
0.3 Milimeters
Average
Temperature
(1999)
12.4
Tourist inflow
Faridkot is not a famous destination. The flow of tourist is negligible. Only local devotees visit the
Tila Baba Farid Gurdwara .
12.5
Infrastructure details
There are only three hotels in Faridkot and the total room capacity of these hotels is 28. No major
entertainment facility is available in the city. One small children park is located outside the city which
has a toy train. STD/ISD facilities are available in Faridkot.
12-2 of 4
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
12.6
Mode of Transportation
Faridkot is well connected with Ferozpur and Bhatinda by SH-15. The road condition of SH is very
good. The internal road of city is needs improvement. Faridkot is connected with Mumbai, Delhi,
Jammu and Jaipur by rail. There is no airport in Faridkot .The nearest domestic airport is Amritsar.
12.7
Infrastructure Status
Table 12.2: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination
Characteristics
Accessibility
External Roads
Internal Roads
Internal Transport
Bus Connection
Rail
Air Connectivity
Communication
Information Centres/ Availability of Guides
Post Offices
Telecommunication
Entertainment
Shopping Centres
Emporiums/Gift Shops
Parks/Gardens
Others
Eating Joints
Restaurants/Eateries
Utilities
Water Availability
Drinking water Facilities
Sanitation Facilities
Other Services
Medical
Banking Facilities
Sign Boards
Vehicle Parking
Police and Security
Intermediaries
Travel Agents
Taxi Operators
Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young
Children
Status
Good
Ok
Poor
Good
Available
Nearest airport at Amritsar
Not available
Good
Good
Poor
Poor
--
Poor
Good
Good
Ok
Available
Available, ATM not available
Not available
-Available
Not Available
Only two.
Not Available
12-3 of 4
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
12.8
Tourist Attractions
Chaila Baba Sheikh Farid
Faridkot Fort
Good
Good
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Project Ideas
Baba Farid Art Gallery
12-4 of 4
1450//A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective Plan
for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism in
Punjab
July 2002
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective
Plan for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism
in
Punjab
Punjab
1.1
Project Concept
Ropeways are meant for transportation in difficult mountainous terrain. They have gained acceptance
in the tourism sector as a means of traffic handling and developing new resorts. More than a means of
commuting, Ropeways provide an enjoyable vision of scenic beauty of the destination or site.
The proposed ropeway shall be used mainly for joy rides and shall pass over the Satluj River
connecting the PTDC Complex at one end to the Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hill on the other. The features
of the proposed cabin ride system having a capacity of 4 seats each is given below:
Length of the ropeway is 1000 metres
The vertical lift and the height which it traverses is 200 metres.
Speed variable
0-3 meter/sec.
320Kg.
1.2
Possible Location
The foreign tourists can also be attracted in large numbers to the ropeway and the restaurant if a
village theme is adopted. All the transit tourists can be encouraged for an extra stop-over to enjoy the
ropeway ride.
1.4
Environmental implications
The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant,
this is likely to have the impact on:
(i)
Although, the ropeway shall be operated on electricity, increased vehicular flow and use of Diesel
Generators in commercial establishments/ activities is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and
ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.
Since ropeways are normally built in places with scenic natural beauty, some destruction to nature is
likely while developing the structure for ropeway facility.
(ii)
Environmental awareness
The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural environment. For
transport of tourist passenger ropeway system is good because this is a pollution free environment
friendly transport system
1-1 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
1.5
Socio-economic impact
This project would increase the employment opportunities for the local communities near the highway
and would eventually lead to the rise in their per capita income. This project would also improve the
infrastructural facilities in the state.
1.6
Limitation
While using this project profile following limitations should be kept in mind:
Location where the ropeway is required was identified based on our preliminary survey and
destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success of such project will depend on assessing the exact inflow of tourists to that
destination through a detailed study.
Actual implementation of the project would depend on the attainment of permits from the
required authorities.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
1.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months.
The details are given below
Schedule
Months
6
7
10
11
1.8
Manpower Details
Position
Manager cum Engg . Incharge
Asst Manager cum Maintenance Incharge
Accountant cum office Asst.
Mech. Fitter Cum Operator(Skilled)
Fitter Cum Operator
Ticketing Clerk
Helper
Security
Electrician
Maintenance Staff
Gardener
Grand Total
Nos.
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
5
2
2
1
20
1-2 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
12
Punjab
1.9
S. No
1
2
3
4
1.10
Assumptions
Capacity in Numbers per Year
Traffic Handled
Visitor Arrival Rate (in %)
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Rate of Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building construction cost per square feet in Rs
Foundation LS (Rs in Lakh)
Structural LS (Rs in Lakh)
60
65
70
80
1
2
15%
15%
500
100.00
60.00
Project Cost
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
1.11
445500
Rs. in Lakhs
9.20
161.00
495.00
50.00
57.60
37.61
5.97
81.64
898.02
Means of Finance
Rs. in Lakhs
Equity
Debt
Total
33%
67%
100%
1.12
Working Capital
S. No
1
2
Total
1.13
Income Statement
Description
Yr-1
Income From Ropeway
Capacity Utilisation
60
Total visitors
267300
Total Income
400.95
No of month
2
0.5
296.35
601.67
898.00
MM
30%
20%
1st Yr
8.75
16.71
25.46
2nd Yr
20.03
18.10
38.13
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr
4th Yr
20.17
20.45
19.49
22.28
39.66
42.72
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Rs. in Lakhs
Yr-9
Yr-10
65
289575
434.36
70
311850
467.78
80
356400
534.60
80
356400
534.60
80
356400
534.60
80
356400
534.60
80
356400
534.60
80
356400
534.60
1-3 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
80
356400
534.60
Punjab
1.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Cost
Administrative
Overheads
Salaries
Sub Total (A)
Sales Expenses
Total
Expected Sales Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expense
Interest On Term Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
Sub Total
Depreciation
Profit Before Tax
Provision For Tax
Profit After Tax
Retained Profit
Cash Accrual From
Operations
1.15
Year
Yr-5
Yr -6
99.27
99.27
0.55
0.55
Yr -1
32.41
0.55
Yr-2
99.27
0.55
Yr -3
99.27
0.55
Yr -4
99.27
0.55
Yr -7
99.27
0.55
Yr-8
99.27
0.55
Yr -9
99.27
0.55
Yr-10
99.27
0.55
9.51
42.47
10.02
52.50
400.95
348.45
9.51
109.33
10.86
120.19
434.36
314.17
9.51
109.33
11.69
121.03
467.78
346.75
9.51
109.33
13.37
122.70
534.60
411.90
9.51
109.33
13.37
122.70
534.60
411.90
9.51
109.33
13.37
122.70
534.60
411.90
9.51
109.33
13.37
122.70
534.60
411.90
9.51
109.33
13.37
122.70
534.60
411.90
9.51
109.33
13.37
122.70
534.60
411.90
9.51
109.33
13.37
122.70
534.60
411.90
90.25
2.92
90.25
4.28
86.49
4.46
71.45
4.82
56.41
4.82
41.36
4.82
26.32
4.82
11.28
4.82
4.82
4.82
93.17
64.33
190.94
28.19
162.75
162.75
227.08
94.53
64.33
155.31
31.06
124.25
124.25
188.58
90.95
64.33
191.47
55.56
135.91
135.91
200.24
76.27
64.33
271.30
92.68
178.62
178.62
242.95
61.23
64.33
286.34
104.47
181.87
181.87
246.20
46.19
64.33
301.38
114.63
186.75
186.75
251.08
31.14
64.33
316.42
123.58
192.84
192.84
257.17
16.10
64.33
331.47
114.71
216.76
216.76
281.09
4.82
64.33
342.75
142.05
200.69
200.69
265.03
4.82
64.33
342.75
142.44
200.31
200.31
264.64
Cash Flow
Description
Const.
Period
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
296
Profit Before Tax with
284.12 249.84 282.41
Interest Added Back
Depreciation
64.33 64.33 64.33
Increase in Long Term Loan
602
Increase in Bank Borrowings
19.49
9.01
1.21
898 367.94 323.18 347.96
Total (A)
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure for the
892.05
Project/ Expansion
Increase in Current Assets
25.46 12.67
1.53
Long Term Loan
100.28
Interest on LT loan
90.25 90.25 86.49
Interest on Bank Borrowings
2.92
4.28
4.46
for Working Capital
Taxation
28.19 31.06 55.56
Total (B)
892.05 146.82 138.26 248.31
Opening Balance of Cash in
5.97 227.08 412.00
Hand & in Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit (A-B)
5.97 221.12 184.92 99.64
Closing Balance of Cash in
5.97 227.08 412.00 511.65
Hand and at Bank
Yr -7
Yr-8
Rs. in Lakhs
Yr -9
Yr-10
347.57
347.57
347.57
347.57
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
2.42
414.32 411.90 411.90
411.90
411.90
411.90
411.90
3.06
100.28 100.28 100.28
71.45 56.41 41.36
4.82
4.82
4.82
100.28
26.32
4.82
100.28
11.28
4.82
4.82
4.82
Yr -4
Yr -6
64.33
1-4 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
Yr-5
Punjab
1.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Operating Years
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
296.35
296.35
162.75
296.35
287.00
296.35
422.91
296.35
601.53
296.35
783.40
601.67
601.67
19.49
601.67
28.50
501.39
29.71
401.11
32.13
300.84
32.13
200.56
32.13
Const.
Period
Liabilities
Equity
Reserves &
Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
Working Capital
Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets
Gross Fixed
Assets
Less:
Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
Balance
Total Assets
1.17
Yr -7
100.28
32.13
Yr-8
32.13
Yr -9
32.13
Yr-10
32.13
898.02 1080.26 1213.52 1250.36 1331.12 1412.71 1499.18 1591.74 1708.22 1908.91 2109.22
892.05
892.05
5.97
892.05
827.72
763.39
699.05
634.72
570.39
506.05
441.72
377.39
313.06
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
64.33
827.72
25.46
227.08
763.39
38.13
412.00
699.05
39.66
511.65
634.72
42.72
653.68
570.39
42.72
799.60
898.02 1080.26 1213.52 1250.36 1331.12 1412.71 1499.18 1591.74 1708.22 1908.91 2109.22
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
14.52%
29%
1.83
45.33%
1-5 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
2.1
Project Concept
Signboards at the destinations are necessary to increase the accessibility and attractiveness of the
destinations. Signboards showing road signs, directions, distances, blue print of the destination, major
attractions nearby etc., help in accessing to the destination easily with minimum effort. The wayside
amenities are important features associated with the tourist comfort in any distinction. These include
safe drinking water and toilet facilities.
2.2
Possible Locations
Signboards are proposed at all archaeological and historical monuments. It has been found that all the
destinations in Punjab do not have proper signboards and have to be taken up on priority. Further such
signage should be put up along all major state roads/highways. Similarly wayside amenities should be
set up along roads and highways. Such facilities are proposed to be set up in 30 locations.
2.3
Signages are an important feature of any tourism infrastructure that impacts a tourism friendly status
of the state. Clear and explicit signages attract tourists to the destinations/state.
2.4
Environmental implications
2.5
Socio-economic impact
No socio-economic impacts of these projects are envisaged except for the creation of employment that
too to a negligible extent
2.6
2.7
The estimated cost of putting signboards and wayside amenities at individual destinations will be
around Rs.95 lakhs.
2-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
2.8
Manpower
Position
Assistants (at 30 locations)
2.9
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Nos.
60
Rs. in Lakhs
20.00
33.70
28.12
0.25
0.20
3.83
8.61
94.71
2-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
3.1
Project Concept
Archaeological sites of historical importance could be effectively made more attractive for the tourists
though the sound and light shows. Halogen lights with suitable sound and music system need to be set
up at the site to explain in detail about the site through a recorded or live audio system. Celebrity
voices could be recorded and played for this purpose. This project is crucial for projecting the locale as
a historically important destination and thus enhancing the image of the state as well as the country.
The requirements for this Project are:
3.1.1
Amphitheatre
A main stage and a seating arrangement is constructed to host the Audio-Visual Show. The seating
arrangement would have a capacity of 100 people.
3.1.2
Light Effect
Lighting arrangement on the fort should be designed to light adequately the major attractions in the
fort. The light effect should be synchronised with the show commentary.
3.1.3
Sound Effect
A pre-recorded show commentary should anchor the show assisted by light effect focussed on the fort.
3.2
Possible Location(s)
Sound and light shows are proposed at Quila Mubarak, Patiala, Jallian Walla Bagh and Bathinda Fort.
3.3
The market demands for the sound and light show will come from the Domestic and foreign Tourist
visiting the destinations. The target market for these sound and light shows will be upper class and
middle class domestic and foreign tourists, students and business tourists. Locals can also be targeted
for such shows
3.4
Environmental implications
The project component includes lighting the area and having a good sound system to conduct the light
and sound show.
3-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
3.4.1
Negative Impacts
(i)
Increased tourist inflow is likely to cause rise in emissions and ambient noise level due to vehicles,
diesel generators and other commercial establishments/ activities.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
(iii)
Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater
generation. Improper disposal will lead to water and land pollution
3.4.2
Positive Impacts
This project will have prominent positive impacts. It will help in improving the overall physical
environment and in heritage conservation. The project will help in heritage property conservation and
increase awareness about the culture of the place.
3.4.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems, adopting regulatory measures like
restricting the vehicle entry to a certain limit, controlling tourist activities within the heritage area will
help in controlling the negative impacts of the project.
3.5
Socio-economic impact
No significant socio-economic impact is envisaged except for the fact that it would help the tourists to
understand the history of the site better.
3.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and
destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success of such project will depend on location and competitive pricing by the owner of
such Sound and Light Show.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it may vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost, construction
material cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as indicative only.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
3-2 of 6
Punjab
3.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 6 Months.
Schedule
Month
3
3.8
Manpower
Position
Managerial
Operator
Ticket Clerk
Unskilled Labour
3.9
1
2
3
4
3.10
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Nos.
1
4
1
2
Assumptions
Capacity per Year in Numbers
Number of Visitors
Occupancy Rate in %
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
120000
40
45
55
60
1
2
15%
15%
Project Cost
Particulars
Civil Works
Plant & Equipment
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
3-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Rs. in Lakhs
0.50
23.43
0.25
1.55
1.30
0.27
2.73
30.03
30.00
Punjab
3.11
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
3.12
Working Capital
Sr. No.
1
2
Total
3.13
Rs. in Lakhs
9.91
20.12
30.03
33%
67%
100%
Description
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
No of month
2
0.5
MM
30%
20%
1st Yr
0.30
0.90
1.20
2nd Yr
0.68
1.01
1.69
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr
4th Yr
0.70
0.72
1.24
1.35
1.94
2.07
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Income From Floatel
Capacity Utilisation
Total Number of Visitors
Total Income From Floatel
3.14
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
40
48000
21.60
45
54000
24.30
55
66000
29.70
60
72000
32.40
60
72000
32.40
60
72000
32.40
60
72000
32.40
60
72000
32.40
60
72000
32.40
60
72000
32.40
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Cost
Administrative
Overheads
Salaries (A)
Sub Total
Sales Expenses
Total
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
Sub Total
Depreciation
Profit Before Tax
Provision For Tax
Profit After Tax
Retained Profit
Cash Accrual From
Operations
Yr -1
1.06
0.18
Yr-2
3.31
0.18
Yr -3
3.31
0.18
Yr -4
3.31
0.18
Year
Yr-5
Yr -6
3.31
3.31
0.18
0.18
3.60
4.84
0.54
5.38
21.60
3.60
7.09
0.61
7.69
24.30
3.60
7.09
0.74
7.83
29.70
3.60
7.09
0.81
7.90
32.40
3.60
7.09
0.81
7.90
32.40
3.60
7.09
0.81
7.90
32.40
3.60
7.09
0.81
7.90
32.40
3.60
7.09
0.81
7.90
32.40
3.60
7.09
0.81
7.90
32.40
3.60
7.09
0.81
7.90
32.40
16.22
16.61
21.87
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
3.02
3.02
2.89
2.39
1.89
1.38
0.88
0.38
0.14
0.19
0.22
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
3.16
2.76
10.30
1.98
8.32
8.32
11.08
3.21
2.76
10.64
2.79
7.85
7.85
10.60
3.12
2.76
16.00
5.22
10.78
10.78
13.54
2.63
2.76
19.12
6.71
12.41
12.41
15.16
2.12
2.76
19.62
7.17
12.45
12.45
15.21
1.62
2.76
20.12
7.56
12.56
12.56
15.32
1.12
2.76
20.63
7.90
12.73
12.73
15.49
0.61
2.76
21.13
8.45
12.68
12.68
15.44
0.24
2.76
21.51
8.35
13.16
13.16
15.92
0.24
2.76
21.51
8.43
13.08
13.08
15.84
3-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Yr -7
3.31
0.18
Yr-8
3.31
0.18
Yr -9
3.31
0.18
Yr-10
3.31
0.18
Punjab
3.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Period
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
13.46
13.85
19.11
21.74
21.74
21.74
21.74
21.74
21.74
21.74
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
0.93
0.36
0.20
0.10
17.14
16.97
22.07
24.60
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
24.50
1.20
0.50
0.25
0.12
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
10
20
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
30
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
29.77
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Long Term Loan
Interest on LT loan
3.02
3.02
2.89
2.39
1.89
1.38
0.88
0.38
Interest on Bank
0.14
0.19
0.22
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
1.98
2.79
5.22
6.71
7.17
7.56
7.90
8.45
8.35
8.43
6.33
6.50
11.93
12.82
12.65
12.54
12.37
12.41
8.58
8.66
0.27
11.08
21.55
31.68
43.46
55.31
67.28
79.41
91.50
107.42
0.27
10.81
10.47
10.13
11.78
11.85
11.97
12.13
12.09
15.92
15.84
0.27
11.08
21.55
31.68
43.46
55.31
67.28
79.41
91.50
107.42
123.26
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
29.77
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit
(A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and at
Bank
3-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
3.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const. Period
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
9.91
9.91
9.91
9.91
9.91
8.32
16.17
26.95
39.35
9.91
9.91
9.91
51.80
64.36
77.09
9.91
9.91
9.91
89.77
102.93
116.02
20.12
20.12
20.12
16.77
13.42
10.06
6.71
3.35
0.93
1.29
1.48
30.03
39.28
47.49
55.11
1.58
1.58
1.58
64.26
73.35
82.56
1.58
1.58
1.58
1.58
91.94
101.27
114.43
127.51
29.77
29.77
27.01
2.76
2.76
24.25
21.49
18.73
15.97
13.21
10.46
7.70
4.94
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
27.01
24.25
21.49
18.73
15.97
13.21
10.46
7.70
4.94
2.18
1.20
1.69
1.94
2.07
2.07
2.07
2.07
2.07
2.07
2.07
Liabilities
Equity
Reserves & Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
Working Capital Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets
Gross Fixed Assets
Less: Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
29.77
Current Assets
Cash & Bank Balance
0.27
11.08
21.55
31.68
43.46
55.31
67.28
79.41
91.50
107.42
123.26
Total Assets
30.03
39.28
47.49
55.11
64.26
73.35
82.56
91.94
101.27
114.43
127.51
3.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
24.16%
28%
3.06
80.79%
3-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
4.1
Project Concept
This is the most important concept considering the need to build relationships with the tourists on a
long-term basis. Availability of proper and reliable information would help the tourists to plan their
tours in a better way. Usually it has been found that problems faced by tourists are due to the lack of
information on aspects like transport, linkages, place of stay etc. Information centres are the direct
contact between the tourism promoters with the customers i.e., the tourists. The objective here is to
convey all information required by the tourists ranging from reaching the destination to his/her
returning back. An information centre should definitely possess equipment like Internet connected PC,
well-designed interiors, required stationery and database of tourist destinations in Punjab along with
well-trained executives. A typical tourist information centre consists of a desk, two chairs, a computer
and occupied by two persons.
4.2
Possible Locations
Information centres and Visitor Management Systems are proposed at all gateways and cities/towns
with large variety of attractions and the destinations, which already attract large number of tourists.
The destinations where Tourist information centres and Visitors Management Systems are proposed
include New Delhi, Chandigarh, Patiala, Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar and Kapurthala. Similar
centres may be replicated subsequently.
4.3
Market demand would be for all kinds of tourist inflow to different destinations. The target market for
these projects will be all categories of tourists.
4.4
Environmental implications
4.5
Socio-economic impact
No socio-economic impacts of these projects are envisaged except for the creation of employment to
some extent.
4.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
4-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and
destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success would depend upon the efficiency of people hired for this job.
The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that information
centre.
4.7
4.8
Position
Reservation Assistants
Information Assistants
Peon
Grand Total
4.9
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Nos
7
14
7
28
Rs. in Lakhs
2.2
8.1
0.8
0.1
2.1
1.3
14.6
4-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
5.1
Project Concept
Water sports complexes can be developed on lakes, canals and other water bodies located in various
tourist destinations of the state.
These water sports complex shall consist of the various types of safe and standardised water sports
related equipments.
The activities envisaged in the complex include Aqua Tricycle (2 seater) Kayak (2 seater) Rowing
Boat (6 seater) Pedal Boat (4 seater) and water scooter (3 seater) for each location.
5.2
Possible Locations
The Water Sports activities are proposed to be set up extensively locations, viz. Ranjit Singh Dam,
Shahpur Kandi in Pathankot, Anarkali, Baradari in Batala, Gurdaspur and Neelon Ludhiana. In some
places water sports in proposed to be set up alongwith restaurants i.e. at Patiala Kanjli wetland area
and Roper Beach.
5.3
There is growing demand for adventure sports and related activities in India. Market demand for the water
sports complex will be mainly from Domestic Tourist and visitor flow at different destinations. The target
market for these projects will be NRIs and a segment of the domestic tourists and the locals.
5.4
Environmental implications
5.4.1
The project components include the various water sports facilities. It is likely to have the following
impacts:
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities
associates with the complex is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level.
However, the impact will not be very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
5-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
(iii)
Water Pollution
Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater
generation. Improper disposal of waste will lead to water pollution. Further there are chances of the
aquatic life being damaged due to the fuel spill over from water scooters etc.
5.4.2
Positive Impacts
Certain portions of the revenue generated from the project can be allocated for overall environmental
improvement and lake/River/ Water body conservation. The project will help in conserving the
surrounding environment, both natural and cultural
5.4.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will be required to control the
overall negative impact of the project.
5.5
Socio-economic impact
These will be a reasonable socio-economic impact of this project. The projects would create
employment opportunities for the local communities of those destinations if the government assists
them in the acquiring the equipments. Women can be given the opportunity to own the equipments
and run such water sports activities. This would lead to the empowerment of women and upliftment of
the society to a certain extent at that destination. Moreover, these projects will also lead to peripheral
economic activities like opening up of smaller shops and other small time vendors.
5.6
Limitation
While using this project profile following limitations should be kept in mind:
Identification of places where such projects are to be set up is based on our preliminary field
survey and destination prioritisation and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success would also depend upon the marketing of these water-sport activities
aggressively and assessing the locations in details at a later date.
Maintaining the attractiveness of the water bodies in due course would be the key for success
of these projects.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place
as well as increase in overnight stay tourist some of the proposed destinations like Pathankot,
Patiala and Kanjali.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
5-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
5.7
The water sports complex projects will require the implementation period (i.e. from inception to
commissioning) of around 4-6 months.
Schedule
Month
3
5.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Booking Clerk
Unskilled Labour
5.9
1
3
4
5.10
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
No
1
1
5
Assumptions
Capacity (Trips per Year )
Aqua Tricycle
Kayak 2 Seater
Rowing Boat - 6 seater
Pedal Boat - 4 seater
Water Scooter
Occupancy Rate (in %)
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building /Sq. Feet in Rs
4380
4380
13140
8760
6570
55
60
65
70
1
2
15%
15%
400
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in lakhs
Say
5-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
6.00
1.50
2.74
1.05
0.25
0.82
0.35
1.27
13.98
14.00
Punjab
5.11
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
5.12
Working Capital
Description
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
5.13
Rs. in Lakhs
4.61
9.37
13.98
33%
67%
100%
No of month
2
0.5
MM
30%
20%
1st Yr
0.83
0.52
1.35
2nd Yr
0.96
0.57
1.53
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr
4th Yr
0.96
0.97
0.62
0.66
1.58
1.63
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
55
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
2409
2628
2847
3066
3066
3066
3066
3066
3066
3066
1.45
1.58
1.71
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
55
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
2409
2628
2847
3066
3066
3066
3066
3066
3066
3066
1.45
1.58
1.71
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
55
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
7227
7884
8541
9198
9198
9198
9198
9198
9198
9198
3.61
3.94
4.27
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
Rowing Boat
Income From Paddle Boat
Capacity Utilisation (In %)
55
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
4818
5256
5694
6132
6132
6132
6132
6132
6132
6132
2.41
2.63
2.85
3.07
3.07
3.07
3.07
3.07
3.07
3.07
55
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
3614
3942
4271
4599
4599
4599
4599
4599
4599
4599
3.61
3.94
4.27
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
12.53
13.67
14.80
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
5-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
5.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
2.21
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
Administrative
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
Overheads
Salaries
Sub Total
4.67
5.41
5.41
5.41
5.41
5.41
5.41
5.41
5.41
5.41
Sales Expenses
0.31
0.34
0.37
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
Total
4.98
5.75
5.78
5.81
5.81
5.81
5.81
5.81
5.81
5.81
Expected Sales
12.53
13.67
14.80
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
15.94
7.55
7.92
9.03
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.14
1.41
1.41
1.35
1.11
0.88
0.64
0.41
0.18
0.15
0.17
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
Sub Total
1.56
1.57
1.52
1.29
1.06
0.83
0.59
0.36
0.18
0.18
Depreciation
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
5.44
5.79
6.95
8.29
8.52
8.76
8.99
9.23
9.40
9.40
1.60
1.85
2.37
2.92
3.06
3.18
3.30
3.19
3.54
3.54
3.84
3.94
4.58
5.37
5.47
5.58
5.70
6.04
5.86
5.86
Retained Profit
3.84
3.94
4.58
5.37
5.47
5.58
5.70
6.04
5.86
5.86
Cash Accrual
4.40
4.49
5.14
5.93
6.02
6.13
6.25
6.60
6.42
6.42
From Operations
5-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
5.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Period
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
5
Profit Before Tax with Interest
6.99 7.36
8.47
Added Back
Depreciation
0.55 0.55
0.55
Increase in Long Term Loan
9
Increase in Bank Borrowings
1.00 0.13
0.04
Total (A)
14
8.55 8.04
9.07
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure for the
13.63
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current Assets
1.35 0.18
0.05
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
1.56
Interest on LT loan
1.41 1.41
1.35
Interest on Bank Borrowings
0.15 0.17
0.18
for Working Capital
Taxation
1.60 1.85
2.37
Total (B)
13.63
4.50 3.60
5.50
Opening Balance of Cash in
0.35 4.40
8.84
Hand & in Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit (A-B)
0.35
4.04 4.44
3.57
Closing Balance of Cash in
0.35
4.40 8.84 12.40
Hand and at Bank
5.16
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
9.58
9.58
9.58
9.58
9.58
9.58
9.58
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.04
10.18
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.14
1.56
1.11
0.18
1.56
0.88
0.18
1.56
0.64
0.18
1.56
0.41
0.18
1.56
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
2.92
5.83
12.40
3.06
5.68
16.76
3.18
5.57
21.22
3.30
5.45
25.79
3.19
5.10
30.47
3.54
3.72
35.51
3.54
3.72
41.93
4.35
16.76
4.46
21.22
4.57
25.79
4.69
30.47
5.03
35.51
6.42
41.93
6.42
48.35
0.05
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Operating Years
Particulars
Liabilities :
Equity
Reserves & Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
Working Capital Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets:
Gross Fixed Assets
Less: Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
Current Assets
Cash & Bank Balance
Total Assets
5.17
Const.
Period
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
4.61
4.61
3.84
4.61
7.78
4.61
12.36
4.61
17.73
4.61
23.20
4.61
28.77
4.61
34.47
4.61
40.51
4.61
46.37
4.61
52.24
9.37
9.37
1.00
18.82
9.37
1.13
22.89
7.81
1.17
25.95
6.25
1.21
29.80
4.68
1.21
33.71
3.12
1.21
37.72
1.56
1.21
41.86
1.21
46.34
1.21
52.20
1.21
58.06
13.63
0.55
13.08
1.35
4.40
18.82
13.08
0.55
12.52
1.53
8.84
22.89
12.52
0.55
11.97
1.58
12.40
25.95
11.97
0.55
11.41
1.63
16.76
29.80
11.41
0.55
10.86
1.63
21.22
33.71
10.86
0.55
10.30
1.63
25.79
37.72
10.30
0.55
9.75
1.63
30.47
41.86
9.75
0.55
9.19
1.63
35.51
46.34
9.19
0.55
8.64
1.63
41.93
52.20
8.64
0.55
8.09
1.63
48.35
58.06
13.98
13.63
13.63
0.35
13.98
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
15.9%
34%
2.63
71.20
5-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
6.1
Project Concept
Haat bazaars are important infrastructure required in cities and towns where local art and culture are
very prominent factor in attracting tourists. Meena Bazaars refer to the setting up of stalls to sell the
local artifacts and handicrafts. This concept was successfully tried and tested in the Red Fort of
Delhi. The major objective of these bazaars is to increase the popularity of Indian Art and
Handicrafts thus ensuring steady income for the local artisans. This project concept helps in the
upliftment of the economically poor artisans. Meena Bazaars should comprise of typical exhibition
and display of products produced by the Artisans of Punjab for the visitors
6.2
Possible Locations
The Market demand for Haat will come from the locals, Domestic and Foreign Tourist visitors at the
above destinations. The target market for Meena Bazaars will be leisure Tourists, special interest
tourists and foreigners.
6.4
Environmental implications
6.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is envisaged to attract visitors/tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following
impacts:
(i)
Increased tourist inflow is likely to cause rise in emissions and ambient noise level due to vehicles,
diesel generators and other commercial establishments/ activities.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the
aesthetics of the area. Hotel Waste is considered very polluting for the general environment and sanitation.
(iii)
Water Pollution
There will be an increase in water consumption and hence wastewater generation. Disposal without
proper treatment may lead to water pollution.
6-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
6.4.2
Positive Impacts
The project will help in conserving the surrounding environment, both natural and cultural. Due to the
use of local resources, there will be minimal impact on the natural surroundings during construction.
The project will also contribute to sustainable local development.
6.5
Socio-economic impact
Meena Bazaar will have immense positive socio economic implication on the local community
especially the woman community. With development of Meena Bazaar, more and more tourists will
come in direct/indirect contact with the craftsman which will ultimately benefit the local craftsman.
Meena Bazaar may become one of the main attractions for places like Patiala & Bhatinda and will
attract more tourists. The earning and standard of living of local craftsman will improve.
6.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
6.6.1
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 6 Months.
Any construction at these sides will require synchronising with the existing heritage for structure.
Schedule
Month
3
6.7
Manpower
Position
Managerial
Security
Administrative Staff
Unskilled Labour
Grand Total
No
1
4
4
2
11
6-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
6.8
1
2
3
4
6.9
Sr. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Assumptions
No. of Stalls
Occupancy Rate (In %)
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building/Sq. Feet in Rs
15
90
100
100
100
1
2
15%
15%
800
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
6.10
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
6.11
Rs. in Lakhs
12.50
19.45
1.85
0.20
1.92
0.40
3.63
39.96
40.00
Rs. in Lakhs
13.19
26.77
39.96
33%
67%
100%
Working Capital
Description
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
2
0.5
MM
30%
20%
6-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
1st Yr
0.44
1.35
1.79
2nd Yr
0.81
1.50
2.31
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr
4th Yr
0.81
0.81
1.50
1.50
2.31
2.31
Punjab
6.12
Income Statement
Description
Capacity Utilisation
Total no. stalls for revenue
Generation
Total Sales Revenue
6.13
Yr-1
90
162
Yr-2
100
180
Yr-3
100
180
Yr-4
100
180
Yr-5
100
180
Yr-6
100
180
Yr-7
100
180
Yr-8
100
180
Rs. in Lakhs
Yr-9 Yr-10
100
100
180
180
32.40
36.00
36.00
36.00
36.00
36.00
36.00
36.00
36.00
36.00
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr-5
Yr -6
3.83
3.83
0.16
0.16
Yr -7
3.83
0.16
Yr-8
3.83
0.16
Yr -9
3.83
0.16
Yr-10
3.83
0.16
4.65
8.63
0.90
4.65
8.63
0.90
4.65
8.63
0.90
4.65
8.63
0.90
4.65
8.63
0.90
9.53
36.00
9.53
36.00
9.53
36.00
9.53
36.00
9.53
36.00
9.53
36.00
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
3.85
3.18
2.51
1.84
1.17
0.50
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
4.22
4.28
4.11
3.44
2.78
2.11
1.44
0.77
0.27
0.27
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
20.24
6.79
21.56
7.34
21.73
7.46
22.40
7.75
23.06
8.03
23.73
8.31
24.40
8.58
25.07
5.68
25.57
9.86
25.57
9.67
13.45
14.22
14.26
14.64
15.03
15.43
15.83
19.39
15.72
15.91
Retained Profit
13.45
14.22
14.26
14.64
15.03
15.43
15.83
19.39
15.72
15.91
Cash Accrual
From Operations
14.07
14.84
14.89
15.27
15.66
16.05
16.45
20.02
16.34
16.53
Operating Cost
Administrative
Overheads
Salaries
Sub Total
Sales Expenses
Total
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
Sub Total
Depreciation
Yr -1
1.70
0.16
Yr-2
3.83
0.16
Yr -3
3.83
0.16
Yr -4
3.83
0.16
4.65
6.50
0.81
4.65
8.63
0.90
4.65
8.63
0.90
4.65
8.63
0.90
4.65
8.63
0.90
7.31
32.40
9.53
36.00
9.53
36.00
9.53
36.00
25.09
26.47
26.47
4.02
4.02
0.21
6-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
6.14
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
24.46
25.84
25.84
25.84
25.84
25.84
25.84
25.84
25.84
25.84
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
1.39
0.38
26.48
26.85
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
26.47
1.79
0.52
4.46
4.46
4.46
4.46
4.46
4.46
Interest on LT loan
4.02
4.02
3.85
3.18
2.51
1.84
1.17
0.50
Interest on Bank
0.21
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
6.79
7.34
7.46
7.75
8.03
8.31
8.58
5.68
9.86
9.67
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
13
27
Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
40
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
39.56
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
39.56
12.81
12.14
16.04
15.66
15.27
14.87
14.47
10.91
10.12
9.93
0.40
14.07
28.78
39.20
50.01
61.21
72.80
84.79
100.35
116.69
0.40
13.67
14.70
10.43
10.81
11.20
11.59
11.99
15.56
16.34
16.53
0.40
14.07
28.78
39.20
50.01
61.21
72.80
84.79
100.35
116.69
133.22
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit
(A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and at
Bank
6-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
6.15
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.19
13.45
27.66
41.93
56.57
71.60
87.03
102.86
122.25
137.97
153.88
26.77
26.77
26.77
22.31
17.85
13.39
8.92
4.46
1.39
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
39.96
54.80
69.39
79.20
89.38
99.95
110.91
122.28
137.21
152.93
168.83
39.56
39.56
38.93
38.30
37.68
37.05
36.43
35.80
35.17
34.55
33.92
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
39.56
38.93
38.30
37.68
37.05
36.43
35.80
35.17
34.55
33.92
33.30
1.79
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
0.40
14.07
28.78
39.20
50.01
61.21
72.80
84.79
100.35
116.69
133.22
39.96
54.80
69.39
79.20
89.38
99.95
110.91
122.28
137.21
152.93
168.83
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
13.19
6.16
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
17.29%
28%
2.4
71.20%
6-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
7.1
Project Concept
This Project would play an active role in providing the information about the historical importance of
the destination along with the personality associated with. Chilla Baba Sheikh Farid Shakarkanj. Baba
Farid was a famous Sufi Saint based in Pakistan who visited the place enroute Delhi.
7.2
Possible Locations
7.3
The Market demand for the above type of gallery will come from foreign tourists interested in the
mysticism of India and educational tour of domestic schools and colleges. The target market for these
projects will be foreign and domestic educational tourists.
7.4
Environmental implications
7.4.1
Positive Impacts
The project will help in heritage property conservation and increase in awareness about the culture of
the place.
No significant environmental impact is envisaged.
7.5
Socio-economic impact
Socio-economic impact of these projects will be a better understanding of the history of the Saint and
creation of employment for some people. In case tourist activities increase in the location, economic
activities may increase.
7.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Location where such project is required was identified based on our survey and destination
prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success would depend upon the people disseminating the information on about the
existence of such an art gallery.
7-1 of 2
Punjab
The success of the project will also depend on the exact inflow of tourists to the library art
gallery.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of implementation.
7.7
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant
Chawkidar
Grand Total
7.8
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
No
1
1
2
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Art material and Paneling etc.
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
3.95
10.00
2.30
1.50
0.40
0.20
0.80
0.15
1.91
21.22
7-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
8.1
Project Concept
The budget accommodations suggested in Punjab comprise of parking space, seating arrangement,
restaurant, small shopping arcade, STD/ISD telephone booth and room accommodation of 30 rooms.
8.2
Possible Locations
Pathankot
Hoshiarpur
Rupnagar
Firozpur
Bathinda
2.
5.
8.
11.
14.
Amritsar
Nawashahar
Fatehgarh Sahib
Muktsar
Sangrur
3.
6.
9.
12.
15.
Kapurthala
Jalandhar
Ludhiana
Faridkot
Patiala
The demand will come mainly from budget tourist mainly domestic or foreign.
8.4
Environmental implications
8.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is estimated to attract visitors/ tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following
impact:
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be
very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of restaurant waste will lead to water & land pollution and
degrade the aesthetics of the area.
(iii)
Water Pollution
There will be an increase in wastewater generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution.
8-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
(iv)
8.4.2
Suggestions
Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will control the overall negative
impact of the project.
8.5
Socio-economic impact
This project would increase the employment opportunities for the local communities near the project
site and would eventually lead to the rise in their per capita income. This project would also improve
the infrastructural facilities in the state.
8.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey, destination
prioritization and inflow of tourists to those destinations.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure (which
increases the accessibility to the destination) at the place as well as increase in overnight stay
of tourist at that destination.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost, construction
material cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as indicative/
budgetary cost only.
The feasibility of the project would depend upon the exact inflow of tourists to those
destinations.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
8-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
8.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12-24
months.
Months
Schedule
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Detailed Project
Report preparation
Project Appraisal
and Finance
Acquisition of land
Land Development
Building and civil
works
Facilities
procurement
Project operation
8.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant
Cook
Steward Cum Asst.Cook
Caretaker
Driver
Restra Boy/Room Service Boys
Gen Operator cum Gardner
Chawkidar
Grand Total
8.9
1
3
4
No
1
2
2
10
1
5
1
3
25
Assumptions
Capacity Per Year in Number
Total Room Night(Double Room)
Total Room Night(Single Room)
Capacity of Restaurant
Occupancy Rate in%
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building / Sq. Feet in Rs
8-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
8395
2555
10950
55
65
75
85
1
2
15%
15%
450
Punjab
8.10
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8.11
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
11.97
40.07
8.04
1.50
3.10
0.20
3.15
2.19
6.80
77.01
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
Rs. in Lakhs
25.41
51.60
77.01
33%
67%
100%
8.12
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
8.13
Income Statement
No of month
1
2
0.5
MM
25%
30%
20%
1st Yr
1.0
4.8
2.53
8.3
2nd Yr
1.2
6.0
2.99
10.2
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
1.4
1.6
6.4
6.87
3.44
3.90
11.3
12.4
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Occupancy Rate (%)
Total Bed Night
(Double Room)
Total Bed Night
(Single Room)
Capacity of Restaurant
Income From Restaurant
From Double Room
From Family Room
From Local
Total
Income From Room
Double Room
Total from Double Room
Family Room
Total from Single Room
Total Sales Revenue
Rs in Lakhs
Yr-1
55
4617
Yr-2
65
5457
Yr-3
75
6296
Yr-4
85
7136
Yr-5
85
7136
Yr-6
85
7136
Yr-7
85
7136
Yr-8
85
7136
Yr-9
85
7136
Yr-10
85
7136
1405
1661
1916
2172
2172
2172
2172
2172
2172
2172
6022.5
7117.5
8212.5
9307.5
9307.5
9307.5
9307.5
9307.5
9307.5
13.85
2.11
9.03
24.99
16.37
2.49
10.68
29.54
18.89
2.87
12.32
34.08
21.41
3.26
13.96
38.63
21.41
3.26
13.96
38.63
21.41
3.26
13.96
38.63
21.41
3.26
13.96
38.63
21.41
3.26
13.96
38.63
21.41
3.26
13.96
38.63
21.41
3.26
13.96
38.63
30.01
35.47
40.93
46.38
46.38
46.38
46.38
46.38
46.38
46.38
5.62
60.63
6.64
71.65
7.67
82.67
8.69
93.70
8.69
93.70
8.69
93.70
8.69
93.70
8.69
93.70
8.69
93.70
8.69
93.70
8-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
9307.5
Punjab
8.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
16.78
24.07
26.34
28.61
28.61
28.61
28.61
28.61
28.61
28.61
Administrative
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
Salaries
10.05
10.05
10.05
10.05
10.05
10.05
10.05
10.05
10.05
10.05
Sub Total
27.05
34.34
36.61
38.88
38.88
38.88
38.88
38.88
38.88
38.88
1.52
1.79
2.07
2.34
2.34
2.34
2.34
2.34
2.34
2.34
Total
28.57
36.13
38.68
41.23
41.23
41.23
41.23
41.23
41.23
41.23
Expected Sales
60.63
71.65
82.67
93.70
93.70
93.70
93.70
93.70
93.70
93.70
32.06
35.52
43.99
52.47
52.47
52.47
52.47
52.47
52.47
52.47
7.74
7.74
7.42
6.13
4.84
3.55
2.26
0.97
0.92
1.13
1.25
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
Sub Total
8.66
8.87
8.67
7.50
6.21
4.92
3.63
2.34
1.37
1.37
Depreciation
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
21.35
24.60
33.28
42.92
44.21
45.50
46.79
48.08
49.05
49.05
7.79
11.16
14.82
15.44
16.04
16.60
11.10
19.13
18.78
Overheads
Sales Expenses
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
21.35
16.81
22.12
28.10
28.77
29.46
30.19
36.98
29.92
30.27
Retained Profit
21.35
16.81
22.12
28.10
28.77
29.46
30.19
36.98
29.92
30.27
23.40
18.86
24.17
30.15
30.82
31.51
32.24
39.03
31.97
32.32
Operations
8-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
8.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
30.01
33.47
41.94
50.42
50.42
50.42
50.42
50.42
50.42
50.42
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
6.13
1.39
0.81
0.81
38.19
36.91
44.80
53.28
52.47
52.47
52.47
52.47
52.47
52.47
8.33
1.91
1.07
1.07
8.60
8.60
8.60
8.60
8.60
8.60
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
25
52
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
77
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
74.82
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Long Term Loan
Interest on LT loan
7.74
7.74
7.42
6.13
4.84
3.55
2.26
0.97
Interest on Bank
0.92
1.13
1.25
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
1.37
7.79
11.16
14.82
15.44
16.04
16.60
11.10
19.13
18.78
16.99
18.56
29.50
31.99
30.25
29.56
28.83
22.04
20.50
20.15
2.19
23.40
41.74
57.04
78.33
100.55
123.46
147.10
177.53
209.50
2.19
21.20
18.35
15.30
21.29
22.22
22.91
23.64
30.43
31.97
32.32
2.19
23.40
41.74
57.04
78.33
100.55
123.46
147.10
177.53
209.50
241.82
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
74.82
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit
(A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in
8-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
8.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
25.41
25.41
25.41
25.41
25.41
25.41
25.41
25.41
25.41
25.41
21.35
38.16
60.28
88.38
117.14
146.61
176.80
213.77
243.70
273.97
51.60
51.60
43.00
34.40
25.80
17.20
8.60
6.13
7.53
8.33
9.14
9.14
9.14
9.14
9.14
9.14
9.14
77.01
104.50
122.70
137.02
157.33
177.50
198.36
219.95
248.33
278.25
308.52
74.82
74.82
72.77
70.72
68.67
66.62
64.57
62.52
60.47
58.42
56.37
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
2.05
72.77
70.72
68.67
66.62
64.57
62.52
60.47
58.42
56.37
54.32
8.33
10.24
11.31
12.38
12.38
12.38
12.38
12.38
12.38
12.38
2.19
23.40
41.74
57.04
78.33
100.55
123.46
147.10
177.53
209.50
241.82
77.01
104.50
122.70
137.02
157.33
177.50
198.36
219.95
248.33
278.25
308.52
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
25.41
51.60
Working Capita
l Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets:
Gross Fixed Assets
Less: Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
74.82
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
Balance
Total Assets
8.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
25.6%
33%
2.46%
66.35%
8-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
9.1
Project Concept
Non-availability of proper food is a common problem faced by tourists all over India. Hence
restaurants offering multi-cuisine food are required. Cafeterias are also required for the refreshment of
the tourists during their course of long journeys, considering the fact that road travel is one of the
important mode of travel in Punjab and the road connectivity is extremely good in most parts of the
state.
9.2
Possible Locations
Restaurants (with or without bars) and cafeterias are proposed at Patiala, Fatehgarh Sahib, Nangal,
Amritsar and Jalandhar
9.3
Market demand would be for locals and all kinds of tourists visiting the destinations. The target
market for these projects will be tourists in general.
9.4
Environmental implications
The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant,
this is likely to have the impact on:
Pollution
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to give rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very
significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
9.4.2
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and control on landuse transformation
will be required.
9-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
9.5
Socio-economic impact
There will significant socio-economic impact of their projects. This would create numerous selfemployment opportunities for the unemployed and also the local communities of those destinations.
The standard of living of the people involved in the establishment and running of such restaurants and
cafeterias will improve.
9.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and
destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success would also depend upon the quality of food and refreshments offered by the
restaurants and cafeterias.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the
place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.
The success of such projects will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that destination or
passing through such destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
9.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 months.
Schedule
Months
6
7
10
9.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Cook
Waiter
Unskilled Labour
Grand Total
Nos.
1
1
2
3
7
9-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
11
12
Punjab
9.9
1
3
4
9.10
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Assumptions
Capacity per Year in Numbers
Tea & Snacks
Restaurant Capacity
Occupancy Rate (in %)
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
36500
18250
Restaurant Capacity
80
80
85
90
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building /Sq. Feet in Rs
1
2
15%
15%
450
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
9.11
Rs. in Lakhs
20.65
5.91
2.50
1.30
0.25
1.80
2.13
3.45
37.99
38.00
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
Rs. in Lakhs
12.54
25.45
37.99
33%
67%
100%
9.12
Working Capital
S. No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
1
2
0.5
9-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
MM
25%
30%
20%
1st Yr
1.42
4.50
2.13
8.04
2nd Yr
1.46
4.81
2.19
8.46
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
1.55
1.60
5.00
5.11
2.32
2.40
8.87
9.10
Punjab
9.13
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
80
85
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
29200
31025
32850
32850
32850
32850
32850
32850
32850
32850
21.90
23.27
24.64
24.64
24.64
24.64
24.64
24.64
24.64
24.64
80
80
85
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
14600
14600
15513
16425
16425
16425
16425
16425
16425
16425
29.20
29.20
31.03
32.85
32.85
32.85
32.85
32.85
32.85
32.85
51.10
52.47
55.66
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
9.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
22.79
24.66
25.72
26.33
26.33
26.33
26.33
26.33
26.33
26.33
Administrative
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
Overheads
Salaries
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
Sub Total
25.70
27.56
28.63
29.23
29.23
29.23
29.23
29.23
29.23
29.23
1.28
1.31
1.39
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
Total
26.98
28.87
30.02
30.67
30.67
30.67
30.67
30.67
30.67
30.67
Expected Sales
51.10
52.47
55.66
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
57.49
24.12
23.60
25.64
26.82
26.82
26.82
26.82
26.82
26.82
26.82
3.82
3.82
3.66
3.02
2.39
1.75
1.11
0.48
0.89
0.93
0.98
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Sub Total
4.70
4.75
4.64
4.03
3.39
2.75
2.12
1.48
1.00
1.00
Depreciation
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
18.70
18.13
20.29
22.07
22.71
23.35
23.98
24.62
25.10
25.10
6.22
6.16
7.05
7.77
8.06
8.34
8.60
7.73
9.35
9.29
12.49
11.97
13.24
14.30
14.65
15.01
15.38
16.89
15.75
15.81
Retained Profit
12.49
11.97
13.24
14.30
14.65
15.01
15.38
16.89
15.75
15.81
13.20
12.68
13.96
15.02
15.36
15.72
16.09
17.60
16.47
16.52
Sales Expenses
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
Operations
9-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
9.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
23.41
22.88
24.93
26.10
26.10
26.10
26.10
26.10
26.10
26.10
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
5.92
0.30
0.31
0.18
30.04
23.89
25.95
26.99
26.82
26.82
26.82
26.82
26.82
26.82
8.04
0.41
0.41
0.24
4.24
4.24
4.24
4.24
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
13
25
Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
38
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure for
35.86
the Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
4.24
4.24
Interest on LT loan
3.82
3.82
3.66
3.02
2.39
1.75
1.11
0.48
Interest on Bank
0.89
0.93
0.98
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
6.22
6.16
7.05
7.77
8.06
8.34
8.60
7.73
9.35
9.29
18.97
11.32
16.34
16.27
15.69
15.33
14.96
13.46
10.35
10.29
2.13
13.20
25.77
35.38
46.10
57.22
68.70
80.55
93.91
110.38
2.13
11.07
12.57
9.61
10.72
11.12
11.48
11.85
13.36
16.47
16.52
2.13
13.20
25.77
35.38
46.10
57.22
68.70
80.55
93.91
110.38
126.90
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
35.86
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit
(A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and at
Bank
9-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
9.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.54
12.49
24.45
37.70
52.00
66.65
81.65
97.03
113.92
129.67
145.47
25.45
25.45
25.45
21.21
16.97
12.73
8.48
4.24
5.92
6.21
6.52
6.69
6.69
6.69
6.69
6.69
6.69
6.69
37.99
56.39
68.65
77.96
88.19
98.60
109.37
120.50
133.15
148.89
164.70
35.86
35.86
35.14
34.43
33.71
32.99
32.28
31.56
30.85
30.13
29.41
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
35.86
35.14
34.43
33.71
32.99
32.28
31.56
30.85
30.13
29.41
28.70
8.04
8.46
8.87
9.10
9.10
9.10
9.10
9.10
9.10
9.10
2.13
13.20
25.77
35.38
46.10
57.22
68.70
80.55
93.91
110.38
126.90
37.99
56.39
68.65
77.96
88.19
98.60
109.37
120.50
133.15
148.89
164.70
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
12.54
9.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
16.5%
24%
2.48%
67.95%
9-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
10
10.1
Project Concept:
Tourist Accommodation is an essential infrastructure required in cities and towns where large number
of tourist visit and stay overnight. 5 star hotel is proposed at destinations normally visited by upper
class peoples like Non Resident Indians, upper class communities, Business Tourists, Foreigners etc.
The proposed 5 star hotel will have 85 double rooms and 15 single rooms. The hotel should contain all
the facilities and services essential for meeting the prescribed standard of a five-star hotel viz. a
spacious and modern swimming pool having both cold and hot/warm water system, Caf shop, bar,
health club etc.
10.2
Possible Locations
Two 5 star hotels have been proposed in Punjab at Ludhiana and Amritsar.
10.3
The demand of a 5 star hotel will be based on the flow of Domestic and Foreign Tourist at the
destinations. The target market for 5 star hotels will be foreigners, NRIs, upper class domestic tourists
and business tourists.
10.4
Environmental implications
10.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is estimated to attract visitors/tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following
impacts
(i)
Increased tourist inflow is likely to give rise in emissions and ambient noise level due to vehicles,
diesel generators and other commercial establishments/ activities.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
10-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
(iii)
Water Pollution
High-grade hotel and their clients use water leisurely. Hence, there will be an increase in wastewater
generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution.
10.4.2
Positive Impacts
The project will help in attracting more tourists to the destination and also extend their stay at the
destination. The extra revenue generated can be used in conserving the surrounding environment, both
natural and cultural. Proper care in construction phase and using local resources will minimise the
impact on the natural surroundings during construction. The project will also contribute to sustainable
local development.
10.4.3
Suggestions
Proper handling of solid waste/ sewage and use of passive energy design will enhance the
sustainability of the project.
10.5
Socio-economic impact
Tourist accommodation at potential tourist destination will have positive socio economic implication
on the local community. Growth in tourism and availability of good hotels will extend the stay of
tourist at the destination. Also, availability of basic tourist infrastructure will attract more number of
tourists to the place. It will enhance the tourist spending in the place and thereby benefit locals by
increasing their income level. The socio economic impact on women will not be much in the cities.
10.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Tourist accommodation is basic tourist infrastructure required for attracting tourist. Places
where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and Destination
prioritization.
The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place
as well as increase in overnight stay of tourist at that destination.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost, construction
material cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as indicative/
budgetary cost only.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
10-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
10.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 24 Months
Months
Schedule
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Detailed Project
Report preparation
Project Appraisal
and Finance
Acquisition of land
Land Development
Building and civil
works
Facilities
procurement
Project operation
10.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant
Cook
Steward Cum Asst. Cook
Caretaker
Driver
Restra Boy
Gen Operator cum Gardner
Chawkidar
Grand Total
10.9
1
3
4
Nos.
1
2
2
15
1
25
1
3
50
Assumptions
Capacity Per Year in Number
Total Room Night (Double Room)
Total Room Night (Single Room)
Restaurant (50 Person)
Occupancy Rate
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building / Sq. Feet in Rs
40
50
55
60
1
2
15%
15%
750
10-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
31025
5475
18250
22
23
24
Punjab
10.10
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10.11
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Furniture & Furnishings
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
100.44
248.22
41.20
10.00
63.70
10.00
19.39
8.15
49.29
550.39
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
Rs. in Lakhs
181.63
368.76
550.39
33%
67%
100%
10.12
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
10.13
Income Statement
Description
Yr-1
Occupancy Rate (%)
40
Total Bed Night
12410
(Double Room)
Total Bed Night
2190
(Family Room)
Capacity of Restaurant
7300
Income From Restaurant
From Double Room
62.05
From Family Room
8.76
From Local
10.95
Total
81.76
Income From Room/Dormitory
Double Room
Total from Double Room
223.38
Family Room
Total from Family Room
26.28
Total Sales Revenue
331.42
Rs in Lakh
No of month
1
2
0.5
Yr-2
50
15513
Yr-3
MM
25%
30%
20%
1st Yr
3.4
15.1
13.81
32.3
2nd Yr
4.3
22.9
17.26
44.4
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
4.7
5.1
23.9
24.90
18.99
20.71
47.6
50.7
55
17064
Yr-4
60
18615
Yr-5
60
18615
Yr-6
60
18615
Yr-7
60
18615
Yr-8
60
18615
Yr-9
60
18615
Yr-10
60
18615
2738
3011
3285
3285
3285
3285
3285
3285
3285
9125
10037.5
10950
10950
10950
10950
10950
10950
10950
77.56
10.95
13.69
102.20
85.32
12.05
15.06
112.42
93.08
13.14
16.43
122.64
93.08
13.14
16.43
122.64
93.08
13.14
16.43
122.64
93.08
13.14
16.43
122.64
93.08
13.14
16.43
122.64
93.08
13.14
16.43
122.64
93.08
13.14
16.43
122.64
279.23
307.15
335.07
335.07
335.07
335.07
335.07
335.07
335.07
32.85
414.28
36.14
455.70
39.42
497.13
39.42
497.13
39.42
497.13
39.42
497.13
39.42
497.13
39.42
497.13
39.42
497.13
10-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
10.14
Project Profitability
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
64.50
108.85
113.96
119.07
119.07
119.07
119.07
119.07
119.07
119.07
Administrative
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
Overheads
Salaries
17.70
17.70
17.70
17.70
17.70
17.70
17.70
17.70
17.70
17.70
Sub Total
82.42
126.77
131.88
136.99
136.99
136.99
136.99
136.99
136.99
136.99
8.29
10.36
11.39
12.43
12.43
12.43
12.43
12.43
12.43
12.43
Freight Expenses
Sales Expenses
Total
Expected Sales
90.70
137.13
143.28
149.42
149.42
149.42
149.42
149.42
149.42
149.42
331.42
414.28
455.70
497.13
497.13
497.13
497.13
497.13
497.13
497.13
240.72
277.14
312.43
347.71
347.71
347.71
347.71
347.71
347.71
347.71
55.31
55.31
53.01
43.79
34.57
25.35
16.13
6.91
3.63
4.95
5.31
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
Sub Total
58.94
60.26
58.32
49.47
40.25
31.03
21.81
12.59
5.68
5.68
Depreciation
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
164.64
199.75
236.97
281.11
290.33
299.55
308.77
317.99
324.90
324.90
47.62
63.50
79.31
97.00
101.77
106.21
110.40
76.69
127.19
125.12
117.02
136.25
157.66
184.11
188.55
193.34
198.37
241.30
197.71
199.77
Retained Profit
117.02
136.25
157.66
184.11
188.55
193.34
198.37
241.30
197.71
199.77
Cash Accrual
134.15
153.39
174.79
201.24
205.69
210.47
215.50
258.43
214.84
216.91
From Operations
10-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
10.15
Cash Flow
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
223.58
260.01
295.29
330.58
330.58
330.58
330.58
330.58
330.58
330.58
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
24.18
8.82
2.42
2.42
264.90
285.96
314.84
350.13
347.71
347.71
347.71
347.71
347.71
347.71
32.33
12.04
3.18
3.18
61.46
61.46
61.46
61.46
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
182
369
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
550
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital
542.24
Expenditure for
the
Project/Expansion
Increase in
Current Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
61.46
Interest on LT
61.46
55.31
55.31
53.01
43.79
34.57
25.35
16.13
6.91
3.63
4.95
5.31
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
5.68
47.62
63.50
79.31
97.00
101.77
106.21
110.40
76.69
127.19
125.12
loan
Interest on Bank
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
542.24
138.90
135.80
202.27
211.10
203.48
198.70
193.67
150.74
132.87
130.80
8.15
134.15
284.31
396.88
535.90
680.13
829.14
8.15
126.00
150.16
112.57
139.02
144.23
149.01
154.04
196.97
8.15
134.15
284.31
396.88
535.90
680.13
829.14
Opening Balance
of Cash in Hand
& in Bank
Net Surplus /
214.84
216.91
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance
of Cash in Hand
10-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
10.16
Balance Sheet
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
181.63
181.63
181.63
181.63
181.63
181.63
181.63
181.63
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
117.02
253.27
410.93
595.03
783.59
368.76 368.76
368.76
307.30
245.84
184.38
122.92
61.46
24.18
33.00
35.42
37.84
37.84
37.84
37.84
550.39 691.59
836.66
542.24 542.24
525.10
507.97
490.84
473.71
456.57
439.44
422.31
405.17
388.04
Less: Depreciation
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
17.13
542.24 525.10
507.97
490.84
473.71
456.57
439.44
422.31
405.17
388.04
370.91
32.33
44.37
47.55
50.73
50.73
50.73
50.73
50.73
50.73
50.73
8.15 134.15
284.31
396.88
535.90
680.13
829.14
550.39 691.59
836.66
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
Working Capital Loan
Total Liabilities
37.84
37.84
37.84
Assets:
10.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
16.5%
24%
2.48
62.14%
10-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
11
11.1
Project Concept
The project will involve setting up of an entertainment park in a sprawling landscaped location. The
project will involve installation of different rides. The visitors will pay entry charges to the parks. The
proposed rides in the park include:
1.
3.
5.
7.
9.
11.
11.2
2.
4.
6.
8.
10.
12.
Water Cyclone
Water Slide for Kids
Bumping Car (For Kids)
Octopus
Local Family Train
Bumping Car (For Adults)
Possible Locations
11.3
The Market demand for amusement park will come basically from the locals, Domestic Tourists and
visitor flow that takes place at the proposed destinations. The target market for these amusement parks
will be the locals, upper class and middle class domestic tourists. The demand is generally found to be
high during weekends, festivals and public holidays. The proposed project is expected to attract large
crowds from the neighbouring districts states as there are very little or no entertainment facilities in the
region.
11.4
Environmental implications
The project is likely to generate increased traffic flow and commercial establishments/ activities,
which will have the following impact:
11.4.1
Negative Impact
(i)
Increased tourist inflow is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise levels.
However, the impact will not be significant.
11-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
(iii)
Being a water intensive project like amusement park, maintenance can put a stress on fresh water
resources.
11.4.2
Positive Impacts
Development of well-designed open spaces will have prominent positive impact on the area. It will
help in improving the physical environment of the area.
11.4.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management, recycling of water, tree plantations will help in controlling the
negative impact of the project.
11.5
Socio-economic impact
Emergence of water parks and a variety of theme-based parks in the recent time has gained momentum
to a significant extent. These parks have increased the employment to a marginal extent in various
ways.
11.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitation should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and
destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success of such project will depend on location and competitive pricing by the owner of
such Amusement Park.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The Amusement Park project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost,
construction material cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as
indicative/ budgetary cost only.
11-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
11.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 24 Months.
Months
Schedule
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Detailed Project
Report
preparation
Project Appraisal
and Finance
Acquisition of
land
Land
Development
Building and civil
works
Facilities
procurement
Project operation
11.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant
Supervisor cum Eng.
Cook
Care Taker
Gen Operator cum Gardener
Ticket Salesman
Chawkidar
Restra Boy
Skilled Labour
Grand Total
No
1
2
1
6
1
1
2
2
10
26
11-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
23
24
Punjab
11.9
1
Assumptions
Capacity/Year (In Numbers)
Tea and Snacks
Amusement Park
Capacity of Restaurant
Occupancy Rate (In %)
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building /Sq. Feet in Rs
3
4
11.10
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10950
192720
7300
Amusement Park
50
60
70
70
Restaurant
40
50
60
60
15%
15%
700
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
11.11
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
11.12
S.No
1
2
3
Rs. in Lakhs
5.85
11.40
232.40
2.00
11.80
0.50
7.60
2.66
27.15
301.36
301.00
33%
67%
100%
99.45
201.91
301.36
Working Capital
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
1
2
0.5
MM
25%
30%
20%
11-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
1st Yr
0.12
4.50
6.40
11.03
2nd Yr
0.15
10.33
7.70
18.18
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
0.18
0.18
10.52
10.52
9.00
9.00
19.70
19.70
Punjab
11.13
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
40
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
5.48
6.84
8.21
8.21
8.21
8.21
8.21
8.21
8.21
8.21
From Food
3.65
4.56
5.48
5.48
5.48
5.48
5.48
5.48
5.48
5.48
Total Income
9.13
11.41
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
From Restaurant
Income From Amusement Park
Occupancy Rate (%)
50
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
144.54
173.45
202.36
202.36
202.36
202.36
202.36
202.36
202.36
202.36
153.67
184.85
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
Amusement Park
Total Sales Revenue
Rs in Lakh
11.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
14.73
48.88
49.24
49.24
49.24
49.24
49.24
49.24
49.24
49.24
Administrative
1.85
1.85
1.85
1.85
1.85
1.85
1.85
1.85
1.85
1.85
Salaries
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
Sub Total
23.18
57.33
57.69
57.69
57.69
57.69
57.69
57.69
57.69
57.69
3.84
4.62
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
Overheads
Sales Expenses
Total
27.02
61.95
63.09
63.09
63.09
63.09
63.09
63.09
63.09
63.09
153.67
184.85
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
216.04
126.64
122.90
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
30.29
30.29
29.02
23.98
18.93
13.88
8.83
3.79
1.25
2.03
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
Sub Total
31.54
32.31
31.23
26.18
21.13
16.09
11.04
5.99
2.20
2.20
Depreciation
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
68.49
63.98
95.11
100.16
105.21
110.26
115.30
120.35
124.14
124.14
13.09
29.14
34.60
39.12
42.94
46.24
50.63
50.94
51.65
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
68.49
50.89
65.97
65.56
66.09
67.32
69.07
69.72
73.20
72.48
Retained Profit
68.49
50.89
65.97
65.56
66.09
67.32
69.07
69.72
73.20
72.48
95.10
77.50
92.58
92.17
92.70
93.93
95.68
96.33
99.81
99.09
Operations
11-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
11.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
100.03
96.29
126.34
126.34
126.34
126.34
126.34
126.34
126.34
126.34
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
8.36
5.14
1.19
135.01
128.04
154.15
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
152.95
11.03
7.15
1.52
33.65
33.65
33.65
33.65
33.65
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
99
202
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
301
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
298.70
33.65
Interest on LT loan
30.29
30.29
29.02
23.98
18.93
13.88
8.83
3.79
Interest on Bank
1.25
2.03
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
13.09
29.141
34.604
39.12
42.94
46.24
50.629
50.941
51.653
42.57
52.55
95.54
94.44
93.91
92.68
90.93
90.27
53.15
53.86
2.66
95.10
170.58
229.19
287.70
346.75
407.02
469.05
531.72
631.53
2.66
92.44
75.48
58.60
58.51
59.04
60.27
62.03
62.68
99.81
99.09
2.66
95.10
170.58
229.19
287.70
346.75
407.02
469.05
531.72
631.53
730.62
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
298.70
Opening Balance
of Cash in Hand
& in Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand
11-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
11.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Operating Years
Particulars
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
99.45
99.45
99.45
99.45
99.45
99.45
99.45
99.45
99.45
99.45
68.49
119.38
185.35
250.90
316.99
384.31
453.37
523.10
596.29
668.78
201.91
201.91
201.91
168.26
134.61
100.96
67.30
33.65
8.36
13.50
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.70
301.36
378.22
434.24
467.76
499.66
532.09
565.76
601.17
637.24
710.44
782.92
298.70
298.70
272.09
245.48
218.87
192.26
165.65
139.04
112.43
85.82
59.21
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
26.61
298.70
272.09
245.48
218.87
192.26
165.65
139.04
112.43
85.82
59.21
32.60
11.03
18.18
19.70
19.70
19.70
19.70
19.70
19.70
19.70
19.70
2.66
95.10
170.58
229.19
287.70
346.75
407.02
469.05
531.72
631.53
730.62
301.36
378.22
434.24
467.76
499.66
532.09
565.76
601.17
637.24
710.44
782.92
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
99.45
11.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI(in 4th Year)
32
20.41%
2.02
50.02%
11-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective Plan
for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism in
Punjab
July 2002
Punjab
Study Report on
Preparation of 20
Years Perspective
Plan for
Development of
Sustainable Tourism
in
Punjab
Punjab
12
12.1
Project Concept
Though Punjab does not have a coastline, developing a tourist attraction on the lines of beach tourism
will attract a large number of tourists to have an experience of beach tourism. The place identified for
the beach tourism is the Satluj water body at Ropar. This can be utilised in the best possible manner
without distorting the serene beauty of the wetland by building beach cottages providing
accommodation with restaurant and bar for tourists. The proposed beach cottage project envisages a
capacity of 10 rooms providing double accommodation with restaurant and a open air spacious bar.
The restaurant shall depict in its menu the mouth watering specialities of Punjab. The guests can enjoy
in the moonlit night the folk music and the traditional dance of Punjab. The project shall be finalised at
the particular location after getting necessary clearance from the Environment and Forestry
departments. A self-contained system for solid waste management would be apt for this beach cottage.
Apart from hut and restaurant, there is a provision for Angling.
12.2
Possible Locations
Artificial beach development project is proposed in Ropar on the banks of river Satluj.
12.3
The high-end Indian tourists and the foreign tourists who are on the look out for a serene vacation, rich
in culture and traditions are the appropriate target market. Weekend tourists from Delhi and other
major parts of Punjab can be targeted effectively. The transit tourists are the other potential segment
which can be tapped effectively. The unique cottages can be promoted through tour operators,
chartered flight operators as a unique cultural heritage away from the busy metropolitan life. Such a
theme related resort providing natural ambience and traditional lifestyle will also attract more and
more foreign tourists to the cottage.
12.4
Environmental implications
12.4.1
Negative Impact
The project is estimated to attract visitors/ tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following
impact:
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be
very significant.
12-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste like polythene bags, food material and
hotel/restaurant waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area.
(iii)
Water Pollution
There will be an increase in wastewater generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution.
Poor sewerage management will lead to severe water pollution. Increased traffic movement along the
water body will disturb the local ecosystem.
(iv)
The development is suggested at a site where there is minimum disturbance to the migratory birds.
Hence, the damage will be minimum.
(v)
Suggestions
Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will control the overall negative
impact of the project.
12.5
Socio-economic impact
The tourists consider such spots as a weekend relaxation option, many of them do not stay for the
night, and hence the target of the project should be to make the average stay of tourists 1.5 2 days.
This would increase the tourist expenditure and thereby the income of the personnel employed in these
resorts. The tourists coming to the resort can also be attracted towards the local arts and crafts by
organizing tribal shows on weekends thereby increasing the income level of local craftsman.
12.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places for this project was identified based on our field survey and destination prioritization
and inflow of tourists to those destinations.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure (which
increases the accessibility to the destination) at the place as well as increase in overnight stay
of the tourists at that destination.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
12-2 of 7
Punjab
Environmental considerations will have a significant bearing on the clearance of this project.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
12.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 months.
Schedule
Months
8
10
11
12.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Cook
Steward/Caretaker
Asst. Cook
Guide cum Driver
Restra Boy
Gardner
Choukidar/security
Unskilled
Grand Total
Nos
1
1
1
1
2
5
1
1
6
19
12-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
12
Punjab
12.9
Assumptions
3
4
12.10
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3650
10950
3650
60
65
70
70
1
2
15%
15%
300
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Furniture & Furnishing
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
12.11
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
12.12
S.No
1
2
3
Rs. in Lakhs
5.50
3.95
24.58
2.00
21.00
0.20
2.98
1.82
6.20
68.23
68.00
Rs. in Lakhs
22.52
45.71
68.23
33%
67%
100%
Working Capital
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
1
2
0.5
MM
25%
30%
20%
12-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
1st Yr
1.05
3.77
2.14
6.96
2nd Yr
1.14
4.73
2.32
8.19
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
1.22
1.22
4.92
4.92
2.50
2.50
8.65
8.65
Punjab
12.13
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
2190
2373
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
21.90
23.73
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
8.76
9.49
10.22
10.22
10.22
10.22
10.22
10.22
10.22
10.22
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
6570
7118
7665
7665
7665
7665
7665
7665
7665
7665
16.43
17.79
19.16
19.16
19.16
19.16
19.16
19.16
19.16
19.16
25.19
27.28
29.38
29.38
29.38
29.38
29.38
29.38
29.38
29.38
12.14
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
2190
2373
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
2555
4.38
4.75
5.11
5.11
5.11
5.11
5.11
5.11
5.11
5.11
51.47
55.75
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Operating Cost
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
14.22
19.90
20.95
20.95
20.95
20.95
20.95
20.95
20.95
20.95
Administrative Overheads
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
Salaries
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.90
6.90
Sub Total
21.32
27.00
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
1.29
1.39
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
Total
22.60
28.39
29.55
29.55
29.55
29.55
29.55
29.55
29.55
29.55
51.47
55.75
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
60.04
Gross Profit
28.86
27.36
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
6.86
6.86
6.57
5.43
4.29
3.14
2.00
0.86
Sales Expenses
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term Loan
Interest On Working Capital
0.77
0.90
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
Sub Total
7.63
7.76
7.53
6.38
5.24
4.10
2.95
1.81
0.96
0.96
Depreciation
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
16.01
14.38
17.74
18.88
20.03
21.17
22.31
23.46
24.31
24.31
3.21
5.37
6.50
7.44
8.24
8.94
9.57
10.03
10.15
16.01
11.17
12.37
12.39
12.59
12.93
13.37
13.88
14.28
14.16
Retained Profit
16.01
11.17
12.37
12.39
12.59
12.93
13.37
13.88
14.28
14.16
21.23
16.40
17.60
17.61
17.82
18.16
18.60
19.11
19.51
19.39
Operations
12-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
12.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
23.64
22.14
25.27
25.27
25.27
25.27
25.27
25.27
25.27
25.27
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.14
0.88
0.34
34.00
28.25
30.84
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
30.49
6.96
1.23
0.46
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
23
46
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
68
B. Disposition of
Funds
Capital Expenditure
66.41
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
Interest on LT loan
6.86
6.86
6.57
5.43
4.29
3.14
2.00
0.86
Interest on Bank
0.77
0.90
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
3.21
5.37
6.50
7.44
8.24
8.94
9.57
10.03
10.15
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
66.41
14.59
12.20
20.98
20.50
20.30
19.95
19.51
19.01
10.99
11.11
1.82
21.23
37.28
47.14
57.14
67.34
77.88
88.86
100.35
119.86
1.82
19.41
16.05
9.86
10.00
10.20
10.54
10.98
11.49
19.51
19.39
1.82
21.23
37.28
47.14
57.14
67.34
77.88
88.86
100.35
119.86
139.24
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and
at Bank
12-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
12.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
16.01
27.18
39.55
51.93
64.53
77.46
90.83
104.71
118.99
133.15
45.71
45.71
45.71
38.09
30.48
22.86
15.24
7.62
5.14
6.02
6.37
6.37
6.37
6.37
6.37
6.37
6.37
6.37
68.23
89.38
101.43
106.52
111.29
116.26
121.58
127.33
133.59
147.88
162.04
66.41
66.41
61.18
55.95
50.73
45.50
40.27
35.05
29.82
24.60
19.37
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
5.23
66.41
61.18
55.95
50.73
45.50
40.27
35.05
29.82
24.60
19.37
14.14
6.96
8.19
8.65
8.65
8.65
8.65
8.65
8.65
8.65
8.65
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
22.52
12.17
1.82
21.23
37.28
47.14
57.14
67.34
77.88
88.86
100.35
119.86
139.24
68.23
89.38
101.43
106.52
111.29
116.26
121.58
127.33
133.59
147.88
162.04
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
16.08%
39%
2.41
43.29%
12-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
13
13.1
Project Concept
Historical important events and the culture and Heritage of the state can be effectively presented
through this concept. Local artists and the performers can add value to the tourist destinations. This
project is crucial for projecting the image as a historically important destination and thus enhancing
the image of the state as well as the country. The requirements for this Project are local artists, a stage
to perform and the musical instruments.
The suggested project would also provide a shopping place for selling various local handicrafts and
artefacts. The stalls would be made available by the government to local private parties and in return a
monthly rent would be charged. The place will also have a restaurant.
13.2
Possible Location(s)
13.3
The Market demand for the Live Theatre will come from the Domestic and foreign Tourists visiting
the destinations. The target market for proposed project will be leisure tourists. Special interest tourists
and foreigners.
13.4
Environmental implications
The project components includes adequate creation of a stage with good light and sound system
13.5
Negative Impacts
(i)
Increased tourist inflow is likely to cause rise in emissions and ambient noise level due to vehicles,
diesel generators and other commercial establishments/ activities.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
(iii)
Increased tourist activities will create stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater
generation. Improper disposal will lead to water and land pollution
13-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
13.5.2
Positive Impacts
This project will help in improving the overall physical environment and in heritage conservation. The
project will help in heritage property conservation and increase awareness about the culture and
heritage of the place.
13.5.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems, adopting regulatory measures like
restricting the vehicle entry to a certain limit, controlling tourist activities within the heritage area will
help in controlling the negative impacts of the project.
13.6
Socio-economic impact
Significant socio-economic impacts are envisaged as the local artists, women groups and people
associated with handicrafts will get more opportunities for their livelihood.
13.7
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Place for this project is identified based on our field survey and destination prioritization and
inflow of tourists at this destination.
The success of such project will depend on location and competitive pricing by the promotor
and the quality of shows presented by the artists.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
13.8
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months.
Schedule
13-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Months
6
7
10
11
12
Punjab
13.9
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Booking Clerk
Unskilled Labour
Grand Total
13.10
1
3
4
13.11
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13.12
Nos
1
1
10
12
Assumptions
Capacity per Year in Numbers
15 Stall for 12 months
1 Restaurant for 12 months
Occupancy Rate (in %)
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building (Hut Type)/Sq. Feet (In Rs)
Building /Sq. Feet (In Rs)
Stall
100
100
100
100
Restaurant
100
100
100
100
180
12
Theatre
50
60
70
80
1
2
15%
15%
75
450
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
41.90
13.63
14.58
2.00
4.00
0.25
4.13
1.03
8.15
89.68
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
33%
67%
100%
13-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Rs. in Lakhs
29.59
60.08
89.68
Punjab
13.13
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
3
Description
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
13.14
Income Statement
No of month
2
0.5
MM
30%
20%
1st Yr
1.57
2.78
4.35
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr
4th Yr
2.08
2.08
2.78
2.78
4.85
4.85
2nd Yr
2.08
2.78
4.85
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Income From Rent
Stall
Capacity Utilisation (In %)
Total Number of Stalls for
Revenue Generation
Total Income From Stall
Restaurant
Capacity Utilisation (In %)
Total Number of Rent/ Month
Total Income From Restaurant
Total Sales Revenue
13.15
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
100
180
100
180
100
180
100
180
100
180
100
180
100
180
100
180
100
180
100
180
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
100
12
3.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
66.60
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Cost
Administrative Overheads
Salaries
Sub Total
Sales Expenses
Total
Expected Sales Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
Sub Total
Depreciation
Profit Before Tax
Provision For Tax
Profit After Tax
Retained Profit
Cash Accrual From
Operations
Year
Yr-5
Yr -6
8.03
8.03
0.21
0.21
2.55
2.55
10.79
10.79
1.67
1.67
12.45
12.45
66.60
66.60
54.15
54.15
Yr -1
5.00
0.21
2.55
7.76
1.67
9.42
66.60
57.18
Yr-2
8.03
0.21
2.55
10.79
1.67
12.45
66.60
54.15
Yr -3
8.03
0.21
2.55
10.79
1.67
12.45
66.60
54.15
Yr -4
8.03
0.21
2.55
10.79
1.67
12.45
66.60
54.15
9.01
0.50
9.01
0.55
8.64
0.55
7.13
0.55
5.63
0.55
9.51
2.76
44.91
14.29
30.61
30.61
33.37
9.56
2.76
41.82
13.83
28.00
28.00
30.76
9.19
2.76
42.20
14.44
27.76
27.76
30.52
7.69
2.76
43.70
15.33
28.37
28.37
31.14
6.18
2.76
45.20
16.13
29.07
29.07
31.84
13-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Yr -7
8.03
0.21
2.55
10.79
1.67
12.45
66.60
54.15
Yr-8
8.03
0.21
2.55
10.79
1.67
12.45
66.60
54.15
Yr -9
8.03
0.21
2.55
10.79
1.67
12.45
66.60
54.15
Yr-10
8.03
0.21
2.55
10.79
1.67
12.45
66.60
54.15
4.13
0.55
2.63
0.55
1.13
0.55
0.55
0.55
4.68
2.76
46.70
16.86
29.84
29.84
32.60
3.18
2.76
48.21
17.55
30.65
30.65
33.42
1.68
2.76
49.71
16.05
33.66
33.66
36.42
0.55
2.76
50.83
19.25
31.59
31.59
34.35
0.55
2.76
50.83
19.17
31.66
31.66
34.42
Punjab
13.16
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
54.42
51.39
51.39
51.39
51.39
51.39
51.39
51.39
51.39
51.39
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
3.32
0.35
60.50
54.50
54.15
54.15
54.15
54.15
54.15
54.15
54.15
54.15
4.35
0.51
10.01
10.01
10.01
10.01
10.01
0.55
0.55
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
30
60
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
90
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
88.65
10.01
Interest on LT loan
9.01
9.01
8.64
7.13
5.63
4.13
2.63
1.13
Interest on Bank
0.50
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
14.29
13.83
14.44
15.33
16.13
16.86
17.55
16.05
19.25
19.17
28.15
23.90
33.64
33.03
32.33
31.56
30.74
27.74
19.80
19.72
1.03
33.37
63.98
84.49
105.61
127.43
150.02
173.42
199.82
234.17
1.03
32.35
30.60
20.51
21.12
21.82
22.59
23.40
26.40
34.35
34.42
1.03
33.37
63.98
84.49
105.61
127.43
150.02
173.42
199.82
234.17
268.59
88.65
Opening Balance
of Cash in Hand &
in Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and
at Bank
13-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
13.17
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
29.59
29.59
29.59
29.59
29.59
29.59
29.59
29.59
29.59
29.59
30.61
58.61
86.37
114.74
143.82
173.66
204.31
237.97
269.56
301.22
60.08
60.08
50.07
40.05
30.04
20.03
10.01
3.32
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.67
89.68
123.61
151.96
169.70
188.07
207.13
226.95
247.59
271.24
302.82
334.49
88.65
88.65
85.89
83.13
80.37
77.61
74.84
72.08
69.32
66.56
63.80
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
2.76
88.65
85.89
83.13
80.37
77.61
74.84
72.08
69.32
66.56
63.80
61.04
4.35
4.85
4.85
4.85
4.85
4.85
4.85
4.85
4.85
4.85
1.03
33.37
63.98
84.49
105.61
127.43
150.02
173.42
199.82
234.17
268.59
89.68
123.61
151.96
169.70
188.07
207.13
226.95
247.59
271.24
302.82
334.49
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
29.59
Reserves &
Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
60.08
Working
Capital Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets:
Gross Fixed
Assets
Less: Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
Balance
Total Assets
13.18
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
14.5%
18%
2.23
59.77%
13-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
14
14.1
Project Concept
Lake Restaurant complex is proposed at Patiala near the Kali Temple. The complex will be developed
on the lines of Sarhind Floating Restaurant. The restaurant is proposed to be located in the centre of
the lake with a small wooden jetty and mechanised boats for ferrying the tourists. Adequate lighting,
cleaning and beautification will be done. The Lake Complex will have:
Facility
Floating Restaurant
Water Ski
Paddle Boat
Kayaks
Canoes
Water Seater
Speed Boat
14.2
Number
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Capacity in Number
35
1
4
2
2
2
10
Possible Locations
The proposed lake complex will be located at Patiala near the Kali Devi Temple.
14.3
Market demand will be mainly from the locals, domestic tourists and visitor flow at different tourist
attractions at Patiala. The target market for this project will also be NRIs and a segment foreign
tourists.
14.4
Environmental implications
14.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project components include restaurant, wooden jetty and rowing boats. It is likely to have the
following impact:
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be
very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
14-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
(iii)
Water Pollution
Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater
generation. Improper disposal of wastewater will lead to deterioration of water quality of the lake. Further
there are chances of the aquatic life being damaged due to the oily and detergent discharge in to the lake.
14.4.2
Positive Impacts
Certain portions of the revenue generated from the project can be allocated for overall environmental
improvement and lake conservation. The project will help in conserving the surrounding environment,
both natural and cultural
14.4.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will be required to control the
overall negative impacts of the project.
14.5
Socio-economic impact
The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as good to a reasonable extent. This
would create employment opportunities for the local communities. Women can be given the
opportunity to run the complex, e.g. total complex run by the women employees only. This would lead
to the empowerment of women and upliftment of the society to a certain extent at the destination.
14.6
Limitation
While using this project profile following limitations should be kept in mind:
The success of the project would depend on the quality of services and the marketing strategy.
Maintaining the environment and beauty of the lake in due course would be the key for success
of the project.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary from
these projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as
well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
14.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months
Schedule
14-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Months
6
7
10
11
12
Punjab
14.8
Manpower
Position
Floatel Manager Cum Accountant
Receptionist cum Ticketing
Cook
Steward
Caretaker
Asst. Cook
Guide
Boat Man
Security
Boat pool man
Grand Total
14.9
1
3
4
No
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
11
Assumptions
Capacity per Year in Numbers
Floatel
Restaurant
Water Ski
Paddle Boat
Kayaks
Canoes
Water Scooter
Speed Boat
Occupancy Rate (in %)
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building/Sq. Feet in Rs
Floating Platform/Sq. Feet in Rs
14.10
Project Cost
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Particulars
Civil Works
Plant & Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
53600
46900
2010
8040
4020
4020
4020
20100
60
65
70
80
1
2
15%
15%
450
3100
Rs. in Lakhs
30.17
4.53
0.90
4.00
2.21
1.13
4.29
47.23
14-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
14.11
Means of Finance
Rs. in Lakhs
Equity
Debt
33%
67%
15.59
31.65
Total
100%
47.23
14.12
Working Capital
Rs. in Lakhs
S.No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
No of month
1
2
0.5
MM
25%
30%
20%
Total
14.13
1st Yr
1.06
1.42
2.20
2nd Yr
1.14
2.02
2.38
3rd Yr
1.23
2.04
2.57
4th Yr
1.41
2.08
2.93
4.67
5.55
5.84
6.42
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Income From Floatel
Capacity Utilisation(%)
60
Total number of visitor
32160
Total Income From Floatel
24.12
Income From Restaurant
Capacity Utilisation
60
Total number of visitor
28140
Total Income From Restaurant 25.33
Income From Water Ski
Capacity Utilisation (%)
60
Total Number of Visitors
1206
Total Income From Water Ski
0.24
Income From 4 Seater Paddle Boat
Capacity Utilisation (%)
60
Total Number of Visitors
4824
Total Income From 4 Seater
0.96
Paddle Boat
Income From Kayak
Capacity Utilisation (In %)
60
Total Number of Visitors
2412
Total Income From Kayak
0.48
Income From Canoe
Capacity Utilisation (In %)
60
Total Number of Visitors
2412
Total Income From Canoe
0.48
Income From Water Scooter
Capacity Utilisation (In %)
60
Total Number of Visitors
2412
Total Income From
1.21
Water Scooter
Total Sales Revenue
52.82
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
65
34840
26.13
70
37520
28.14
80
42880
32.16
80
42880
32.16
80
42880
32.16
80
42880
32.16
80
42880
32.16
80
42880
32.16
80
42880
32.16
65
30485
27.44
70
32830
29.55
80
37520
33.77
80
37520
33.77
80
37520
33.77
80
37520
33.77
80
37520
33.77
80
37520
33.77
80
37520
33.77
65
1307
0.26
70
1407
0.28
80
1608
0.32
80
1608
0.32
80
1608
0.32
80
1608
0.32
80
1608
0.32
80
1608
0.32
80
1608
0.32
65
5226
1.05
70
5628
1.13
80
6432
1.29
80
6432
1.29
80
6432
1.29
80
6432
1.29
80
6432
1.29
80
6432
1.29
80
6432
1.29
65
2613
0.52
70
2814
0.56
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
65
2613
0.52
70
2814
0.56
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
80
3216
0.64
65
2613
1.31
70
2814
1.41
80
3216
1.61
80
3216
1.61
80
3216
1.61
80
3216
1.61
80
3216
1.61
80
3216
1.61
80
3216
1.61
57.22
61.63
70.43
70.43
70.43
70.43
70.43
70.43
70.43
14-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
14.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Cost
Administrative
Overheads
Yr -1
19.60
Yr-2
24.16
Yr -3
25.21
Yr -4
27.32
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
Year
Yr-5
Yr -6
27.32
27.32
0.25
0.25
Yr -7
27.32
Yr-8
27.32
Yr -9
27.32
Yr-10
27.32
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
Salaries
3.53
3.53
3.53
3.53
3.53
3.53
3.53
3.53
3.53
3.53
Sub Total
23.38
27.93
28.99
31.10
31.10
31.10
31.10
31.10
31.10
31.10
Sales Expenses
1.32
1.43
1.54
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.76
Total
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
24.70
52.82
29.36
57.22
30.53
61.63
32.86
70.43
32.86
70.43
32.86
70.43
32.86
70.43
32.86
70.43
32.86
70.43
32.86
70.43
28.13
27.86
31.10
37.57
37.57
37.57
37.57
37.57
37.57
37.57
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
Sub Total
4.75
4.75
4.55
3.76
2.97
2.18
1.38
0.59
0.53
0.63
0.66
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
5.28
5.37
5.21
4.49
3.70
2.90
2.11
1.32
0.73
0.73
Depreciation
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
21.54
6.81
21.18
6.88
24.58
8.26
31.78
10.95
32.57
11.33
33.36
11.69
34.15
12.04
34.94
7.41
35.54
13.92
35.54
13.62
14.73
14.30
16.33
20.83
21.24
21.67
22.12
27.53
21.62
21.92
Retained Profit
14.73
14.30
16.33
20.83
21.24
21.67
22.12
27.53
21.62
21.92
Cash Accrual
From Operations
16.04
15.60
17.63
22.14
22.55
22.98
23.42
28.84
22.93
23.22
Financial Expenses
14-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
14.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
26.82
26.56
29.79
36.27
36.27
36.27
36.27
36.27
36.27
36.27
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
3.54
0.63
0.23
0.45
31.67
28.50
31.32
38.02
37.57
37.57
37.57
37.57
37.57
37.57
4.67
0.87
0.29
0.58
5.27
5.27
5.27
5.27
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
16
32
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
47
B. Disposition of
Funds
Capital Expenditure
46.10
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
5.27
5.27
Interest in Term
Loans (R/C)
Interest on LT loan
4.75
4.75
4.55
3.76
2.97
2.18
1.38
0.59
Interest on Bank
0.53
0.63
0.66
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
0.73
6.81
6.88
8.26
10.95
11.33
11.69
12.04
7.41
13.92
13.62
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
46.10
16.76
13.13
19.03
21.29
20.30
19.87
19.43
14.01
14.64
14.35
1.13
16.04
31.40
43.70
60.43
77.70
95.40
113.55
137.11
160.04
1.13
14.91
15.36
12.29
16.73
17.27
17.70
18.15
23.56
22.93
23.22
1.13
16.04
31.40
43.70
60.43
77.70
95.40
113.55
137.11
160.04
183.26
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and
at Bank
14-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
14.16
Balance Sheet
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
15.59
15.59
15.59
15.59
15.59
15.59
15.59
15.59
15.59
15.59
14.73
29.03
45.36
66.19
87.43
109.10
131.22
158.75
180.37
202.29
31.65
31.65
26.37
21.10
15.82
10.55
5.27
3.54
4.18
4.40
4.86
4.86
4.86
4.86
4.86
4.86
4.86
47.23
65.51
80.44
91.72
107.73
123.70
140.09
156.93
179.19
200.81
222.73
46.10
46.10
44.80
43.49
42.19
40.88
39.58
38.27
36.97
35.66
34.36
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
1.30
44.80
43.49
42.19
40.88
39.58
38.27
36.97
35.66
34.36
33.06
4.67
5.55
5.84
6.42
6.42
6.42
6.42
6.42
6.42
6.42
1.13
16.04
31.40
43.70
60.43
77.70
95.40
113.55
137.11
160.04
183.26
47.23
65.51
80.44
91.72
107.73
123.70
140.09
156.93
179.19
200.81
222.73
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
15.59
31.65
46.10
Current Assets
Cash & Bank Balance
Total Assets
14.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
19.4%
25%
2.87
78%
14-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
15
15.1
Project Concept
In the Sarai Amanat Khan, a heritage structure exists wherein a heritage guesthouse/lodge can be built.
Similarly in Jaijon Doaba village a small guesthouse/lodge can be set up covered into the Heritage
hotel. The Heritage lodge will have 20 double rooms and 10 single rooms. Other entertainment
activities like health club, and local cultural activities can be provided in the lodge.
15.2
Possible Locations
Bara Sahib Guesthouse is proposed at Jaijon Doaba village in Hoshiarpur and Sarai Amanat Lodge is
proposed at Sarai Amanat Khan near Wagha Border in Amritsar.
15.3
The demand will come from high-end domestic tourists and foreign tourists.
15.4
Environmental implications
15.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is estimated to attract visitors/ tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following
impact:
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is likely
to raise the gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of restaurant waste will lead to water & land pollution and
degrade the aesthetics of the area.
(iii)
Water Pollution
There will be an increase in wastewater generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution.
(iv)
15-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
(v)
Because of increased inflow of tourists adequate maintenance and restoration measures if the heritage
property at the site will be required
15.4.2
Suggestions
Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will control the overall negative
impacts of the project.
15.5
Socio-economic impact
This project would increase the employment opportunities for the local communities. Local artists and
women will get new avenues for socio-economic upliftment.
15.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and destination
prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure (which
increases the accessibility to the destination) at the place as well as increase in overnight stay
tourist at that destination.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary from
these projections due to inflationary economy.
The project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost, construction material
cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as indicative/ budgetary cost
only.
The feasibility of the project would depend upon the exact inflow of tourists to those destinations.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of implementation.
15.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 24 Months.
Schedule
Months
1
10
15-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Punjab
15.8
Manpower
Position
Manager
Receptionist cum Clark cum Accountant
Cook
Steward
Caretaker
Asst. Cook
Restra Boy
Unskilled
Gen Operator cum Gardner
Chawkidar
Swimming Pool Incharge
Grand Total
15.9
1
3
4
15.10
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
No
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
10
1
2
1
23
Assumptions
Capacity Per Year in Number
Total Bed Night(Double Room)
Total Bed Night(Single Room)
Capacity of Restaurant
Occupancy Rate in %
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building / Sq. Feet in Rs
Room
40
45
50
55
10950
3650
18250
Restaurant
60
65
70
70
1
2
15%
15%
1000
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
15-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Rs. in Lakhs
34.07
135.88
26.32
5.00
14.40
9.79
3.85
22.93
252.24
252.00
Punjab
15.11
Means of Finance
Rs. in Lakhs
Equity
33%
83.24
Debt
67%
169.00
Total
100%
252.24
15.12
Working Capital
Rs. in Lakhs
S.No
Description
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
Raw Material
No of month
1
MM
25%
1.16
1.28
1.41
1.49
Other expenses
30%
7.52
12.21
12.62
12.95
Outstanding Debtors
0.5
20%
Total
15.13
1st Yr
4th Yr
6.51
7.30
8.10
8.86
15.19
20.80
22.13
23.30
Income Statement
Description
Income From Room Tariff
From Double Room
Occupancy Rate (In %)
Total no. of Room Night
Income From
Double Rooms
From Single Room
Occupancy Rate (In %)
Total Number of
Room Night
Income From
Single Room
Total Income From
Room Tariff
Income From Restaurant
From Room Service
From Room (D)
From Room (S)
Income From
Room Service
From Local Visitor
Capacity (In %)
Total Number of Visitor
Income From Local
Visitor
Total Income
From Restaurant
Total Sales Revenue
Rs in Lakh
Rs. in Lakhs
Yr-9 Yr-10
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
40
4380
100.74
45
4928
113.33
50
5475
125.93
55
6023
138.52
55
6023
138.52
55
6023
138.52
55
6023
138.52
55
6023
138.52
55
6023
138.52
55
6023
138.52
40
1460
45
1643
50
1825
55
2008
55
2008
55
2008
55
2008
55
2008
55
2008
55
2008
27.74
31.21
34.68
38.14
38.14
38.14
38.14
38.14
38.14
38.14
128.48
144.54
160.60
176.66
176.66
176.66
176.66
176.66
176.66
176.66
13.14
3.65
16.79
14.78
4.11
18.89
16.43
4.56
20.99
18.07
5.02
23.09
18.07
5.02
23.09
18.07
5.02
23.09
18.07
5.02
23.09
18.07
5.02
23.09
18.07
5.02
23.09
18.07
5.02
23.09
60
10950
10.95
65
11863
11.86
70
12775
12.78
70
12775
12.78
70
12775
12.78
70
12775
12.78
70
12775
12.78
70
12775
12.78
70
12775
12.78
70
12775
12.78
27.74
30.75
33.76
35.86
35.86
35.86
35.86
35.86
35.86
35.86
156.22
175.29
194.36
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
15-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
15.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
24.91
52.09
53.60
54.65
54.65
54.65
54.65
54.65
54.65
54.65
Administrative
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
Salaries
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
Sub Total
37.34
64.52
66.02
67.07
67.07
67.07
67.07
67.07
67.07
67.07
7.81
8.76
9.72
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
Overheads
Sales Expenses
Total
Expected Sales
45.15
73.28
75.74
77.70
77.70
77.70
77.70
77.70
77.70
77.70
156.22
175.29
194.36
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
212.52
111.07
102.01
118.62
134.82
134.82
134.82
134.82
134.82
134.82
134.82
25.35
25.35
24.29
20.07
15.84
11.62
7.39
3.17
1.70
2.30
2.46
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On
Term Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
Sub Total
27.05
27.65
26.75
22.66
18.43
14.21
9.98
5.76
2.59
2.59
Depreciation
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
Profit Before
76.81
67.15
84.66
104.95
109.18
113.40
117.63
121.85
125.02
125.02
22.66
20.51
27.75
35.76
37.86
39.84
41.71
23.29
50.13
48.98
54.15
46.64
56.91
69.19
71.32
73.57
75.91
98.57
74.89
76.05
Retained Profit
54.15
46.64
56.91
69.19
71.32
73.57
75.91
98.57
74.89
76.05
Cash Accrual
61.36
53.85
64.12
76.40
78.53
80.78
83.12
105.78
82.10
83.26
Tax
Provision For
Tax
From
Operations
15-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
15.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
103.86
94.80
111.41
127.61
127.61
127.61
127.61
127.61
127.61
127.61
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
11.34
4.01
1.02
0.90
122.41
106.02
119.64
135.72
134.82
134.82
134.82
134.82
134.82
134.82
15.19
5.61
1.33
1.17
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
83
169
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
252
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
248.39
28.17
28.17
28.17
28.17
28.17
28.17
25.35
25.35
24.29
20.07
15.84
11.62
7.39
3.17
1.70
2.30
2.46
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
2.59
22.66
20.51
27.75
35.76
37.86
39.84
41.71
23.29
50.13
48.98
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
248.39
64.90
53.77
84.00
87.76
84.46
82.21
79.87
57.21
52.72
51.57
3.85
61.36
113.61
149.25
197.22
247.58
300.19
355.14
432.76
514.86
3.85
57.51
52.25
35.64
47.97
50.36
52.61
54.96
77.61
82.10
83.26
3.85
61.36
113.61
149.25
197.22
247.58
300.19
355.14
432.76
514.86
598.12
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in and at
Bank
15-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
15.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
83.24
83.24
83.24
83.24
83.24
83.24
83.24
83.24
83.24
83.24
54.15
100.79
157.70
226.89
298.20
371.77
447.68
546.25
621.14
697.19
169.00
169.00
140.83
112.67
84.50
56.33
28.17
11.34
15.35
16.37
17.27
17.27
17.27
17.27
17.27
17.27
17.27
252.24
317.73
368.38
398.13
440.06
483.21
528.61
576.36
646.76
721.65
797.69
248.39
248.39
241.18
233.97
226.76
219.54
212.33
205.12
197.91
190.70
183.49
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.21
248.39
241.18
233.97
226.76
219.54
212.33
205.12
197.91
190.70
183.49
176.28
15.19
20.80
22.13
23.30
23.30
23.30
23.30
23.30
23.30
23.30
3.85
61.36
113.61
149.25
197.22
247.58
300.19
355.14
432.76
514.86
598.12
252.24
317.73
368.38
398.13
440.06
483.21
528.61
576.36
646.76
721.65
797.69
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
83.24
169.00
Working Capita
l Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets:
Gross Fixed Assets
Less: Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
Balance
Total Assets
15.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
17.81%
33%
2.74
52.93%
15-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
16
16.1
Project Concept
Non-availability of proper parking space at most of the tourist destinations is a common problem faced
by the tourists all over India. Hence well organised parking places with a blend of other necessary
services are required. Shopping complexes with gift shops, small eateries are also required to cater to
the tourists need.
16.2
Possible Locations
Parking cum shopping complexes are required at Durgiana Mandir in Amritsar, and at Manji Sahib
and Charan Kamal Gurudwara in Ludhiana.
16.3
The target market for these projects will be all tourists visiting the Gurudwara and the locality.
16.4
Environmental implications
16.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant,
this is likely to have the impact on:
Pollution
(i)
Increased vehicular flow use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be
very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and may
degrade the aesthetics of the area.
16.4.2
Positive impacts
(i)
Environmental awareness
The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural
environment. Organised parking will lead to the reduction in noise and vehicular emission levels.
16-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
16.4.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and change in landuse pattern will be
required.
16.5
Socio-economic impact
The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as significant to a large extent. This
would create numerous self-employment opportunities for the unemployed and also the local
communities of those destinations by offering them employment opportunities with the new shops and
other commercial establishments. This would improve the standard of living of the people involved in
the establishment of such restaurants, cafeterias and gift shops. There will also be livelihood options
for local vendors.
16.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and destination
prioritization and inflow of tourists to those destinations.
The success would also depend upon the quality of shops, food and refreshments offered by the eating
joints.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary from these
projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well
as increase in overnight stay of tourist at the destinations.
The success of the projects will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to the destination or
passing through such destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
16.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 8-12 Months.
Schedule
16-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Months
6
7
10
11
12
Punjab
16.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Booking Clerk
Unskilled
Grand Total
No
1
1
3
5
16.9
Assumptions
3
4
16.10
Project Cost
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Shopping Complex
90
95
100
100
1
2
15%
15%
450
Say
16.11
360
219000
Parking Complex
60
70
80
90
Rs. in Lakhs
50.65
21.75
0.02
0.10
0.25
4.10
0.82
7.77
85.47
85.00
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
Rs. in Lakhs
28.21
57.27
85.47
33%
67%
100%
16.12
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
Description
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
2
0.5
MM
30%
20%
16-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
1st Yr
1.03
2.57
3.60
2nd Yr
1.59
2.74
4.34
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
1.61
1.62
2.92
2.96
4.53
4.58
Punjab
16.13
Income Statement
Description
Yr-1
Income From Rent (Shops)
Capacity Utilisation
90
(%)
Total Number of Shops
324
For Revenue Generation
Total Income
55.08
From Rent (Shops)
Income From Parking
Capacity Utilisation
60
(In %)
Total Number of
131400
Vehicles Park
Total Income
6.57
From Parking
Total Sales Revenue
61.65
16.14
Rs. in Lakhs
Yr-9
Yr-10
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
95
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
342
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
58.14
61.20
61.20
61.20
61.20
61.20
61.20
61.20
61.20
70
80
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
153300
175200
197100
197100
197100
197100
197100
197100
197100
7.67
8.76
9.86
9.86
9.86
9.86
9.86
9.86
9.86
65.81
69.96
71.06
71.06
71.06
71.06
71.06
71.06
71.06
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Cost
Administrative
Overheads
Salaries
Sub Total
Sales Expenses
Total
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
Sub Total
Depreciation
Profit Before Tax
Provision For Tax
Profit After Tax
Retained Profit
Cash Accrual
From Operations
Year
Yr-5
Yr -6
5.77
5.77
0.21
0.21
Yr -1
2.49
0.21
Yr-2
5.77
0.21
Yr -3
5.77
0.21
Yr -4
5.77
0.21
Yr -7
5.77
0.21
Yr-8
5.77
0.21
Yr -9
5.77
0.21
Yr-10
5.77
0.21
1.95
4.64
1.54
6.19
61.65
1.95
7.92
1.65
9.57
65.81
1.95
7.92
1.75
9.67
69.96
1.95
7.92
1.78
9.70
71.06
1.95
7.92
1.78
9.70
71.06
1.95
7.92
1.78
9.70
71.06
1.95
7.92
1.78
9.70
71.06
1.95
7.92
1.78
9.70
71.06
1.95
7.92
1.78
9.70
71.06
1.95
7.92
1.78
9.70
71.06
55.46
56.24
60.29
61.35
61.35
61.35
61.35
61.35
61.35
61.35
8.59
8.59
8.23
6.80
5.37
3.94
2.51
1.07
0.42
0.50
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
9.01
0.57
45.89
15.96
29.92
29.92
30.49
9.09
0.57
46.58
16.25
30.33
30.33
30.90
8.75
0.57
50.97
17.84
33.12
33.12
33.69
7.33
0.57
53.46
18.76
34.70
34.70
35.26
5.89
0.57
54.89
19.30
35.59
35.59
36.16
4.46
0.57
56.32
19.84
36.48
36.48
37.05
3.03
0.57
57.75
20.37
37.38
37.38
37.95
1.60
0.57
59.19
16.55
42.64
42.64
43.21
0.53
0.57
60.26
22.44
37.82
37.82
38.39
0.53
0.57
60.26
22.17
38.09
38.09
38.66
16-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
16.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
54.90
55.67
59.72
60.78
60.78
60.78
60.78
60.78
60.78
60.78
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
2.78
0.53
0.15
0.04
58.24
56.77
60.44
61.39
61.35
61.35
61.35
61.35
61.35
61.35
3.60
0.74
0.19
0.05
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
28
57
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
85
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
84.65
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
9.54
9.54
9.54
9.54
9.54
9.54
8.59
8.59
8.23
6.80
5.37
3.94
2.51
1.07
Interest on Bank
0.42
0.50
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
15.96
16.25
17.84
18.76
19.30
19.84
20.37
16.55
22.44
22.17
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
84.65
28.57
26.07
36.33
35.68
34.74
33.85
32.95
27.69
22.97
22.70
0.82
30.49
61.19
85.30
111.01
137.62
165.13
193.54
227.20
265.59
0.82
29.67
30.70
24.11
25.71
26.61
27.51
28.40
33.66
38.39
38.66
0.82
30.49
61.19
85.30
111.01
137.62
165.13
193.54
227.20
265.59
304.24
Opening Balance
of Cash in Hand &
in Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and
at Bank
16-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
16.16
Balance Sheet
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
28.21
29.92
60.26
93.38
128.08
163.67
200.15
237.53
280.16
317.98
356.07
57.27
57.27
47.72
38.18
28.63
19.09
9.54
2.78
3.31
3.46
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
85.47
118.17
149.04
172.77
197.96
224.00
250.94
278.78
311.87
349.69
387.78
84.65
84.65
84.08
83.51
82.94
82.37
81.80
81.23
80.66
80.09
79.52
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
84.08
83.51
82.94
82.37
81.80
81.23
80.66
80.09
79.52
78.96
3.60
4.34
4.53
4.58
4.58
4.58
4.58
4.58
4.58
4.58
0.82
30.49
61.19
85.30
111.01
137.62
165.13
193.54
227.20
265.59
304.24
85.47
118.17
149.04
172.77
197.96
224.00
250.94
278.78
311.87
349.69
387.78
57.27
84.65
Current Assets
Cash & Bank Balance
Total Assets
16.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
19.1%
18%
2.57
71.17%
16-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
17
17.1
Project Concept
Non-availability of proper parking space at most of the tourist destinations is a common problem faced
by the tourists all over India. Hence well organised parking places with a blend of other necessary
services are required. Shopping complexes with gift shops, small eateries are also required to cater to
the tourists need.
17.2
Possible Locations
The target market for these projects will be all tourists visiting the Gurudwara and the locality.
17.4
Environmental implications
17.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant,
this is likely to have the impact on:
Pollution
(i)
Increased vehicular flow use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be
very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and may
degrade the aesthetics of the area.
17.4.2
Positive impacts
(i)
Environmental awareness
The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural
environment. Organised parking will lead to the reduction in noise and vehicular emission levels.
17-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
17.4.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and change in landuse pattern will be
required.
17.5
Socio-economic impact
The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as significant to a large extent. This
would create numerous self-employment opportunities for the unemployed and also the local
communities of those destinations by offering them employment opportunities with the new shops and
other commercial establishments. This would improve the standard of living of the people involved in
the establishment of such restaurants, cafeterias and gift shops. There will also be livelihood options
for local vendors.
17.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and destination
prioritization and inflow of tourists to those destinations.
The success would also depend upon the quality of shops, food and refreshments offered by the eating
joints.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary from these
projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well
as increase in overnight stay of tourist at the destinations.
The success of the projects will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to the destination or
passing through such destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
17.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months.
Schedule
17-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Months
6
7
10
11
12
Punjab
17.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Booking Clerk
Unskilled
Grand Total
No
1
1
3
5
17.9
Assumptions
3
4
17.10
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
17.11
Shopping Complex
90
100
100
100
360
365000
Parking Complex
90
100
100
100
1
2
15%
15%
800
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in lakhs
45.80
81.50
0.02
2.15
0.25
7.15
1.63
13.85
152.35
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
Rs. in Lakhs
50.28
102.08
152.35
33%
67%
100%
17.12
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
Description
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
2
0.5
MM
30%
20%
17-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
1st Yr
2.28
4.74
7.02
2nd Yr
4.42
5.27
9.69
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
4.42
4.42
5.27
5.27
9.69
9.69
Punjab
17.13
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
324
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
Total Income
81.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
328500
365000
365000
365000
365000
365000
365000
365000
365000
365000
32.85
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
113.85
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
Total Number of
Rent Month
From Stall
Income From Parking
Capacity Utilisation (%)
Total Number of
Vehicles Park
Total Income From
Parking
Total Sales Revenue
17.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
8.67
21.22
21.22
21.22
21.22
21.22
21.22
21.22
21.22
21.22
Administrative
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
Salaries
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
Sub Total
10.82
23.37
23.37
23.37
23.37
23.37
23.37
23.37
23.37
23.37
2.85
3.16
3.16
3.16
3.16
3.16
3.16
3.16
3.16
3.16
Overheads
Sales Expenses
Total
13.67
26.54
26.54
26.54
26.54
26.54
26.54
26.54
26.54
26.54
113.85
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
126.50
100.18
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
15.31
15.31
14.67
12.12
9.57
7.02
4.47
1.91
0.81
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
16.12
1.92
16.41
1.92
15.77
1.92
13.22
1.92
10.67
1.92
8.11
1.92
5.56
1.92
3.01
1.92
1.10
1.92
1.10
1.92
82.13
81.63
82.27
84.82
87.37
89.92
92.48
95.03
96.94
96.94
27.93
27.91
28.27
29.30
30.32
31.32
32.32
20.15
37.47
36.65
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
Sub Total
Depreciation
54.20
53.72
54.00
55.52
57.05
58.60
60.16
74.88
59.47
60.29
Retained Profit
Cash Accrual From
Operations
54.20
56.13
53.72
55.65
54.00
55.92
55.52
57.44
57.05
58.98
58.60
60.53
60.16
62.08
74.88
76.80
59.47
61.40
60.29
62.21
17-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
17.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
50
98.25
98.04
98.04
98.04
98.04
98.04
98.04
98.04
98.04
98.04
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
5.39
1.92
0.00
0.00
105.57
101.89
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
99.96
7.02
2.67
17.01
17.01
17.01
17.01
17.01
17.01
102
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
152
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
150.72
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
Interest on LT loan
15.31
15.31
14.67
12.12
9.57
7.02
4.47
1.91
0.81
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
27.93
27.91
28.27
29.30
30.32
31.32
32.32
20.15
37.47
36.65
51.08
46.99
61.06
59.53
58.00
56.45
54.89
40.17
38.56
37.75
1.63
56.13
111.02
149.93
190.36
232.33
275.84
320.91
380.70
442.10
1.63
54.49
54.90
38.91
40.43
41.97
43.51
45.07
59.79
61.40
62.21
1.63
56.13
111.02
149.93
190.36
232.33
275.84
320.91
380.70
442.10
504.31
Interest on Bank
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
150.72
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and
at Bank
17-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
17.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Operating Years
Particulars
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
50.28
54.20
107.92
161.92
217.44
274.49
333.09
393.25
468.13
527.60
587.89
102.08
102.08
85.06
68.05
51.04
34.03
17.01
5.39
7.31
7.31
7.31
7.31
7.31
7.31
7.31
7.31
7.31
152.35
211.94
267.59
304.57
343.08
383.12
424.71
467.85
525.72
585.19
645.48
150.72
150.72
148.80
146.87
144.95
143.02
141.10
139.17
137.25
135.32
133.40
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
1.92
150.72
148.80
146.87
144.95
143.02
141.10
139.17
137.25
135.32
133.40
131.47
7.02
9.69
9.69
9.69
9.69
9.69
9.69
9.69
9.69
9.69
1.63
56.13
111.02
149.93
190.36
232.33
275.84
320.91
380.70
442.10
504.31
152.35
211.94
267.59
304.57
343.08
383.12
424.71
467.85
525.72
585.19
645.48
Reserves &
Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
102.08
Working Capita
l Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets:
Gross Fixed
Assets
Less: Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
Balance
Total Assets
17.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
17.3%
24.72%
2.39
64.89%
17-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
18
18.1
Project Concept
Tourist facilities of the PTDC Complexes visited during the field survey were not found up to the
mark due local of maintenance. Most of these complexes need massive upgradation measures to make
these establishments commercially viable. The minimum required tourist infrastructure like modern
and clean bathrooms, curtains, bed & pillow covers, telephones and cable TV is also not available at
most of the complexes. Considering the fact that all of the PTDC complexes are strategically located
and have ample space for expansion, these can be upgraded and marketed very effectively for
substantial revenue generation.
18.2
Possible Locations
18.3
Most of the PTDC complexes are located on NH/major State highways. Improvements in their
conditions will attract the tourists of various categories travelling on these highways, more so because
the State Government is laying emphasis highway tourism.
18.4
Environmental implications
18.4.1
Negative Impacts
Upgradation of the complexes will not have a significant incremental rise in pollution levels.
However, increased commercial activities will have some impact on gaseous emissions, solid waste
and wastewater generation.
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial activities is likely to cause
rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and may
degrade the aesthetics of the area.
18-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
18.5
Positive impact
(i)
Environmental awareness
The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural environment.
18.5.2
Suggestions
Proper environment management practices for wastewater and solid waste management will be
required.
18.6
Socio-economic impact
Upgradation of the PTDC Complexes will provide temporary employment opportunity for some
people involved in the renovation/upgradation work.
18.7
Limitation
The success would depend upon the quality of food and refreshments offered by the PTDC
complexes.
Use of the area within the PTDC complexes as banquet halls, convention halls, will have a
significant bearing on the success of this project. Similarly, improvement of the landscape
and developing childrens park in the PTDC complex area will have a bearing on the success
of the project.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the
place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.
The upgraded PTDC complex will be successful depending on the exact inflow of tourists to
that destination or passing through such destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
18.8
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
4.25
81.85
234.11
28.35
0.25
18.98
36.78
404.57
18-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
19
19.1
Project Concept
The entire State of Punjab state is dotted with the ruins of old buildings. Since 1970 to date 56 ancient
and historic sites have been declared Protected Monuments by the Punjab Government. The
Government of India had separately declared 30 sites as protected sites. Among them are kos minars
(small towers that were milestones for ancient roads), sarais, palaces,temples, tombs and forts. Some
of the better known of these are: Sheesh Mahal and Quila Mubarak at Patiala, Aam Khas Bagh at
Sirhind, Maharaja Ranjit Singh's summer palace at Amritsar, Mughal sarais at Shambhu and Doraha,
the tombs of Ustaad and Shagird at village Talania in Fatehgarh Sahib District, Dera Mian Meer at
Sirhind, Masjid Bhagat Sadna Qasai at Sirhind, the Moorish Masjid at Kapurthala, the ancestral homes
of Lala Lajpat Rai at Jagraon and Shaheed Bhagat Singh at Khatkar Kalan.
Most of these heritage buildings need restoration & refurbishment and extensive marketing to make
them popular among the tourists visiting the state.
19.2
Possible Locations
Initially at Sheesh Mahal and Quila Mubarak at Patiala and then restoration work at other heritage
sites can also be undertaken.
19.3
19.4
Environmental implications
19.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project will not have a significant incremental rise in pollution levels. However, during the
refurbishment work there will be some generation of particulate matter, dust and noise levels but this
impact will be localized and will not be very significant. Increased number of visitors will have some
impact on vehicular emissions, solid waste and wastewater generation.
(i)
Incremental rise in particulate matter due to various construction/refurbishment related activities will
take place but this will remain localised and for a short interval.
19-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
Increased vehicular activities are likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level.
However, the impact will not be very significant.
(ii)
19.5
Positive impacts
(i)
Environmental awareness
The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural
environment.
19.5.2
Suggestions
19.6
Socio-economic impact
The socio-economic impact of these projects will be positive as an increase in number of visitors to
these places will increase employment opportunities for the locals and women entrepreneurs specially
the small time vendors.
19.7
Limitation
These projects could be undertaken only by the ASI or State Government Cultural
Department
The success would depend upon the effective marketing of these places.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the
place.
The success of such project will depend on the inflow of tourists to that destination or
passing through such destination.
Detailed assessment of the total cost involved and the agencies restoration and refurbishment
work has to be done at a later stage.
19-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
20
20.1
Project Concept
Non-availability of public utilities at most of the tourist attraction sites is a common problem faced by
tourists all over India. Hence clean and hygienic public utilities are suggested at some of the
destinations frequently visited by the tourists in Punjab.
20.2
Possible Locations
20.3
20.4
Environmental implications
20.4.1
Negative Impacts
There will be no significant adverse environmental impact because of this project. In fact, the
successful operation of this project will help in minimising the adverse environmental impact and help
in maintaining the hygienic conditions in and around the area.
(i)
(ii)
20.4.2
Positive impacts
The project will help in maintaining the cleanliness and hygienic environment.
20.4.3
Suggestions
Proper drainage system, clean and un-interrupted water supply and regular disinfecting will be
necessary.
20-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
20.5
Socio-economic impact
No impact.
20.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
The success would also depend upon the hygiene and cleanliness maintained subsequent to
construction.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
20.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 3 Months.
20.8
Manpower
Position
Unskilled
Grand Total
20.9
Project Cost
Sr. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
No
3
3
Say
20-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Rs. in Lakhs
0.20
50.25
2.15
0.20
2.61
0.27
5.57
61.25
61.00
Punjab
21
21.1
Project Concept
This is a very specific type of nature based tourism, in which small groups of people will be taken for
experiencing various aspects of nature, and participate in wildlife viewing, nature trekking, education
tours and so on. Special care will be taken to prevent negative impacts on the ecosystem. The important
feature will be emphasizing the ecological fragility, carrying capacity and biodiversity conservation of
the region, while acting as a liaison between local communities and the tourism industry. The proposed
project takes into consideration the participation of local community/village in providing
accommodation to visiting tourists.
The proposed nature based tourism projects will be promoted in two modes. The first mode shall focus
on the casual visitors to the facilities at the Harike, Kanjali and Ropar wetlands including pilgrims to
Gurudwaras, school/college students, organized groups and local villagers. The other mode shall be
designed keeping in view the outstation visitors and serious birdwatchers.
The project components would as follows:
Activity
Restaurant
Cycling
Aqua Tricycle
Kayak
Rowing Boat (Patrol Boat)
Rowing Boat
21.2
Number
1
10
5
4
5
5
Possible Locations
Nature based tourism projects are proposed at Harike Pattan and Kanjali.
21.3
There is growing demand for domestic nature tourism in India. Market demand will be from domestic
and foreign tourists, NRIs and the local visitors.
21.4
Environmental implications
21.4.1
Negative Impacts
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be
very significant if adequate environmental protection measures are adopted.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
21-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
(iii)
Water Pollution
Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater
generation. Improper disposal of waste will lead to water pollution. Further there are chances of the aquatic
life being damaged due to the eutrophication if proper disposal methods for wastewater are not adopted.
21.4.2
Positive Impacts
Certain portions of the revenue generated from the project can be allocated for overall environmental
improvement and water body conservation. The project will help in conserving the surrounding
environment, both natural and cultural
21.4.3
Suggestions
Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will be required to control the
overall negative impacts of the project. Adequate safeguarding measures should be undertaken to
instigate the undesirable environmental impact on these eco-sensitive sites.
21.5
Socio-economic impact
The project would create employment opportunities for the local communities of the destinations if
government assists the locals to acquire the equipments. Women can be given the opportunity to own
the equipment and run such water sporting activities. This would lead to the empowerment of women
and upliftment of the society to a certain extent at that destination. It is envisaged that the tourist
visiting these places will stay with the local villages, this increasing the economic status of the people.
21.6
Limitation
While using this project profile following limitations should be kept in mind:
Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and
destination prioritisation and inflow of tourists at those destinations.
The success would also depend upon the marketing of these places aggressively.
Maintaining the attractiveness of the water bodies in due course would be the key for success
of these projects.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place
as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of implementation.
21.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 months
21-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
Schedule
Months
6
7
10
11
12
21.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Cook
Waiter
Unskilled Labour
Grand Total
No
1
1
3
5
10
21.9
Assumptions
21.10
Project Cost
3
4
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Cycling
30
35
40
50
1
2
15%
15%
450
Rs. in Lakhs
3.30
8.30
7.42
1.10
0.25
1.02
0.62
2.20
24.20
21-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
Restaurant
40
50
60
70
9125
3650
21900
21900
65700
43800
Water Sports
40
50
60
70
Punjab
21.11
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
Rs. in Lakhs
7.99
16.22
24.20
33%
67%
100%
21.12
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
21.13
Income Statement
No of month
1
2
0.5
MM
25%
30%
20%
1st Yr
0.01
1.50
0.82
2.33
2nd Yr
0.01
1.92
1.02
2.96
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
0.01
0.02
1.95
1.98
1.23
1.43
3.19
3.43
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
40
50
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
3650
4563
5475
6388
6388
6388
6388
6388
6388
6388
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
2.74
3.42
4.11
4.79
4.79
4.79
4.79
4.79
4.79
4.79
30
35
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
1095
1278
1460
1825
1825
1825
1825
1825
1825
1825
0.27
0.32
0.37
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
40
50
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
15330
3.07
3.83
4.60
5.37
5.37
5.37
5.37
5.37
5.37
5.37
40
50
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
15330
2.63
3.29
3.94
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
4.60
40
50
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
45990
6.57
8.21
9.86
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
40
50
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
30660
4.38
5.48
6.57
7.67
7.67
7.67
7.67
7.67
7.67
7.67
19.66
24.55
29.44
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
21-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
21.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
4.73
7.13
7.15
7.19
7.19
7.19
7.19
7.19
7.19
7.19
Administrative
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
Sub Total
8.53
10.93
10.95
10.99
10.99
10.99
10.99
10.99
10.99
10.99
Sales Expenses
0.49
0.61
0.74
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
Overheads
Salaries
Total
Expected Sales
9.02
11.54
11.69
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
19.66
24.55
29.44
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
34.37
10.63
13.00
17.75
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
2.43
2.43
2.33
1.93
1.52
1.11
0.71
0.30
0.26
0.33
0.35
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
Sub Total
2.69
2.76
2.68
2.31
1.90
1.50
1.09
0.69
0.38
0.38
Depreciation
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
6.80
9.10
13.93
19.07
19.48
19.88
20.29
20.70
21.00
21.00
1.71
2.78
4.70
6.68
6.93
7.15
7.36
6.38
8.00
7.95
5.10
6.32
9.23
12.40
12.55
12.73
12.93
14.32
13.00
13.05
Retained Profit
5.10
6.32
9.23
12.40
12.55
12.73
12.93
14.32
13.00
13.05
Cash Accrual
6.23
7.46
10.37
13.54
13.69
13.87
14.07
15.46
14.14
14.19
From Operations
21-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
21.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
9.49
11.86
16.61
21.38
21.38
21.38
21.38
21.38
21.38
21.38
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.72
0.46
0.18
0.19
12.35
13.46
17.93
22.71
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
22.52
2.33
0.63
0.23
0.24
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
2.70
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
16
Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
24
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure for
23.58
the Project/Expansion
Increase in Current Assets
2.43
2.43
2.33
1.93
1.52
1.11
0.71
0.30
Interest on Bank
0.26
0.33
0.35
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
1.71
2.78
4.70
6.68
6.93
7.15
7.36
6.38
8.00
7.95
23.58
6.73
6.17
10.31
11.92
11.53
11.35
11.15
9.77
8.38
8.33
0.62
6.23
13.53
21.15
31.93
42.92
54.08
65.45
78.20
92.34
0.62
5.62
7.29
7.62
10.78
10.99
11.17
11.37
12.75
14.14
14.19
0.62
6.23
13.53
21.15
31.93
42.92
54.08
65.45
78.20
92.34
106.53
21-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
21.16
Balance Sheet
Operating Years
Particulars
Const.
Period
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Liabilities :
Equity
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
7.99
5.10
11.42
20.65
33.04
45.60
58.33
71.25
85.57
98.57
111.62
16.22
16.22
13.51
10.81
8.11
5.41
2.70
1.72
2.17
2.36
2.54
2.54
2.54
2.54
2.54
2.54
2.54
24.20
31.01
37.79
44.50
54.38
64.23
74.26
84.49
96.10
109.10
122.14
23.58
23.58
22.45
21.31
20.17
19.03
17.89
16.75
15.61
14.47
13.33
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
22.45
21.31
20.17
19.03
17.89
16.75
15.61
14.47
13.33
12.19
2.33
2.96
3.19
3.43
3.43
3.43
3.43
3.43
3.43
3.43
0.62
6.23
13.53
21.15
31.93
42.92
54.08
65.45
78.20
92.34
106.53
24.20
31.01
37.79
44.50
54.38
64.23
74.26
84.49
96.10
109.10
122.14
16.22
23.58
Current Assets
Cash & Bank Balance
Total Assets
21.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI ( in 4th Year)
20.3%
34%
3.34
91.47%
21-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
22
22.1
Project Concept
Possible Locations
Market demand would be for all kinds of domestic & foreign tourist. Domestic tourists and students
from various parts of the country and even abroad may visit this establishment.
22.4
Environmental implications
Socio-economic impact
No socio-economic impacts of these projects are envisaged except for the creation of employment to
some extent.
22.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
The success would depend upon the marketing strategy and efficiency of the people
associated with the institute such that the erstwhile tourist inflow is restored.
The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that information
centre.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
22.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months
22-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
Schedule
Months
8
10
11
12
22.8
Manpower
Position
Liaison Office
Yoga Expert
Semi Skilled Yoga Asst.
Unskilled
Grand Total
22.9
1
No
1
1
1
5
8
Assumptions
Capacity (In Numbers)
Yoga Center
Aurvedic Center
Occupancy Rate
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building /Sq. Feet in Rs
3
4
22.10
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1440
9900
Ayurvedic Center
60
65
70
Yoga Center
60
70
80
1
2
15%
15%
450
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
22-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Rs. in Lakhs
2.30
3.31
0.09
1.10
2.00
0.66
0.97
1.04
11.47
11.50
Punjab
22.11
Means of Finance
Rs. in Lakhs
Equity
33%
3.79
Debt
67%
7.69
Total
100%
11.47
22.12
Working Capital
Rs. in Lakhs
S. No
Description
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
Raw Material
No of month
1
MM
25%
1st Yr
0.41
0.48
0.55
0.55
Other expenses
30%
2.34
2.61
2.76
2.76
Outstanding Debtors
0.5
20%
0.83
0.97
1.11
1.11
3.59
4.06
4.42
4.42
Total
22.13
4th Yr
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
60
70
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
864
1008
1152
1152
1152
1152
1152
1152
1152
1152
5.18
6.05
6.91
6.91
6.91
6.91
6.91
6.91
6.91
6.91
60
70
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
5940
6930
7920
7920
7920
7920
7920
7920
7920
7920
14.85
17.33
19.80
19.80
19.80
19.80
19.80
19.80
19.80
19.80
20.03
23.37
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
Utilisation
Total Number of
Patient
Total Income
From Ayurvedic
Center
Income From Yoga Center
Capacity
Utilisation (In %)
Total Number of
Visitors
Total Income
From Ayurvedic
Center
Total Sales
Revenue
22-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
22.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
8.41
9.91
10.74
10.74
10.74
10.74
10.74
10.74
10.74
10.74
Administrative
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
Salaries
4.95
4.95
4.95
4.95
4.95
4.95
4.95
4.95
4.95
4.95
Sub Total
13.57
15.07
15.89
15.89
15.89
15.89
15.89
15.89
15.89
15.89
0.50
0.58
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
Overheads
Sales Expenses
Total
14.07
15.65
16.56
16.56
16.56
16.56
16.56
16.56
16.56
16.56
Expected Sales
20.03
23.37
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
26.71
5.97
7.72
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
1.15
1.15
1.11
0.91
0.72
0.53
0.34
0.14
0.39
0.44
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On Working
Capital
Sub Total
1.55
1.60
1.59
1.40
1.21
1.01
0.82
0.63
0.49
0.49
Depreciation
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
4.12
5.82
8.26
8.45
8.64
8.84
9.03
9.22
9.36
9.36
1.27
1.94
2.85
2.95
3.05
3.13
3.22
2.55
3.56
3.51
2.85
3.88
5.41
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.81
6.67
5.81
5.85
Retained Profit
2.85
3.88
5.41
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.81
6.67
5.81
5.85
3.15
4.19
5.71
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.11
6.98
6.11
6.15
Operations
22-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
22.15
Cash Flow
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
5.66
7.42
9.85
9.85
9.85
9.85
9.85
9.85
9.85
9.85
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
2.62
0.35
0.27
8.58
8.07
10.42
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
10.15
3.59
0.47
0.36
1.28
1.28
1.28
1.28
1.28
0.49
0.49
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
11
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure for
10.50
the Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
1.28
1.15
1.15
1.11
0.91
0.72
0.53
0.34
0.14
Interest on Bank
0.39
0.44
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
1.27
1.94
2.85
2.95
3.05
3.13
3.22
2.55
3.56
3.51
6.41
4.01
6.08
5.63
5.53
5.43
5.32
4.46
4.04
4.00
0.97
3.15
7.21
11.56
16.08
20.70
25.42
30.25
35.95
42.06
0.97
2.18
4.06
4.34
4.52
4.62
4.72
4.83
5.70
6.11
6.15
0.97
3.15
7.21
11.56
16.08
20.70
25.42
30.25
35.95
42.06
48.21
10.50
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit (AB)
Closing Balance of Cash
in Hand and at Bank
22-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
22.16
Balance Sheet
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
3.79
3.79
3.79
3.79
3.79
3.79
3.79
3.79
3.79
3.79
2.85
6.73
12.14
17.64
23.24
28.94
34.75
41.42
47.23
53.08
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
3.79
7.69
7.69
7.69
6.41
5.13
3.84
2.56
1.28
2.62
2.97
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.23
11.47
16.94
21.17
25.57
29.79
34.10
38.52
43.05
48.44
54.25
60.10
10.50
10.50
10.20
9.89
9.59
9.29
8.98
8.68
8.37
8.07
7.77
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
10.20
9.89
9.59
9.29
8.98
8.68
8.37
8.07
7.77
7.46
3.59
4.06
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
0.97
3.15
7.21
11.56
16.08
20.70
25.42
30.25
35.95
42.06
48.21
11.47
16.94
21.17
25.57
29.79
34.10
38.52
43.05
48.44
54.25
60.10
10.50
Current Assets
Cash & Bank Balance
Total Assets
22.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
22.6%
45%
3.06
84.26
22-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
23
23.1
Project Concept
This is a very specific type of nature based tourism, in which deers will be kept for entertainment.
23.2
Possible Locations
23.3
The project would attract mainly the locals and a small segment of domestic tourists.
23.4
Environmental implications
23.4.1
Negative Impacts
(i)
Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial activities is likely to cause
rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant if
adequate environmental protection measures are adopted.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste (littered by tourist) will lead to water & land
pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area.
(iii)
Water Pollution
No significant impact on water environment except some increase in overall water demand.
(iv)
Impact on wildlife
Susceptibility of the deer imported from some other places for this project to the new environment will
be a major environmental issue.
23-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
23.5
Socio-economic impact
The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as good to a reasonable extent. This
would create employment opportunities for the local communities.
23.6
Limitation
While using this project profile following limitations should be kept in mind:
The success would largely depend upon the marketing of the project.
The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place
as well as increase in tourist inflow at the destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
23.7
Manpower
Position
Doctor
Choukidar/security
Care Taker
Grand Total
23.8
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
No
1
3
5
9
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
0.60
0.56
2.88
2.15
0.20
0.40
0.40
0.72
7.91
23-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
24
24.1
Project Concept:
There are no casinos in India. Most of the domestic tourists have to go to the neighbouring countries to
avail the enjoyment of a casino. Though the law of the land doesn't permit opening and running of a
casino, it was felt during the survey that there is ample demand for a casino in the state. Keeping in
view the various steps being taken by the government for tourism promotion and shifts in policy to
keep a pace with the changing environment, the team suggested a casino project in the state on a longterm basis.
Besides the casino, the project will comprise of a restaurant, bar and other recreational activities.
24.2
Possible Locations
24.3
Market demand would be for attract locals, high end domestic tourists and foreign tourists.
24.4
Environmental implications
24.4.1
The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant,
this is likely to have the impact on:
(i)
Pollution
Increased vehicular flow use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is
likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be
very significant.
(ii)
Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade
the aesthetics of the area.
24-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
24.4.2
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and control on landuse transformation
will be required.
24.5
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Present government policy which doesn't allow casino is the foremost limitation of such
project.
The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided by the
establishment.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the
place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.
The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that destination or
passing through such destination.
24-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
25
25.1
Project Concept
"Patiala Palace on Wheels" is a project suggested on the lines of the train which runs between Delhi
and Rajasthan. The train will start from Delhi connect Bathinda via Patiala, go to Amritsar and come
back Delhi back in 5-6 days.
The proposed train will have total 21 coaches out of which, 2 will have Gen. set, 2 will have
Restaurant and remaining 17 coaches will have 5 star hotel. Further is having all facilities like attached
bathroom (hot/cold water), TV, Sofa, A/c etc. Each coach can accommodate 8 passengers.
25.2
Possible Locations
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of implementation.
25.5
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 24 months.
Months
Schedule
1
10
11
25-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Punjab
25.6
Manpower
Position
Restaurant Manager
Chief Cook
TTC
Waiter
Technician
Security
Safaiwala /Unskilled Labour
Grand Total
25.7
1
No
1
1
2
20
5
19
10
58
Assumptions
Capacity per Year in Numbers
Tourist
Occupancy Rate in %
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
3
4
25.8
Sr. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
49640
35
40
45
50
1
2
15%
15%
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment including Coaches
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Say
25-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Rs. in Lakhs
0.40
2.05
1361.03
50.00
137.85
2.00
49.54
258.22
186.11
2047.20
2047.00
Punjab
25.9
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
Rs. in Lakhs
675.58
1371.62
2047.20
33%
67%
100%
25.10
Working Capital
S. No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
25.11
Income Statement
No of month
1
2
0.5
MM
25%
30%
20%
1st Yr
135.73
657.14
135.73
928.61
2nd Yr
155.13
768.39
155.13
1078.64
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
174.52
193.91
857.59
946.79
174.52
193.91
1206.62 1334.60
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Capacity
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
35
40
45
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
17374
19856
22338
24820
24820
24820
24820
24820
24820
24820
3257.63
3723.00
4188.38
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
Utilisation
Total Tourist
Total Sales
Revenue
25-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
25.12
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
1777.85
2142.88
2375.57
2608.25
2608.25
2608.25
2608.25
2608.25
2608.25
2608.25
13.13
13.13
13.13
13.13
13.13
13.13
13.13
13.13
13.13
13.13
34.40
34.40
34.40
34.40
34.40
34.40
34.40
34.40
34.40
34.40
1825.38
2190.40
2423.09
2655.78
2655.78
2655.78
2655.78
2655.78
2655.78
2655.78
488.64
558.45
628.26
698.06
698.06
698.06
698.06
698.06
698.06
698.06
Total
2314.02
2748.85
3051.35
3353.84
3353.84
3353.84
3353.84
3353.84
3353.84
3353.84
Expected
3257.63
3723.00
4188.38
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
4653.75
943.61
974.15
1137.03
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
205.74
205.74
197.17
162.88
128.59
94.30
60.01
25.72
100.56
116.75
130.62
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
Operating
Cost
Administrative
Overheads
Salaries
Sub Total
Sales
Expenses
Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On
Term Loan
Interest On
Working
Capital
Sub Total
306.30
322.49
327.79
307.38
273.09
238.79
204.50
170.21
144.50
144.50
Depreciation
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
Profit Before
472.33
486.68
644.26
827.56
861.85
896.14
930.43
964.72
990.44
990.44
67.06
113.70
200.73
288.98
318.13
342.90
364.43
402.97
392.82
397.90
405.26
372.97
443.52
538.58
543.72
553.24
566.00
561.75
597.62
592.53
405.26
372.97
443.52
538.58
543.72
553.24
566.00
561.75
597.62
592.53
570.24
537.95
608.50
703.55
708.70
718.21
730.97
726.73
762.59
757.51
Tax
Provision For
Tax
Profit After
Tax
Retained
Profit
Cash Accrual
From
Operations
25-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
25.13
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
778.63
809.17
972.05
1134.93
1134.93
1134.93
1134.93
1134.93
1134.93
1134.93
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
670.39
107.93
92.49
92.49
1613.99
1082.08
1229.52
1392.40
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
1299.91
928.61
150.03
127.98
127.98
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
676
1372
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
2047
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital
1788.98
Expenditure for
the Project/
Expansion
Increase in
Current Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
228.60
228.60
228.60
228.60
228.60
228.60
205.74
205.74
197.17
162.88
128.59
94.30
60.01
25.72
100.56
116.75
130.62
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
144.50
67.06
113.70
200.73
288.98
318.13
342.90
364.43
402.97
392.82
397.90
loan
Interest on Bank
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
1788.98
1301.97
586.23
885.11
952.94
819.82
810.30
797.54
801.78
537.32
542.40
258.22
570.24
1066.09
1410.50
1849.97
2330.06
2819.67
3322.04
3820.17
4582.76
258.22
312.02
495.85
344.41
439.47
480.09
489.61
502.37
498.13
762.59
757.51
258.22
570.24
1066.09
1410.50
1849.97
2330.06
2819.67
3322.04
3820.17
4582.76
5340.28
Opening
Balance of Cash
in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance
of Cash in Hand
and at Bank
25-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
25.14
Balance Sheet
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
675.58
405.26
778.24
1221.76
1760.34
2304.06
2857.29
3423.29
3985.04
4582.66
5175.19
1371.62
1371.62
1143.02
914.42
685.81
457.21
228.60
670.39
778.32
870.81
963.30
963.30
963.30
963.30
963.30
963.30
963.30
2047.20
3122.85
3603.75
3911.17
4313.63
4628.75
4953.38
5290.77
5623.92
6221.54
6814.07
1788.98
1788.98
1624.00
1459.02
1294.04
1129.07
964.09
799.11
634.13
469.15
304.18
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
164.98
1788.98
1624.00
1459.02
1294.04
1129.07
964.09
799.11
634.13
469.15
304.18
139.20
928.61
1078.64
1206.62
1334.60
1334.60
1334.60
1334.60
1334.60
1334.60
1334.60
258.22
570.24
1066.09
1410.50
1849.97
2330.06
2819.67
3322.04
3820.17
4582.76
5340.28
2047.20
3122.85
3603.75
3911.17
4313.63
4628.75
4953.38
5290.77
5623.92
6221.54
6814.07
Reserves &
Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
1371.62
Working Capital
Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets:
Gross Fixed
Assets
Less:
Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
Balance
Total Assets
25.15
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI ( in 4th Year)
17.81%
33%
2.74
56.44%
25-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
26
26.1
Project Concept
A heritage train is suggested for Jaijon Doaba village in Hoshiarpur. The train will run between
Jalandhar and Jaijon village. The train will have 4 AC Coaches with 5 star facility.
26.2
26.3
Proposed Route
Jalandhar - Jaijon Doaba - Jalandhar
Market Demand / Segment / Target Market
Environmental implications
26.5
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
26.6
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 18 Months.
Months
Schedule
1
26-1 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Punjab
26.7
Manpower
Position
Manager
Chief Cook
TTC
Waiter
Technician
Security
Safaiwala /Unskilled Labour
Grand Total
26.8
1
2
3
4
26.9
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
26.10
Nos.
1
1
1
10
2
4
10
29
Assumptions
Capacity Per Year in Number
Total Tourist in Numbers
Occupancy Rate in %
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
11680
60
70
80
90
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Construction Cost
Building construction cost per square feet in Rs
1
2
15%
15%
750
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment including Fishes & Orchids
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
0.40
2.75
202.00
50.00
26.15
6.37
21.70
30.94
340.31
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
33%
67%
100%
26-2 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Rs. in Lakhs
125.91
228.01
353.92
Punjab
26.11
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
26.12
Income Statement
Description
No of month
1
2
0.5
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
MM
25%
30%
20%
Yr-4
1st Yr
8.76
55.30
14.60
78.66
Yr-5
Yr-6
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
11.68
13.14
73.75
81.05
19.47
21.90
104.90 116.09
2nd Yr
10.22
66.45
17.03
93.71
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
60
70
80
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
7008
8176
9344
10512
10512
10512
10512
10512
10512
10512
350.40
408.80
467.20
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
Total visitors
Total Sales Revenue
26.13
Project Profitability
Particulars
Operating Cost
Administrative
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
148.64
189.25
206.77
224.29
224.29
224.29
224.29
224.29
224.29
224.29
8.13
8.13
8.13
8.13
8.13
8.13
8.13
8.13
8.13
8.13
Overheads
Salaries
17.39
17.39
17.39
17.39
17.39
17.39
17.39
17.39
17.39
17.39
Sub Total
174.15
214.76
232.28
249.80
249.80
249.80
249.80
249.80
249.80
249.80
52.56
61.32
70.08
78.84
78.84
78.84
78.84
78.84
78.84
78.84
Total
226.71
276.08
302.36
328.64
328.64
328.64
328.64
328.64
328.64
328.64
Expected Sales
350.40
408.80
467.20
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
525.60
123.69
132.72
164.84
196.96
196.96
196.96
196.96
196.96
196.96
196.96
34.20
34.20
32.78
27.08
21.38
15.68
9.98
4.28
8.54
10.17
11.39
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
Sub Total
42.75
44.37
44.17
39.69
33.99
28.29
22.59
16.89
12.62
12.62
Depreciation
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
55.72
63.12
95.44
132.04
137.74
143.44
149.14
154.84
159.12
159.12
13.34
29.58
46.13
50.74
54.69
58.15
63.83
62.87
63.62
Sales Expenses
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
55.72
49.78
65.87
85.91
87.00
88.75
90.99
91.01
96.25
95.49
Retained Profit
55.72
49.78
65.87
85.91
87.00
88.75
90.99
91.01
96.25
95.49
Cash Accrual
80.95
75.01
91.09
111.14
112.23
113.98
116.22
116.24
121.47
120.72
From Operations
26-3 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
26.14
Cash Flow
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
98.46
107.49
139.61
171.73
171.73
171.73
171.73
171.73
171.73
171.73
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
56.96
10.85
8.15
8.15
180.65
143.57
172.99
205.11
196.96
196.96
196.96
196.96
196.96
196.96
78.66
15.04
11.19
11.19
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
126
228
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
354
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
318.61
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Long Term Loan
Interest on LT loan
34.20
34.20
32.78
27.08
21.38
15.68
9.98
4.28
8.54
10.17
11.39
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
12.62
13.34
29.58
46.13
50.74
54.69
58.15
63.83
62.87
63.62
121.41
72.75
122.94
135.01
122.74
120.99
118.74
118.73
75.49
76.24
35.31
94.56
165.37
215.42
285.52
359.75
435.72
513.94
592.18
713.65
35.31
59.24
70.81
50.05
70.10
74.22
75.97
78.22
78.24
121.47
120.72
35.31
94.56
165.37
215.42
285.52
359.75
435.72
513.94
592.18
713.65
834.37
Interest on Bank
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
318.61
Opening Balance
of Cash in Hand &
in Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and
at Bank
26-4 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
26.15
Balance Sheet
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
125.91
125.91
125.91
125.91
125.91
125.91
125.91
125.91
125.91
125.91
55.72
105.50
171.37
257.28
344.28
433.02
524.02
615.02
711.27
806.76
228.01
228.01
190.01
152.00
114.00
76.00
38.00
56.96
67.81
75.96
84.11
84.11
84.11
84.11
84.11
84.11
84.11
353.92
466.60
527.23
563.25
619.31
668.31
719.05
772.04
825.05
921.30
1016.79
318.61
318.61
293.38
268.15
242.92
217.69
192.47
167.24
142.01
116.78
91.55
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
25.23
293.38
268.15
242.92
217.69
192.47
167.24
142.01
116.78
91.55
66.32
78.66
93.71
104.90
116.09
116.09
116.09
116.09
116.09
116.09
116.09
35.31
94.56
165.37
215.42
285.52
359.75
435.72
513.94
592.18
713.65
834.37
353.92
466.60
527.23
563.25
619.31
668.31
719.05
772.04
825.05
921.30
1016.79
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
125.91
Reserves
& Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term Loan
228.01
Working
Capital Loan
Total Liabilities
Assets:
Gross
Fixed Assets
Less:
Depreciation
Net Fixed Assets
318.61
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
Balance
Total Assets
26.16
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI ( in 4th Year)
18.43%
35%
2.12
54.17%
26-5 of 5
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
27
27.1
Project Concept:
27.2
Possible Locations
27.3
Market demand would be for rich locals, high end domestic tourists and a very small segment of
foreign tourists.
27.4
Environmental implications
27.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant,
this is likely to have the impact on:
Pollution
(i)
Impact on air environment will be almost negligible. Increases vehicular movements can be a source
for gaseous emissions but the overall impact will not be significant.
27.5
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and control on landuse transformation
will be required.
27.6
Socio-economic impact
27.7
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
27-1 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided by the
establishment.
The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary
from these projections due to inflationary economy.
The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the
place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.
The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that destination or
passing through such destination.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
27.8
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 24 Months.
Months
Schedule
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Detailed
Project Report
preparation
Project
Appraisal and
Finance
Acquisition of
land
Land
Development
Building and
civil works
Facilities
procurement
Project
operation
27.9
Manpower
Position
Manager
Receptionist cum Clark cum Accountant
Cook
Steward
Caretaker
Asst. Cook
Golf Equipment Operator
Restra Boy
Unskilled
Gen Operator cum Gardner
Chawkidar
Swimming Pool Incharge
Grand Total
Nos.
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
4
10
1
2
1
28
27-2 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
23
24
Punjab
27.10
1
3
5
Assumptions
Capacity per Year in Numbers
Golf
Total Bed Night (Double Room)
Total Bed Night (Single Room)
Capacity of Restaurant
Occupancy Rate in %
1st Yr
2nd Yr
3rd Yr
4th Yr
Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%
Debt Equity
Equity
Debt
Interest
On Long Term Loan
On Working Capital
Room
50
50
100
100
Restaurant
60
70
80
50
36500
730
730
18250
Golf
40
50
60
30
1
2
15%
15%
Construction Cost
27.11
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
27.12
Project Cost
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Know - how & Detailed Engg.
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
200.00
38.88
493.12
75.00
11.50
19.42
4.60
84.25
926.76
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
27.13
S.No
1
2
3
Rs. in Lakhs
305.83
620.93
926.76
33%
67%
100%
Working Capital
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
1
2
0.5
27-3 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
MM
25%
30%
20%
1st Yr
0.46
6.68
12.39
19.53
2nd Yr
0.53
8.96
16.27
25.77
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
0.68
0.76
10.17
11.09
20.76
24.64
31.61
36.49
Punjab
27.14
Income Statement
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
365
365
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
7.30
7.30
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
365
365
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
5.48
5.48
10.95
10.95
10.95
10.95
10.95
10.95
10.95
10.95
12.78
12.78
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
25.55
Total Number of
Room Night
Income From Double
From Single Room
Occupancy Rate (In %)
Total Number of
Room Night
Room Tariff
Income From Restaurant
From Room Service
From Double Room
1.10
1.10
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
0.73
0.73
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
Income From
1.83
1.83
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
Single Room
From Local Visitor
Capacity (In %)
50
60
70
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
9125
10950
12775
14600
14600
14600
14600
14600
14600
14600
Income From
9.13
10.95
12.78
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
10.95
12.78
16.43
18.25
18.25
18.25
18.25
18.25
18.25
18.25
30
40
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
10950
14600
18250
21900
21900
21900
21900
21900
21900
21900
273.75
365.00
456.25
547.50
547.50
547.50
547.50
547.50
547.50
547.50
297.48
390.55
498.23
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
Local Visitor
Total Income
From Restaurant
Total Income From Golf
Capacity (In %)
Total Number
of Golfer
Total Income
From Golf
Total Sales Revenue
Rs in Lakh
27-4 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
27.15
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
9.94
18.98
20.81
21.72
21.72
21.72
21.72
21.72
21.72
21.72
Administrative
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
Overheads
Salaries
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
Sub Total
25.22
34.26
36.08
36.99
36.99
36.99
36.99
36.99
36.99
36.99
Sales Expenses
14.87
19.53
24.91
29.57
29.57
29.57
29.57
29.57
29.57
29.57
Total
40.09
53.78
60.99
66.56
66.56
66.56
66.56
66.56
66.56
66.56
297.48
390.55
498.23
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
591.30
257.38
336.77
437.23
524.74
524.74
524.74
524.74
524.74
524.74
524.74
93.14
93.14
89.26
73.74
58.21
42.69
27.17
11.64
2.24
2.95
3.64
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
Sub Total
95.38
96.09
92.89
77.94
62.42
46.90
31.37
15.85
4.21
4.21
Depreciation
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
104.17
182.84
286.50
388.96
404.49
420.01
435.53
451.05
462.70
462.70
43.99
91.68
136.19
147.62
157.53
166.32
175.12
180.01
181.40
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Interest On Term
Loan
Interest On
Working Capital
104.17
138.85
194.82
252.77
256.86
262.48
269.21
275.93
282.69
281.30
Retained Profit
104.17
138.85
194.82
252.77
256.86
262.48
269.21
275.93
282.69
281.30
Cash Accrual
162.00
196.69
252.65
310.61
314.70
320.31
327.05
333.77
340.53
339.14
From Operations
27-5 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
27.16
Cash Flow
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
199.55
278.93
379.40
466.90
466.90
466.90
466.90
466.90
466.90
466.90
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
14.94
4.76
4.54
3.81
272.32
341.52
441.78
528.55
524.74
524.74
524.74
524.74
524.74
524.74
19.53
6.24
5.84
4.88
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
305.83
620.93
Term Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
926.76
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
922.17
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
103.49
103.49
103.49
103.49
103.49
103.49
Interest in Term
Loans (R/C)
Interest on LT loan
93.14
93.14
89.26
73.74
58.21
42.69
27.17
11.64
Interest on Bank
2.24
2.95
3.64
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
4.21
43.99
91.68
136.19
147.62
157.53
166.32
175.12
180.01
181.40
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
922.17
114.91
146.32
293.91
322.51
313.53
307.92
301.18
294.46
184.21
185.61
4.60
162.00
357.21
505.08
711.13
922.34
1139.17
1362.73
1593.01
1933.53
4.60
157.41
195.21
147.87
206.04
211.21
216.82
223.56
230.28
340.53
339.14
4.60
162.00
357.21
505.08
711.13
922.34
1139.17
1362.73
1593.01
1933.53
2272.67
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus /
Deficit (A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and
at Bank
27-6 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
27.17
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
305.83
305.83
305.83
305.83
305.83
305.83
305.83
305.83
305.83
305.83
104.17
243.02
437.83
690.60
947.47
1209.94
1479.15
1755.08
2037.77
2319.07
620.93
620.93
517.44
413.95
310.47
206.98
103.49
14.94
19.69
24.24
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
28.05
926.76
1045.87
1189.47
1285.34
1438.43
1591.81
1750.80
1916.52
2088.96
2371.65
2652.95
922.17
922.17
864.33
806.49
748.65
690.82
632.98
575.14
517.30
459.46
401.63
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
57.84
864.33
806.49
748.65
690.82
632.98
575.14
517.30
459.46
401.63
343.79
19.53
25.77
31.61
36.49
36.49
36.49
36.49
36.49
36.49
36.49
162.00
357.21
505.08
711.13
922.34
1139.17
1362.73
1593.01
1933.53
2272.67
1045.87
1189.47
1285.34
1438.43
1591.81
1750.80
1916.52
2088.96
2371.65
2652.95
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
305.83
Reserves &
Surplus
Term Loan
Long Term
620.93
Loan
Working
Capital Loan
Total
Liabilities
Assets:
Gross Fixed
Assets
Less:
Depreciation
Net Fixed
922.17
Assets
Current Assets
Cash & Bank
4.60
Balance
Total Assets
27.18
926.76
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
17.82%
17%
2.94%
56.17%
27-7 of 7
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
28
28.1
Project Concept
28.2
Possible Locations
28.3
Market demand would be for rich locals, high end domestic tourists and a very small segment of
foreign tourists.
28.4
Environmental implications
28.4.1
Negative Impacts
The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant,
this is likely to have the impact on:
Pollution:
(i)
Impact on air environment will be almost negligible. Increases vehicular movements can be a source
for gaseous emissions but the overall impact will not be significant.
28.4.2
Suggestions
Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and control on landuse transformation
will be required.
28.5
Socio-economic impact
28-1 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
28.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided by the
establishment.
The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that destination or
passing through such destination.
The actual cost needs to be worked out at a later date based on the configuration.
28-2 of 2
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
29
29.1
Project Concept
This concept will be an approach to develop the community-based tourism that directly benefits the
villagers. It will help in developing cultural understanding among the tourists. It will also offer them
the opportunity to experience the rural way of life. The project has been conceptualized as a model to
develop further villages on similar pattern. The lodgings designed in the traditional style and built of
local materials, provision of special meals offering local food products and traditional cuisine, local
folk dance and music can become a part of the product. This will be a form of tourism in which local
people will be closely involved. They will show tourists aspects of the area in which they live and of
their daily life. Visitors will leave the area feeling they have made new friends and with information
on the many positive developments going on in rural Punjab.
The projects based on the above philosophy include:
29.2
Possible Location(s)
Environmental implications
(i)
Negative Impacts
As such no major adverse is anticipated due to this project as only local resources are proposed to be
utilised for developing this project.
(ii)
Positive Impacts
Socio-economic impact
Significant socio-economic impacts are envisaged as the local artists, women groups and people
associated with handicrafts will get more opportunities for their livelihood.
29-1 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
29.6
Limitation
While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:
Place for this project is identified based on our field survey and destination prioritisation and
inflow of tourists at this destination.
The success of such project will depend on proper marketing and originality of the product.
Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of
implementation.
29.7
The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 6 Months.
Schedule
Month
1
29.8
Manpower
Position
Manager Cum Accountant
Guide
Choukidar/security
Unskilled
Grand Total
No
1
1
4
10
16
29.9
Assumptions
3
4
29-2 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
3650
55
65
75
80
0.150
0.150
75
500
500
Punjab
29.10
Project Cost
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
29.11
Particulars
Land & Site Development
Civil Works
Equipment
Miscellaneous Fixed Assets
Preliminary Expenses
Pre-operatives Expenses
Margin Money on Working Capital
Contingencies
Total Project Cost
Rs. in Lakhs
2.60
1.00
0.87
0.95
0.20
0.39
0.54
0.66
7.21
Means of Finance
Equity
Debt
Total
29.12
Rs. in Lakhs
2.38
4.83
7.21
33%
67%
100%
Working Capital
S.No
1
2
3
Description
Raw Material
Other expenses
Outstanding Debtors
Total
No of month
1
2
0.5
29.13
Income Statement
MM
25%
30%
20%
1st Yr
0.17
1.37
0.42
1.96
2nd Yr
0.20
1.51
0.49
2.20
Rs. in Lakhs
3rd Yr 4th Yr
0.23
0.24
1.58
1.61
0.57
0.61
2.38
2.46
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Yr-1
Yr-2
Yr-3
Yr-4
Yr-5
Yr-6
Yr-7
Yr-8
Yr-9
Yr-10
55
65
75
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
2008
2373
2738
2920
2920
2920
2920
2920
2920
2920
10.04
11.86
13.69
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
29-3 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
29.14
Project Profitability
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Year
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
Operating Cost
2.54
3.31
3.68
3.86
3.86
3.86
3.86
3.86
3.86
3.86
Administrative
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
Overheads
Salaries
Sub Total
7.99
8.76
9.13
9.31
9.31
9.31
9.31
9.31
9.31
9.31
Sales Expenses
0.25
0.30
0.34
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
Total
8.24
9.06
9.47
9.67
9.67
9.67
9.67
9.67
9.67
9.67
10.04
11.86
13.69
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
14.60
1.80
2.80
4.22
4.93
4.93
4.93
4.93
4.93
4.93
4.93
0.72
0.72
0.69
0.57
0.45
0.33
0.21
0.09
Interest On Working
0.21
0.24
0.26
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
Sub Total
0.94
0.96
0.95
0.84
0.72
0.60
0.48
0.36
0.27
0.27
Depreciation
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.58
1.57
2.99
3.81
3.93
4.05
4.17
4.29
4.38
4.38
0.04
0.45
1.01
1.34
1.41
1.47
1.53
1.43
1.66
1.66
0.55
1.11
1.98
2.47
2.52
2.58
2.64
2.87
2.72
2.72
Retained Profit
0.55
1.11
1.98
2.47
2.52
2.58
2.64
2.87
2.72
2.72
0.82
1.39
2.26
2.75
2.80
2.85
2.92
3.14
2.99
3.00
Expected Sales
Revenue
Gross Profit
Financial Expenses
Capital
Operations
29-4 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
29.15
Cash Flow
Rs. in Lakhs
Description
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
1.52
2.53
3.95
4.65
4.65
4.65
4.65
4.65
4.65
4.65
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
1.42
0.18
0.13
0.07
3.22
2.98
4.35
4.99
4.93
4.93
4.93
4.93
4.93
4.93
1.96
0.24
0.17
0.09
Period
A. Sources of Funds
Increase in Equity
Loan
Increase in Bank
Borrowings
Total (A)
B. Disposition of Funds
Capital Expenditure
6.67
for the
Project/Expansion
Increase in Current
Assets
Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings
Long Term Loan
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
Interest on LT loan
0.72
0.72
0.69
0.57
0.45
0.33
0.21
0.09
Interest on Bank
0.21
0.24
0.26
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.04
0.452
1.01
1.34
1.41
1.47
1.53
1.43
1.66
1.66
Borrowings for
Working Capital
Taxation
Total (B)
6.67
2.93
1.66
2.94
3.07
2.93
2.88
2.81
2.59
1.93
1.93
0.54
0.82
2.14
3.55
5.47
7.46
9.51
11.62
13.96
16.95
0.54
0.28
1.32
1.41
1.92
1.99
2.05
2.11
2.33
2.99
3.00
0.54
0.82
2.14
3.55
5.47
7.46
9.51
11.62
13.96
16.95
19.95
Opening Balance of
Cash in Hand & in
Bank
Net Surplus / Deficit
(A-B)
Closing Balance of
Cash in Hand and at
Bank
29-5 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
29.16
Balance Sheet
Rs. in Lakhs
Particulars
Operating Years
Const.
Yr -1
Yr-2
Yr -3
Yr -4
Yr-5
Yr -6
Yr -7
Yr-8
Yr -9
Yr-10
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
0.55
1.66
3.64
6.12
8.64
11.22
13.87
16.73
19.45
22.17
Period
Liabilities :
Equity
2.38
4.83
4.83
4.83
4.02
3.22
2.41
1.61
0.80
1.42
1.60
1.73
1.80
1.80
1.80
1.80
1.80
1.80
1.80
7.21
9.18
10.47
11.78
13.51
15.23
17.01
18.85
20.91
23.63
26.35
6.67
6.67
6.40
6.12
5.85
5.58
5.30
5.03
4.76
4.49
4.21
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
6.67
6.40
6.12
5.85
5.58
5.30
5.03
4.76
4.49
4.21
3.94
1.96
2.20
2.38
2.46
2.46
2.46
2.46
2.46
2.46
2.46
0.54
0.82
2.14
3.55
5.47
7.46
9.51
11.62
13.96
16.95
19.95
Total Assets
7.21
9.18
10.47
11.78
13.51
15.23
17.01
18.85
20.91
23.63
26.35
29.17
Financial Indicators
IRR
Average Cash Break Even Point
DSCR (in 4th Year)
ROI (in 4th Year)
19.69%
65%
2.41
64.40%
29-6 of 6
1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002
C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01
Punjab
APPENDIX 2.1:
Description
Division
Districts
Tehsils/Sub divisions
Sub Tehsil
Zila Parishad
Blocks
Towns
Cities
Villages
Source : Statistical Abstract of Punjab 2000
1 of 1
1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003
Number
4
17
72
55
17
138
115
10
12413
Punjab
APPENDIX 2.2:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Capital
Area
Area % of the Country
Districts
Tehsils/Subdivisions
Population (2001)
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Chandigarh
50,362 Sq. Kilometres
1.53 %
17
71
Males
12,963,362
Females
11,325,934
Total
24,289,296
2.37
874 Females per 1000 males
482 Persons per Sq. KM
Males
75.63%
Females
63.55%
Overall
69.95%
Rs. 54,960 Crores
9.96%
Rs. 23040
Hindi & Punjabi
Domestic 2 (Chandigarh & Ludhiana)
International 1 (Amritsar)
84%
3726 Kms
45263 Kms - NH 1729 Kms, SH & others 43534
Hydle
2855 MW
Thermal
2800 MW
Nuclear
90 MW
Total
5745 MW
2574
1 of 1
1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003
Punjab
Name of District
Population (2001)
Area (Sq. Km)
Gurdaspur
2,096,889
3570
Amritsar
3,074,207
5075
Kapurthala
752,287
1646
Jalandhar
1,953,508
2658
Hoshiarpur
1,478,045
3310
Nawanshahr
586,637
1258
Rupnagar (Ropar)
1,110,000
2117
Fatehgarh Sahib
539,751
1180
Ludhiana
3,030,352
3744
Moga
886,313
1672
Firozpur
1,744,753
5865
Muktsar (Khidrana)
776,702
2596
Faridkot
552,466
1472
Bathinda
1,181,236
3377
Mansa
688,630
2174
Sangrur
1,998,464
5021
Patiala
1,839,056
3627
24,289,296
50362
TOTAL
Source : Census of India, 2001 (Provisional Population Totals Series)
1 of 1
1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003
Punjab
APPENDIX 2.4: d
1 of 1
1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003
Punjab
Numbers
1320,010
26,643
93.278
16,955
5,124
14,438
64,140
371,720
309
2,442
1915,059
1 of 1
1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003
Punjab
Name of Circle
Ferozpur Canal Circle.
District / Location
Ferozpur
Muktsar
Sangrur
Mansa
Bathinda
3
4
Kapurthala
Patiala
Sangrur
Amritsar
Bathinda
Sangrur
Faridkot
Moga
Ferozpur
Ludhiana
Source : Government of Punjab Irrigation Department
1 of 1
1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003
Punjab
Rly
Name of Project
Kms
State
DL
NR
203
NL
NR
113
NL
NR
25
PUN., J&K,
HP
HP,
PUN
PUN
NL
NR
PUN
4.07
NL
NR
Chandigarh Ludhiana
95
PUN
248.00
NL
NR
Kalka Parvanoo
PUN
36.99
NL
NR
21
PUN
37.15
RE
NR
503
RE
NR
Ludhiana Amristar
136
HAR, DLI,
PUN
PUN
DL Doubling
NL New Line
GC Gauge Conversion
RE Railway Electrification
1 of 1
1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003
Latest Anticipated
Cost
Amount
(Rs. in Crore)
374.00
210
72.00
296.41
98.19
APPENDIX 4.1
DESTINATION PRIORITIZATION
Total
Note:
Rating
Rating
Rating
Rating
Score
Anandpur
Sahib
Score
Faridkot
Score
Muktsar
Score
Bathinda
Score
Jalandhar
Rating
Score
Hoshiarpur
Rating
Score
Ludhiana
Rating
Score
Rating
Kapurthala
Rating
Rating
Score
Gurdaspur
Score
Amritsar
Score
Score
Rupnagar
Rating
Fatehgarh Sahib
Rating
Score
Patiala
Rating
Sr.
Parameter
No.
Weightage (%)
Destination
15%
10%
5
3
0.75
0.3
2
3
0.3
0.3
2
3
0.3
0.3
5
5
0.75
0.5
3
5
0.45
0.5
3
3
0.45
0.3
3
4
0.45
0.4
1
2
0.15
0.2
3
4
0.45
0.4
2
3
0.3
0.3
2
2
0.3
0.2
1
1
0.15
0.1
4
4
0.6
0.4
5%
10%
5
5
0.25
0.5
4
4
0.2
0.4
1
1
0.05
0.1
5
5
0.25
0.5
3
3
0.15
0.3
2
3
0.1
0.3
2
2
0.1
0.2
1
1
0.05
0.1
3
3
0.15
0.3
2
4
0.1
0.4
1
4
0.05
0.4
1
2
0.05
0.2
2
5
0.1
0.5
10%
0.3
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.1
0.4
0.4
0.1
0.1
0.3
15%
0.45
0.45
0.6
0.6
0.3
0.6
0.45
0.3
0.6
0.6
0.15
0.15
0.45
10%
0.4
0.5
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.4
10%
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
5%
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1
10%
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.3
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.4
100%
3.50
2.80
2.60
4.10
2.85
2.80
2.85
1.55
3.05
2.95
1.85
1.3
3.45
APPENDIX 5.1
S.No
1.
Name of Location
Amritsar
2.
Pathankot
3.
Kapurthala
4.
Patiala
5.
Fatehgarh Sahib
6.
Rupnagar
7.
Ludhiana
8.
Hoshiarpur
9.
Jalandhar
10.
Bathinda
11.
Faridkot
12.
Nawanshahr
13.
Moga
14.
Firozpur
15.
Muktsar
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
300
1192.56
225
597.22
2014-15
2015-16
2016-17
2017-18
250
945.67
2018-19
2019-20
2020-21
350
1324.32
100
263.52
2021-22
350
1324.32
350
1324.32
100
263.52
100
263.52
250
658.8
100
263.52
50
131.76
50
131.76
50
131.76
75
298.14
300
1192.56
100
263.52
2022-23
300
1192.56
75
298.14
75
298.14
300
1192.56
75
298.14
400
1742.95
75
298.14
250
658.8
250
658.8
100
263.52
100
263.34
200
527.22
50
131.76
50
131.76
250
658.8
50
131.76
75
298.14
25
70.18
40
131.76
50
131.76
50
131.76
50
131.76
Number of Rooms
Rs. in Lakhs
Page 1 of 1
25
70.18
APPENDIX 5.2
Year
2001-2002
2002-2003
2003-2004
2004-2005
2005-2006
2006-2007
2007-2008
2008-2009
2009-2010
2010-2011
2011-2012
2012-2013
2013-2014
2014-2015
2015-2016
2016-2017
2017-2018
2018-2019
2019-2020
2020-2021
2021-2022
Share of Tourism
in GDP (%)
1.63
1.61
1.60
1.67
1.74
1.80
1.87
1.94
2.02
2.21
2.34
2.48
2.63
2.79
3.32
3.57
3.85
4.15
4.48
4.83
5.21
2021-2022
2020-2021
2019-2020
2018-2019
2017-2018
2016-2017
2015-2016
2014-2015
2013-2014
2012-2013
2011-2012
2010-2011
2009-2010
2008-2009
2007-2008
2006-2007
2005-2006
2004-2005
2003-2004
2002-2003
2001-2002
0
Page 1 of 1
Promotion
2022-23
85.47
2021-22
170.94
2020-21
383.77
2019-20
474.77
2018-19
243.71
2017-18
2016-17
2014-15
131.76
2015-16
2013-14
658.80
259.60
2011-12
597.22
13.98
2012-13
Tourism
Infrastructure
2009-10
134.89 125.11
2008-09
Tourism Projects
2007-08
214.20
Long Term
2006-07
Accommodation
Mid Term
2005-06
2004-05
2003-04
Type of
Projects
2002-03
Short Term
2010-11
APPENDIX 5.3
992.50
658.80
957.81
38.99 3006.43
2.00
290.23
1.00
1.00
340.35
38.99
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
37.99
61.25
12.98
17.45
6.26
0.70
29.86
8.05
5.19
6.83
18.39
9.24
20.30
3.30
6.18
5.45
7.46
8.98
20.32
1.50
6.28
9.26
8.30
Human Resource
Management
6.49
8.73
3.13
0.35
14.93
5.37
3.46
4.55
12.26
6.16
20.30
3.30
6.18
5.45
7.46
8.98
20.32
1.50
6.28
9.26
8.30
Tourism
Management/
Administration
Others
(Incentives/
Subsidies)
Total
Rs in Lakhs
7.79
10.47
3.75
0.42
17.92
8.59
5.54
7.29
19.61
9.85
24.36
3.96
7.42
6.54
8.95
10.78
24.38
1.79
7.54
11.11
9.95
6.49
8.73
3.13
0.35
14.93
26.84
17.30
22.77
61.29
30.79
40.60
6.61
12.36
10.90
14.92
17.96
40.63
2.99
12.56
18.52
16.59
293.35
394.47
141.37
15.80
674.86 1122.31
723.49
Page 1 of 1
DESTINATION AND PROJECT WISE INVESTMENT PHASING FOR THE NEXT 20 YEARS
Delhi &
Chandigarh
Amritsar
Amritsar
Gurudaspur
Pathankot
Promotion
Human Resource
Management
Tourism
Management/Adminis
tration
Others
(Incentives/Subsidies)
KIOSKS
Other
Highway Patrol
Patiala Palace on
Wheel
Wayside Amenities /
Sinage
Parking Golden
Temple
Harike Birdwatch
Parking Shopping Durgiana Mandir
Ram Tirth Restaurant
Ammusment Park
Sarai Amanat Lodge
Garden Restaurent
Border Restaurent
KIOSKS
Punjabi Cultural
Festivals
Punjabi Food Festtival
Room
PTDC Upgradation
Coral Tourist
Complex
Anarkali Water Sports
Complex
Beutification of
Shamsher Khan Tomb
Deer Park
KIOSKS
Maharaja Ranjit Singh
Dam Sports Complex
Evening in Shimla
Sahpur Kandi Water
Sports Complex
Other
Culture and
Heritage
Other
Religious
6.26
3.13
0.70
0.35
29.86
14.93
8.05
5.37
5.19
3.46
6.83
4.55
18.39
12.26
9.24
6.16
20.30
20.30
3.30
3.30
6.18
6.18
5.45
5.45
7.46
7.46
8.98
8.98
20.32
20.32
1.50
1.50
6.28
6.28
9.26
9.26
8.30
8.30
7.79 10.47
3.75
0.42
17.92
8.59
5.54
7.29
19.61
9.85
24.36
3.96
7.42
6.54
8.95
10.78
24.38
1.79
7.54
11.11
9.95
6.49
3.13
0.35
14.93
26.84
17.30
22.77
61.29
30.79
40.60
6.61
12.36
10.90
14.92
17.96
40.63
2.99
12.56
18.52
16.59
2.09
2047.2
94.71
152.35
60.95
85.47
Religious
Adventure
Heritage
Heritage and
Leisure
Special Interest
Other
Culture
37.99
301.36
252.24
37.99
37.99
2.09
1.00
Culture
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Leisure
1.00
1192.56
945.67
23.8
121.8
Adventure
13.98
Heritage
Nature
Other
Adventure
1.00
3.46
7.91
2.09
13.98
Leisure
Adventure
22.14
13.98
Page 1 of 3
1.00
1324.32
1192.56
2022-23
2021-22
2020-21
2019-20
2018-19
2017-18
2016-17
2015-16
2014-15
2013-14
2012-13
2011-12
2010-11
2008-09
12.98 17.45
6.49 8.73
8.73
2007-08
2006-07
Type of Projects
Long Term
2005-06
Projects
2003-04
Location
Mid Term
2004-05
General Projects
Zone
2002-03
Short Term
2009-10
APPENDIX 5.4
Kapurthala
Patiala
Patiala
Fatehgarh
Sahib
Rupnagar
Ludh
iana
Anandpur
Sahib
Ludhiana
Punjabi Cultural
Festivals
Punjabi Food Festtival
PTDC Upgradation
Room
Kanjali Complex
Room
PTDC Upgradation
Patiala Live Theatre
Baba Ala Sound &
Light Show
Patiala ka Meena
Bazaar
Highway Restaurent
Patiala Lake Complex
Punjab Race Course
Patiala di Casino
Refurbishment of
Sheesh Mahal
Sada Pind
KIOSKS
PTDC Upgradation
Punjabi Cultural
Festivals
Room
Punjabi Food Festtival
Caf-de -Fathegarh
Sahib
Aamkhas Bagh Rstrnt.
Children Park
Room
PTDC Upgradation
Maharaja Ranjit Singh
Rope Way
Ropar Beach
Room
PTDC Upgradation
Nangal Fast Food
Centre
Ananadpur Golf
Course
Punjabi Cultural
Festivals
Punjabi Food Festtival
Neelo Water Sports
Charan Kamal
Shopping Cum
Parking
Culture
Infrastructure
Culture
Religious and
Leisure
Heritage and
Leisure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Adventure
Eco and Leisure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Leisure
2022-23
2021-22
2020-21
2019-20
2018-19
2017-18
2016-17
2015-16
2014-15
2013-14
2012-13
2011-12
2010-11
1.00
1.00
1.00
23.8
597.22
263.52
1324.32
1324.32
24.2
263.52
263.52
23.8
89.68
30.03
39.96
37.99
47.23
7.21
2.09
23.8
1.00
658.8
1.00
263.52
1.00
37.99
30.35
37.99
131.76
131.76
298.14
23.8
898.02
68.23
131.76
298.14
23.8
37.99
Leisure
926.76
Culture
Culture
Adventure
Religious
Long Term
1.00
Culture
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Eco and Leisure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Culture and
Heritage
Heritage
Culture and
Heritage
Leisure
Leisure
Leisure
Leisure
Culture and
Heritage
Village
Other
Infrastructure
Culture
2009-10
2008-09
2007-08
2006-07
Type of Projects
Mid Term
2005-06
Projects
2004-05
Location
2003-04
Zone
2002-03
Short Term
1.00
1.00
13.09
85.47
Page 2 of 3
298.14
298.14
298.14
Hoshiarpur
Jalandher
Bathinda
Bathinda
Faridkot
Nawanshahr
Moga
Firozpur
Muktsar
Heritage and
Leisure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Heritage
Other
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Culture and
Heritage
Infrastructure
Heritage
658.8
2022-23
2019-20
2018-19
2017-18
2016-17
2015-16
2014-15
2013-14
658.8
61.25
Religious
Other
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Special Interest
2021-22
Religious
2012-13
2011-12
2010-11
2009-10
2008-09
2007-08
2006-07
Long Term
2020-21
Public Utilities at
Gurudwara Nanaksar
Manji Sahib Shopping
Cum Parking
KIOSKS
Room
PTDC Upgradation
Bhrigusamhita
Institute
Heritage Train and
Bara Sahib
PTDC Upgradation
Room
Noor Mahal Rasoi
KIOSKS
Room
PTDC Upgradation
Bathinda Fort Meena
Bazar
Room
Razia Sultan Sound
&Light
Bathinda Ammusment
Park
Punjabi Cultural
Festivals
Punjabi Food Festtival
Baba Farid Art
Gallery
Room
Room
Room
Room
Room
Total Investment
Rs in Cr/ Year
Total Investment
Rs in Cr(Termwise)
Total Investment
Rs in Cr
Type of Projects
Mid Term
2005-06
Projects
2004-05
Location
2003-04
Zone
2002-03
Short Term
85.47
2.09
1192.56
263.52
1192.56
1742.95
23.8
9.78
340.31
23.8
263.52
37.99
2.09
263.34
527.22
658.8
23.8
39.96
131.76
131.76
131.76
298.14
30.03
Adventure
301.36
Culture
1.00
Culture
Heritage
1.00
21.22
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
70.18
131.76
2.93
3.94
1.41
0.16
6.75
11.23
7.23
9.52
15.20
25.63
12.88
66.49
131.76
131.76
131.76
41.66
70.18
6.78
12.68
11.18
15.30
18.43
41.69
3.07
12.89
19.01
17.02
199.71
281.39
Page 3 of 3
APPENDIX 5.5
Year
Employment
Generation
Cumulative
Employment
Generation
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
1393
1874
672
75
3206
5331
3437
4523
12175
6116
19787
3220
6023
5312
7270
8755
19802
1458
6122
9027
8085
1393
3267
3939
4014
7219
12550
15987
20510
32685
38801
58589
61809
67832
73144
80414
89168
108971
110428
116550
125577
133663
140000
133663
125577
116550
120000
108971 110428
100000
89168
Cumulative Employment Generation
80414
80000
Number
73144
67832
58589
60000
61809
38801
40000
32685
20510
20000
12550
1393
3267
3939
4014
2002
2003
2004
2005
15987
7219
0
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Year
Page 1 of 1
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
APPENDIX 5.6
Anandpur Sahib
Talwandi Sabo
Page 1 of 3
Anandpur Sahib
Page 2 of 3
Anandpur Sahib
Page 3 of 3